ಬಿ.ಎಂ.ಎಸ್. ತಾಂತ್ರಿಕ ಮಹಾ ವಿದ್ಯಾಲಯ
(ಸ್ವಾಯತ್ತ ವಿದ್ಯಾಸಂಸ್ಥೆ)
ಬೆಂಗಳೂರು ೫೬೦ ೦೧೯
BMS COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous College under VTU)
BANGALORE - 560019
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
SCHEME & SYLLABUS
III to VIII SEMESTER
2023-24 Batch Onwards
ECE
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
ಬಿ. ಎಂ. ಎ£್. ಾಂತಿರ್ಕ ಮ¤ಾವಿ ಾಯ್ಲಯ, ೆಂಗಳೂರು
(¡ಾವ್ಯತತ್ ವಿ ಾಯ್ ಸಂ¡ೆಥ್)
ಬಸವನಗುಡಿ ರ¡ೆತ್, ೆಂಗಳೂರು ೫೬೦೦೧೯
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
Autonomous College under VTU
Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering
Scheme and Syllabus for III – VIII Semester
Batch admitted 2023
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
INSTITUTE VISION
Promoting Prosperity of mankind by augmenting human resource capital through Quality Techni-
cal Education & Training
INSTITUTE MISSION
Accomplish excellence in the field of Technical Education through Education, Research and Ser-
vice needs of society
DEPARTMENT VISION
To emerge as a Centre of Academic Excellence in Electronics, Communication and related do-
mains through Knowledge acquisition, Knowledge dissemination and Knowledge Generation meet-
ing global needs and standards
DEPARTMENT MISSION
Imparting Quality Education through state of the art curriculum, Conducive Learning Environment
and Research with scope for continuous improvement leading to overall Professional Success
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
PEO1 Graduates will Professionally Progress in Electronics, Communication and related areas
with an inclination towards Continuous Learning
PEO2 Graduates will work in Diversified Teams of Multidisciplinary Environment
PEO3 Graduates will exhibit good Inter-personal skills, adapt themselves for changes in Contem-
porary Technology
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES
The students will be able to:
PSO1 Analyse and design electronic systems for signal processing and communication applica-
tions.
PSO2 Demonstrate the Conceptual domain Knowledge with respect to Architecture, Design,
Analysis and Engineering deployment in Data communication and Computer networking.
PSO3 Identify and apply domain specific tools for design, analysis, synthesis and validation of
VLSI and Communication systems.
i
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
PROGRAM OUTCOMES
Program Outcomes (POs), are attributes acquired by the student at the time of graduation. The
POs given in the Table below, ensure that the POs are aligned to the Graduate Attributes (GAs)
specified by National Board of Accreditation (NBA). These attributes are measured at the time of
Graduation, and hence computed every year for the outgoing Batch. The POs are addressed and
attained through the Course Outcomes (COs) of various courses of the curriculum.
PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fun-
damentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering prob-
lems.
PO2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex en-
gineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate con-
sideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis
of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and mod-
ern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant
to the professional engineering practice.
PO7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
PO9 Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader
in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
PO11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the en-
gineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage
in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
ii
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Distribution of Credits among various Curricular Components
Curricular Component ↓
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
Total
Sem → Credits
Basic Science Course (BS) 8 8 4 3 23
Engineering Science Course (ES) 9 9 3 3 24
Professional Core Course (PC) 14 14 14 11 6 59
Professional Elective Course (PE) 3 3 3 3 12
Open Elective Course (OE) 3 3 3 09
Project / Mini-Project (PW) 2 2 7 11
Internship (INT) 6 06
Humanities and Social Sciences,
Management Course (HS)
1 1 3 1 06
Ability Enhancement Course (AE)/SDC 2 2 1 1 3 09
UHV Course 1 01
Non-Credit Mandatory Course – – NC NC NC NC – –
Total Credits 20 20 22 22 22 22 20 12 160
iii
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
Autonomous College under VTU
SCHEME
SEMESTER: III
Sl. Course
Code Course Title
Credits Contact Marks
No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total
1 BS 23MA3BSTFN Transform Calculus, Fourier Series and Nu-
merical Techniques
2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100
2 ES 23EC3ESHDL HDL Programming 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
3 PC 23EC3PCAEC Analog Electronic Circuits 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
4 PC 23EC3PCDCD Digital Circuit Design 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
5 PC/IPCC 23EC3PCSAS Signals and Systems 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
6 PC/IPCC 23ES3PCNAL Network Analysis* 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100
7 BS 23ES3BSBFE Biology for Engineers** 1 0 0 1 1 50 50 100
8 PC/IPCC 23EC3PCIEL Integrated Electronics Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100
9 AE/SDC 23EC3AEHPL HDL Programming Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100
10 NCMC YYNCMC3XX1 NCMC – 1 – – – – 2 – – P/NP
Total 17 2 3 22 29 450 450 900
*Common to EC, EE, EI, ET & MD **Common to EC, EE, EI & ET
NCMC – 1:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23NCMC3NS1 NSS – 1 23NCMC3YG1 Yoga – 1 23NCMC3PE1 Physical Education – 1
24NCMC3IM1 Indian Music – 1 24NCMC3ID1 Indian Dance – 1 24NCMC3TA1 Theatre Arts – 1
24NCMC3WM1 Western Music – 1 24NCMC3WD1 Western Dance – 1 24NCMC3FA1 Fine Arts – 1
24NCMC3MM1 Multimedia – 1
iv
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
SCHEME
SEMESTER: IV
Sl. Course
Code Course Title
Credits Contact Marks
No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total
1 BS 23MA4BSCPS Complex Analysis, Probability and Statisti-
cal Methods
2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100
2 ES 23ES4ESCST Control Systems* 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100
3 PC 23EC4PCFAW Fields and Waves 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100
4 PC 23EC4PCAIC Analog Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
5 PC/IPCC 23ES4PCAPP ARM Processor and Programming** 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
6 PC/IPCC 23EC4PCPCS Principles of Communication Systems 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
7 UHV 23MA4AEUHV Universal Human Values 0 1 0 1 2 50 50 100
8 AE 23EC4AEAPL Applied Python Programming Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100
9 NCMC YYNCMC4XX2 NCMC – 2 – – – – 2 – – P/NP
Total 15 4 3 22 31 400 400 800
*Common to EC, EI & ET **Common to EC, EE, EI, ET & MD
NCMC – 2:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23NCMC4NS2 NSS – 2 23NCMC4YG2 Yoga – 2 23NCMC4PE2 Physical Education – 2
24NCMC4IM2 Indian Music – 2 24NCMC4ID2 Indian Dance – 2 24NCMC4TA2 Theatre Arts – 2
24NCMC4WM2 Western Music – 2 24NCMC4WD2 Western Dance – 2 24NCMC4FA2 Fine Arts – 2
24NCMC4MM2 Multimedia – 2
v
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
SEMESTER: V
Sl. Course
Code Course Title
Credits Contact Marks
No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total
1 PC 23EC5PCFOV Fundamentals of VLSI 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
2 PC 23EC5PCMTA Microwave Theory and Antenna 3 1 0 4 5 50 50 100
3 PC 23EC5PCDSP Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
4 PC 23EC5PCDCT Digital Communication Theory 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
5 HS 23CV5HSEVS Environmental Studies* 1 0 0 1 1 50 50 100
6 PE 23EC5PE1XX Professional Elective – 1 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
7 HS 23ES5HSPMF Project Management and Finance* 2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100
8 PW 23EC5PWMPR Mini Project 0 0 2 2 4 50 50 100
9 NCMC YYNCMC5XX3 NCMC – 3 – – – – 2 – – P/NP
Total 18 1 3 22 28 400 400 800
Details of 40 AICTE Activity Points Earned
*Common to EE, EC, ET, EI & MD
Professional Elective – 1:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC5PE1IP Image Processing 23EC5PE1VR Introduction to AR/VR 23EC5PE1AD Advanced Digital Logic Design
23EC5PE1SC Satellite Communication 23EC5PE1OS Operating Systems 23EC5PE1IC Information Theory for Cybersecurity
23EC5PE1AI Introduction to AI 23EC5PE1IT IoT and its Applications 23EC5PE1OP Object Oriented Programming using C++
NCMC – 3:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23NCMC5NS3 NSS – 3 23NCMC5YG3 Yoga – 3 23NCMC5PE3 Physical Education – 3
24NCMC5IM3 Indian Music – 3 24NCMC5ID3 Indian Dance – 3 24NCMC5TA3 Theatre Arts – 3
24NCMC5WM3 Western Music – 3 24NCMC5WD3 Western Dance – 3 24NCMC5FA3 Fine Arts – 3
24NCMC5MM3 Multimedia – 3
vi
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
SEMESTER: VI
Sl. Course
Code Course Title
Credits Contact Marks
No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total
1 PC 23EC6PCWCN Wireless Communication and Networks 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
2 PC 23EC6PCCCN Computer Communication Networks 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
3 PC 23EC6PCMSD Mixed Signal Design 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
4 PE 23EC6PE2XX Professional Elective – 2 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
5 OE 23EC6OE1XX Open Elective – 1 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
6 AE 23ES6AERMI Research Methodology and IPR* 2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100
7 AE 23EC6AEASP Advanced Signal Processing Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100
8 PW 23EC6PWPJ1 Project Work – 1 0 0 2 2 4 50 50 100
9 NCMC YYNCMC6XX4 NCMC – 4 – – – – 2 – – P/NP
Total 17 0 5 22 29 400 400 800
Details of 60 AICTE Activity Points Earned
*Common to EC, ET & MD
Professional Elective – 2:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC6PE2CV Computer Vision 23EC6PE2SV System Verilog and Verification 23EC6PE2MC Multi-core Computing
23EC6PE2RS Radar System 23EC6PE2DE Data Encryption and Compression 23EC6PE2WN Wireless Sensor Networks
23EC6PE2ML Machine Learning 23EC6PE2DS Data Structures using C++ 23EC6PE2VR Design of Virtual Reality
Open Elective – 1:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC6OE1AE Applied Electronics 23EC6OE1IR Introduction to Robotics
NCMC – 4:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23NCMC6NS4 NSS – 4 23NCMC6YG4 Yoga – 4 23NCMC6PE4 Physical Education – 4
24NCMC6IM4 Indian Music – 4 24NCMC6ID4 Indian Dance – 4 24NCMC6TA4 Theatre Arts – 4
24NCMC6WM4 Western Music – 4 24NCMC6WD4 Western Dance – 4 24NCMC6FA4 Fine Arts – 4
24NCMC6MM4 Multimedia – 4
vii
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
SEMESTER: VII
Sl. Course
Code Course Title
Credits Contact Marks
No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total
1 PC 23EC7PCESD Embedded System Design 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100
2 PC 23EC7PCECS Electronics and Communication for Sustainable
Development
2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100
3 PE 23EC7PE3XX Professional Elective – 3 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
4 OE 23EC7OE2XX Open Elective – 2 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
5 PW 23EC7PWPJ2 Project Work – 2 0 0 7 7 14 50 50 100
6 IKS 25MA7HSIKL Indian Knowledge Systems* 1 0 0 1 1 50 50 100
Total 12 0 8 20 28 300 300 600
Details of 80 AICTE Activity Points Earned
*Common to all UG Programs
Professional Elective – 3:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC7PE3SP Speech Processing 23EC7PE3VR 3D modeling for Virtual Reality
23EC7PE3OC Optical Communication 23EC7PE3SW Steganography and Digital Watermarking
23EC7PE3PD Physical Design 23EC7PE3DA Data Analytics and Security in IoT
23EC7PE3FD Firmware Design 23EC7PE3JS Java Scripting
23EC7PE3DL Deep Learning
Open Elective – 2:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC7OE2PE Power Electronics 23EC7OE2EM Engineering Materials and Sensors
23EC7OE2SP Signal Processing 23EC7OE2RS Robotic Systems and Control
viii
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
SEMESTER: VIII
Sl. Course
Code Course Title
Credits Contact Marks
No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total
1 PE 23EC8PE4XX Professional Elective – 4 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
2 OE 23EC8OE3XX Open Elective – 3 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100
3 INT 23EC8SRINT Internship 0 0 6 6 12 50 50 100
Total 6 0 6 12 18 150 150 300
Details of 100 AICTE Activity Points Earned
Professional Elective – 4:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC8PE4MC Multimedia Communication 23EC8PE4AI Applications of AI
23EC8PE4NG Next Generation Networks 23EC8PE4DS Database Security and Access Control
23EC8PE4RT Real-Time Systems 23EC8PE4MR Applications of Mixed Reality
23EC8PE4LV Low Power VLSI 23EC8PE45G 5G Enabled IoT
23EC8PE4UX UI/UX Design
Open Elective – 3:
Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title
23EC8OE3AE Automotive Electronics 23EC8OE3IS IoT for Structures
23EC8OE3AR Applications of Robotics 23EC8OE3MT Mobile Technology and Applications
ix
III Semester Syllabus
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title
TRANSFORM CALCULUS, FOURIER SERIES AND
NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES
Course Code 23MA3BSTFN Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the concepts of Series, Transform Techniques, Calculus of Vari-
ation and Finite Difference Methods to solve engineering problems.
1 –
CO2 Apply the concepts of Transform Techniques, Calculus of Variation
and Finite Difference Methods in engineering using modern IT tools.
1, 5 –
UNIT – I
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS:
Definition and Laplace transforms of elementary functions (statements only). Problems on Laplace
transform of eat f(t), tn f(t),
f(t)
t
. Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals. Laplace Trans-
form of periodic functions (statement only) and unit-step function – Problems.
Inverse Laplace transforms: definition and problems. Solution of differential equations.
UNIT – II
FOURIER SERIES:
Introduction to trigonometric polynomial, trigonometric series. Dirichlet’s conditions. Fourier
series of periodic functions with period 2π and arbitrary period. Complex Fourier series. Practical
harmonic analysis.
UNIT – III
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
Definition and problems on Fourier Transform. Fourier sine and cosine transforms – Problems.
Inverse Fourier transform, Inverse Fourier cosine and sine transforms - Problems. Convolution
theorem (only statement) – problems.
2
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF PDE:
Classification of second-order partial differential equations, finite difference approximation of
derivatives. Solution of one-dimensional heat equation by Schmidt and Bendre-Schmidt explicit
formulae. Solution of one-dimensional wave equation using finite difference method.
UNIT – V
CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS:
Definition, Variation of a functional, Euler-Lagrange equation, variational problems. Applica-
tions: Hanging cable problem, Brachistochrone problem.
z-TRANSFORMS:
Definition, Standard z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule. Inverse z-transform and applica-
tions – Solution of difference equations.
Text Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers.
2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John
Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu-
cation.
2. “Engineering Mathematics”, Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, 3rd reprint, 2016, Oxford
University Press.
3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica-
tions.
4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
5. “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, Gupta C. B., Sing S. R. and Mukesh
Kumar, 2015, McGraw-Hill Education (India).
6. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, H. K. Dass and Rajnish Verma, 2014, S. Chand Publi-
cation.
7. “Calculus”, James Stewart, 7th edition, 4th reprint, 2019, Cengage Publications.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs)
2. http://academicearth.org/
3. http://www.bookstreet.in/
4. VTU e-Shikshana Program
5. VTU EDUSAT Program
3
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
BMS College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title HDL PROGRAMMING
Course Code 23EC3ESHDL Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of HDL for modeling and functional verification
of Digital circuits.
1 3
CO2 Analyze digital circuits using suitable Verilog HDL modeling. 2 3
CO3 Design and synthesize a digital circuit for complex systems using Ver-
ilog HDL and state machines.
3 3
UNIT – I
Introduction: VLSI design flow, importance of HDLs, Verilog HDL and Design Methodologies,
modules, instances, components of simulation, example, basic concepts. Modules and ports: Mod-
ules, ports, Rules.
UNIT – II
Gate Level Modeling: Gate Types, Gate Delays, Examples. Dataflow Modeling: Continuous
assignment, Delays, Expressions, Operators, Operands, Operator Types, and Examples.
UNIT – III
Behavioral Modeling: Structured procedure, procedural assignments, timing control, conditional
statements, multi-way branching, loops, sequential and parallel blocks, generate blocks, Exam-
ples.
UNIT – IV
Logic Synthesis with Verilog HDL: Logic synthesis, Verilog HDL Synthesis, Interpretation of Ver-
ilog Constructs, Synthesis Design flow, examples, verification of the gate-level netlist, modeling
tips for logic synthesis.
UNIT – V
Synchronous sequential circuits: Moore and Mealy FSM, Design and implementation of sequence
detector, serial adder, code converter. FPGA based systems: Introduction, basic concepts, Digital
design with FPGAs, FPGA based system design.
Text Books:
4
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
1. “Verilog HDL-A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis,” Sameer Palnitkar, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Edition 2003.
Reference Books:
1. “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,” Stephan Brown and Zvonk Vranesic,
2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2008.
E-Books:
1. http://access.ee.ntu.edu.tw/course/dsd_99second/2011_lecture/W2_HDL_F
undamentals_2011-03-02.pdf
2. http://www.ics.uci.edu/œalexv/154/VHDL-Cookbook.pdf
3. http://ece.niu.edu.tw/œchu/download/fpga/verilog.pdf
MOOCs:
1. Electronic Design Automation: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105083/
2. Digital System Design with PLDs and FPGAs: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117108
040/
3. Fundamentals of HDL (Lecture #008): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rdAPXz
xeaxs&index=8&list=PLE3BC3EBC9CE15FB0
5
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
BMS College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Course Code 23EC3PCAEC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Elements of Electronics Engineering
Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Define, understand, and explain concepts related to diodes and
transistors (BJTs and MOSFETs).
– –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of network theorems and device models to
solve given analog electronic circuits.
1 1, 3
CO3 Analyze a given analog electronic circuit to compute required pa-
rameters.
2 1, 3
CO4 Design analog electronic circuits for a given specification. 3 1, 3
CO5 Submit a report and give a presentation on recent technological de-
velopment in the Analog Electronics domain
10, 12 1, 3
UNIT – I
Diode applications: Clippers, Clampers.
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJTs): DC biasing – Introduction, operating point, voltage divider
Bias configuration.
BJT AC Analysis: Introduction, Application in the AC Domain, BJT Transistor Modeling, the re
Transistor model, Voltage Divider Bias.
UNIT – II
BJT Frequency Response: Introduction, Logarithms, Decibels, Low-frequency Response-BJT
Amplifier, Miller effect Capacitance, High-Frequency response – BJT Amplifier.
Feedback concepts: Feedback connection types - Voltage series, Voltage-shunt, Current Series,
and Current Shunt Feedback.
Practical feedback Circuits: Voltage series, Current series feedback, and voltage Shunt feedback.
6
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
Power Amplifiers: Introduction - Definitions and Amplifier Types, Amplifier Efficiency.
Series-Fed Class A Amplifier: DC Bias Operation, AC operation, Power Consideration, Effi-
ciency.
Transformer-coupled Class A Amplifier: Operation of Amplifier Stage: DC load line, Quies-
cent operating point, AC load line, Signal Swing, and Output AC power.
Class B operation: Class B Amplifier Circuits - Transformer-coupled Push-Pull Circuits, Com-
plementary Symmetry Circuits, Amplifier Distortion.
UNIT – IV
MOSFETs: Introduction, Device structure, and physical operation - Device structure, operation
with no gate voltage, creating a channel for current flow, Applying a small VDs, Operation as
VDs is increased, Derivation of the id–VDS relationship, The P-Channel MOSFET, Complementary
MOS or CMOS, operating the MOS transistor in the sub-threshold region.
Current-voltage Characteristics: Circuit symbol, id–VDS characteristics, characteristics of the
P-Channel MOSFET.
MOSFET Circuits at DC: The MOSFET as an amplifier and as a switch – Large signal operation,
Graphical derivation of the transfer characteristic, operation as a switch, operation as a linear
amplifier.
Biasing in MOS amplifier circuits: Biasing by fixing VGS, Biasing by fixing VG, and connecting
a resistor in the source, Biasing using a drain-to-gate feedback resistor, biasing using a current
source.
UNIT – V
Small-signal operation and models of MOSFETs: The DC bias point, the signal current in
the drain terminal, the voltage gain, separating DC analysis and the signal analysis, small signal
equivalent circuit models, the transconductance gm, the T equivalent circuit model.
Single stage MOS amplifiers: The basic structure, characterizing amplifiers, The CS amplifier,
The CS amplifier with a source resistance. Common gate (CG) Amplifier, The common Drain
or source follower Amplifier. IC Biasing: Current sources, current mirror, and current steering
circuits - The basic MOSFET current source, MOS current steering circuits.
Current mirror circuit with improved performance: The Wilson MOS mirror.
Text Books:
1. “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory,” Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 10th
edition (PEARSON EDUCATION).
2. “Microelectronic Circuits-Theory and applications” by Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith,
Fifth Edition (OXFORD INTERNATIONAL STUDENT EDITION).
Reference Books:
1. “Electronic Devices and Circuits,” Millman and Halkias, TMH.
2. “Electronic Devices and Circuits,” David A Bell - PHI 4th edition.
3. “Integrated Electronics,” Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias and Chetan Parikh, 2nd edition,
McGraw Hill Education.
7
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
E-Books:
1. www.pyroelectro.com/edu/analog
2. http://freevideolectures.com/course/3020/circuits-for-Analog-System-D
esign
MOOCs:
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/electronic-systems-and-digital-elect
ronics-uninettuno?static=true
2. http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-scien
ce/6-012-microelectronic-devices-and-circuits-spring-2009/
3. Introductory Analog Electronics Laboratory (Spring 2007) by MIT open courseware Re-
views and Ratings.
8
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
BMS College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DIGITAL CIRCUIT DESIGN
Course Code 23EC3PCDCD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Elements of Electronics Engineering
Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the fundamental logic functions to realize basic building blocks
of digital logic design
1 2, 3
CO2 Analyse the digital logic circuits and optimize with cost effective solu-
tions
2 2, 3
CO3 Design a complete digital circuit for given specification using digital
circuit concepts
3 2, 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to Boolean algebra, Simplification of Boolean functions, K-Maps: Three Variable
and Four Variable, Design with Basic gates, NAND gates and NOR gates .
UNIT – II
Combinational Logic Circuits: Introduction, Parallel Adders (Ripple carry adder and Carry Look
Ahead Adder ), Decimal Adder, Code conversion, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders, Encoder,
Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Read Only memories (ROM), Programmable Logic Arrays (PLAs).
UNIT – III
Sequential Logic Circuits: The Basic Flip-flop circuit, Clocked Flip-flops, Triggering of Flip-
flops: Master-Slave Flip-Flops, Edge Triggered Flip-Flops, Characteristic Equations, Conversion
of flip-flops, Shift Registers, Ripple Counters, Synchronous Counters
UNIT – IV
Sequential systems: Analysis of Clocked Sequential circuits, State Reduction and Assignment,
Design Procedure, Design with State Equations, Sequence detector
9
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Algorithmic State Machine: Introduction, ASM Charts, Synchronous sequential network design
with ASM charts, State Assignment, ASM table, ASM realization, Asynchronous Inputs.
Text Books:
1. Digital Logic and Computer Design- M. Morris Mano, Prentice Hall – Pearson Education
2. Digital Principles and Design- Donald Givone, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Digital Principles and Applications- Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha,
7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamental of Logic Design- Charles Roth Jr., Thomas Learning
2. Digital Logic Applications and principles- John Yarbrough, Pearson Education
E-Books:
1. http://www.panstanford.com/pdf/9789814364591fm.pdf
2. https://easyengineering.net/digital-logic-and-computer-design-by-mor
ris-mano/
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780750645829/digital-logic-design
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105113/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105185/
10
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Course Code 23EC3PCSAS Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the mathematical concepts and transform techniques to solve the
continuous and discrete LTI systems
1 2
CO2 Analyze various methods to categorize the LTI systems and identify
solutions for mathematical representations of systems
2 2
CO3 Design a linear, time-invariant system for a given specification 3 2
CO4 Simulate and Conduct experiments involving various operations on
signals and response of systems using appropriate tools
5 2
UNIT – I
Signals: Definition of Signals, Classification of Signals, Basic Operations on Signals: Operations
Performed on the Independent and Dependent Variable, Precedence Rule, Elementary Signals.
UNIT – II
Systems: Definition of Systems, System Viewed as Interconnection of Operations, Properties of
Systems: Linearity, Time Invariance, Memory, Causality, Stability and Invertibility with numerical
problems.
UNIT – III
Time domain representations of Linear Time Invariant Systems: Introduction: Impulse re-
sponse representation of LTI systems, Properties of impulse response representation of LTI sys-
tems, Differential and Difference equation representation for LTI systems, Block diagram repre-
sentation of Continuous time systems.
UNIT – IV
Application of Fourier Representation for signals: Discrete Time Fourier Series, Properties of
DTFS, Discrete Time Fourier Transform, Properties of DTFT, Frequency response of LTI Systems,
Sampling, Application of DTFT.
11
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Applications of z-transform: Transform Analysis of LTI Systems using z-transform, Relating the
transfer function and difference equation, Causality and stability, Inverse Systems, Determining
the frequency response from poles and zeros, Computational structures for implementing Discrete
Time Systems, Unilateral z-transform and solution of difference equations.
Text Books:
1. “Signals and Systems”, Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, 2nd Edition, 2008, John Wiley
& Sons.
Reference Books:
1. “Signals and Systems”, H. P. Hsu and R. Ranjan, Schaum’s Outlines, 2006, Tata McGraw-
Hill.
2. “Fundamentals of Signals and Systems”, Benoit Boulet, 2006, Thomson.
3. “Signals and Systems”, Uday Kumar S., Third Edition, 2004, Elite Publishers.
4. “Signals and System”, D. Ganesh Rao and Satish Tunga, Fourth Edition, 2008, Sanguine
Technical Publishers.
E-Books:
1. https://www.amazon.in/Signals-Systems-Oppenheim-Willsky-Hamid/dp/9332
550239
2. https://www.amazon.in/SIGNALS-SYSTEMS-2nd-H-Hsu/dp/007066918X
MOOCs:
1. NPTEL Lecture Video on Signals and Systems by Prof. S. C. Dutt Roy http://www.sati
shkashyap.com/2012/04/iit-video-lectures-on-signals-and.htm
2. NPTEL online course modules – By Prof. Aditya K. Jagannatham — IIT Kanpur Princi-
ples of Signals and Systems - Course (nptel.ac.in)
List of Lab Experiments
1. Program to create, display and modify a matrix
2. Programs on arithmetic operations on matrix
3. Program to solve system of linear equations
4. Program to generate elementary, continuous and discrete signals
5. Program on basic operations on continuous and discrete signals
6. Program to find linear convolution of two sequences
7. Given the input signal, program to find the response of a system
8. For a given network circuit find the impulse response and unit step response of a system
9. Program to perform verification of properties of convolution sum
10. Program to compute frequency response of a system
11. Programs to find z-transform and inverse z-transform of a sequence. Simulate pole-zero
plot.
12
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
12. Program to solve difference equation (up to 2nd order)
13. Program to simulate frequency and power spectrum of time-domain signals using Fourier
Transform
14. Open ended experiments as assignments in Lab Sessions
13
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title NETWORK ANALYSIS
Course Code 23ES3PCNAL Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply basic circuit laws and network theorems to linear electrical net-
works
1 1, 3
CO2 Analyse linear circuits in time and frequency domain 2 1, 3
CO3 Simulate linear circuits using appropriate tools 5 1, 3
UNIT – I
Basic Concepts: Active and passive elements, Concept of ideal and practical sources. Source
transformation and Source shifting, Concept of Super-Mesh and Super node analysis. Analysis
of networks by (i) Network reduction method including star-delta transformation, (ii) Mesh and
Node voltage methods for AC and DC circuits with independent and dependent sources.
UNIT – II
Network Theorems: Super Position theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s
theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem.
UNIT – III
Resonant Circuits: Analysis of simple series RLC and parallel RLC circuits under resonances.
Problems on Resonant frequency, Bandwidth and Quality factor at resonance, Duality of networks.
UNIT – IV
Laplace Transformation: Laplace transformation (LT), LT of Impulse, Step, Ramp, Waveform
synthesis. Initial and Final value theorems. solution for RL, RC networks for DC excitation.
Transient Analysis: Transient analysis of RL and RC circuits under DC excitations: Behaviour
of circuit elements under switching action (t = 0 and t = ∞), Evaluation of initial conditions.
14
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Two Port Network and its Parameters: Definition, Open circuit impedance, short circuit admit-
tance, hybrid and Transmission parameters. Relation between the different parameters. Evaluation
of electrical circuits for Independent sources only.
Text Books:
1. “Network Analysis”, Van Valkenburg M.E., Prentice Hall India, 2014.
2. “Circuit Theory Analysis and Synthesis”, Chakrabarti, A., Dhanpat Rai & Co., 7th Revised
Edition, 2018.
Reference Books:
1. “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, Hayt, Kemmerly and Durbin, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill.
2. “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Franklin F. Kuo, Wiley.
3. “Analysis of Linear Systems”, David K. Cheng, 11th reprint, 2002, Narosa Publishing
House.
4. “Circuits”, Bruce Carlson, 2002, Thomson learning.
5. “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Anand Kumar, 2019, PHI learning.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/introduction-to-electrical-circuit-analysi
s-e195167204.html
MOOCs:
1. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/06ES34.html
2. https://www.coursera.org/course/circuits
15
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
BMS College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS
Course Code 23ES3BSBFE Credits 1 L – T – P 1:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Objectives: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand Biological concepts from an engineering perspective – –
CO2 Familiarize with the concepts of biological sensing, bio-printing tech-
niques and materials and the role of Artificial Intelligence for disease
diagnosis
1 –
CO3 Understand the basics of radiation and its effects on Human Body 6, 7 –
Sensing Techniques: Understanding of Sense organs working – Sensing mechanisms – Sensor
Development issues – Physiological Assist Device: Artificial Organ Development: Kidney, Liver,
Pancreas, heart valves – Design Challenges and Technological developments.
Nature-bio-inspired mechanisms (qualitative): Echolocation (ultrasonography, sonars), Photo-
synthesis (photovoltaic cells, bionic leaf). Bird flying (GPS and aircrafts), Lotus leaf effect (Super
hydrophobic and self-cleaning surfaces).
Bio printing techniques and materials: 3D printing of ear, bone and skin. 3D printed foods.
Electrical tongue and electrical nose in food science, DNA origami and Biocomputing, Bio imag-
ing and Artificial Intelligence for disease diagnosis.
Introduction to Radiation: Source and Types of Radiation, Types of Ionizing Radiation, X-
rays for Medical Use and Generators Types of Electromagnetic Waves, Ionization of Radiation
– Property of Ionizing Radiation. Penetrating Power of Radiation within the Body, Penetrating
Power and Range of Effects on the Human Body.
Radiation Effects on Human Body: Types of Effects, Exposure Modes and Effects Classifica-
tion of Radiation Effects Deterministic Effects and Stochastic Effects, Mutation, Mechanism of
Causing Effects on Human Body. Ionization due to Radiation, Damage and Repair of DNA. Radio
sensitivity of Organs and Tissues.
Reference Books:
1. “Human Physiology,” Stuart Fox, Krista Rompolski, McGraw-Hill eBook. 16th Edition,
2022.
2. “Biology for Engineers,” Thyagarajan S., Selvamurugan N., Rajesh M.P., Nazeer R.A., Thi-
lagaraj W., Barathi S., and Jaganthan M.K., Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
16
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
3. “Biomedical Instrumentation,” Leslie Cromwell, Prentice Hall 2011.
4. “Biomimetics: Nature-Based Innovation,” Yoseph Bar-Cohen, 1st edition, 2012, CRC Press.
5. “Bio-Inspired Artificial Intelligence: Theories, Methods, and Technologies,” D. Floreano
and C. Mattiussi, MIT Press, 2008.
6. “3D Bioprinting: Fundamentals, Principles, and Applications” by Ibrahim Ozbolat, Aca-
demic Press, 2016.
7. “Electronic Noses and Tongues in Food Science,” Maria Rodriguez Mende, Academic Press,
2016.
Online Resources:
1. VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106008
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/4877/nptel-biology-engineers-oth
er-non-biologists
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-020-introduction-to-biological-enginee
ring-design-spring-2009
5. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-010j-introduction-to-bioengineering-b
e-010j-spring-2006
6. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=biology
7. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge31/preview
8. https://www.classcentral.com/subject/biology
9. https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/biology-basic-concept
17
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS LAB
Course Code 23EC3PCIEL Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of network theorems, device models and
basics of analog and digital electronics to conduct a given experi-
ment
1 1, 3
CO2 Identify and analyse analog and digital electronic circuits to ob-
tain the expected output for the given parameters
2 1, 3
CO3 Design analog and digital electronic circuits for the given specifi-
cations and conduct the experiment
3 1, 3
CO4 Involve in independent / team learning, communicate effectively
and engage in life long learning
9, 10, 12 1, 3
List of Analog Electronics Experiments
1. Implementation and verification of Diode and Transistor as Switch
2. Design and testing of clipper circuits to generate the required waveform
3. Design and verification of Clamping Circuits
4. Design and testing of crystal oscillator
5. Design of Class B Complementary symmetry Power Amplifier
6. Design and Verification of Amplifiers using OP-AMP
7. Design and verification of Zener diode as voltage regulator
8. Design and Verification of RC-Coupled amplifier determine gain, frequency response, input
and output impedance.
List of Digital Electronics Experiments
9. Realization of Full adder using MUX and DEMUX
10. Design and Realization of MOD-N counter using 7493
18
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
11. Simplification and realization of Boolean expression
12. Realization of shift register using 7495 and use it for
(i) Shift right operation (SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO)
(ii) Shift left operation.
Reference Books:
1. “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 10th
Edition, Pearson Education.
2. “Digital Principles and Design”, Donald Givone, Tata McGraw Hill.
19
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title HDL PROGRAMMING LAB
Course Code 23EC3AEHPL Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of HDL programming for modeling and
functional verification of Digital circuits using EDA tools.
1, 5 3
CO2 Analyse digital circuits using suitable Verilog HDL modeling us-
ing EDA tools.
2, 5 3
CO3 Design and synthesize a digital circuit for complex systems using
EDA tools.
3, 5 3
CO4 Involve in independent / team learning, communicate effectively
and engage in life long learning
9, 10, 12 3
List of Experiments
1. Introduction to Vivado FPGA Tool Suite
2. Gate-level modelling: Half adder, Full adder
3. Gate-level modelling: Multiplexers and demultiplexers
4. Gate-level/Dataflow modelling: Decoders
5. Dataflow modelling for 2-bit magnitude comparator
6. Data flow modelling: Ripple Carry adder
7. Dataflow modelling: Carry Look-ahead Adder
8. Structural Modelling: Multibit Subtractor (using Adder)
9. Behavioural modelling for multibit magnitude comparator
10. Behavioural modelling for Encoder with and without priority
11. Behavioural modelling: SR latch, JK and D flip-flops
12. Behavioural modelling: Universal Shift Register
13. Behavioural modelling: Synchronous Counters
14. Structural Modelling: Asynchronous counters
20
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
15. Behavioural modelling: Sequence detection
Text Books:
1. “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Sameer Palnitkar, 2nd Edition,
2003, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design”, Stephan Brown and Zvonk Vranesic,
2nd Edition, 2008, McGraw-Hill.
21
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title
ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS – I
(For lateral entry students)
Course Code 22MA3BSMAT Credits 0 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Demonstrate the concepts of Differential Calculus and Integral Calcu-
lus.
1 –
CO2 Apply the concepts of differential calculus to solve ordinary and partial
differential equations
1 –
UNIT – I
DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS:
List of standard derivatives including hyperbolic functions, rules of differentiation. Polar curves,
angle between the radius vector and the tangent, angle between two curves (No proof). Taylor’s
and Maclaurin’s series expansion for one variable (Statement only) – problems. List of standard
integrals, integration by parts. Definite integrals-problems.
UNIT – II
MULTIVARIATE CALCULUS:
Partial differentiation, total derivative-differentiation of composite functions. Jacobian and prob-
lems.
Vector Differentiation: Scalar and vector fields. Gradient, directional derivative, curl and diver-
gence - physical interpretation, solenoidal and irrotational vector fields. Problems.
UNIT – III
ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (ODE’s) OF FIRST ORDER:
Bernoulli’s differential equations. Exact and reducible to exact differential equations. Applications
of ODE’s – Orthogonal trajectories.
Nonlinear differential equations: Introduction to general and singular solutions; Solvable for p
only.
22
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF HIGHER ORDER:
Higher-order linear ODE’s with constant coefficients – Inverse differential operator, method of
variation of parameters, Cauchy’s and Legendre homogeneous differential equations. Problems.
UNIT – V
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (PDE’s):
Formation of PDE’s by elimination of arbitrary constants and functions. Solution of non homo-
geneous PDE by direct integration. Solution of PDE by the method of separation of variables.
Solution of Lagrange’s linear PDE. Derivation of one-dimensional heat equation and wave equa-
tion.
Text Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers.
2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John
Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu-
cation.
2. “Engineering Mathematics”, Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, 3rd reprint, 2016, Oxford
University Press.
3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica-
tions.
4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
5. “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, Gupta C. B., Sing S. R. and Mukesh
Kumar, 2015, McGraw-Hill Education (India).
6. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, H. K. Dass and Er. Rajnish Verma, 2014, S. Chand
Publication.
7. “Calculus”, James Stewart, 7th edition, 4th reprint, 2019, Cengage Publications.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111
2. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs)
3. http://academicearth.org/
4. VTU e-Shikshana Program
5. VTU EDUSAT Program
23
IV Semester Syllabus
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title
COMPLEX ANALYSIS, PROBABILITY AND
STATISTICAL METHODS
Course Code 23MA4BSCPS Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the concepts of complex variables, special functions, probability
and statistics to solve engineering problems.
1 –
CO2 Apply the concepts of complex variables, special functions and statis-
tical methods using modern IT tools.
1, 5 –
UNIT – I
COMPLEX ANALYSIS:
Review of a function of a complex variable, limits, continuity and differentiability.
Analytic functions: Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar forms and consequences.
Construction of analytic functions by Milne-Thomson method.
Complex integration: Line integral of a complex function, Cauchy’s theorem and Cauchy’s inte-
gral formula and problems.
Conformal mapping: w = z2 and w = z+
k2
z
(z , 0).
UNIT – II
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS:
Introduction, Ordinary and Singular Points, Series solution of Bessel’s differential equation lead-
ing to Jn(x), Bessel’s function of the first kind, Properties, generating function for Jn(x). Series
solution of Legendre’s differential equation leading to Pn(x). Legendre polynomials, Rodrigue’s
formula (without proof) – Problems.
UNIT – III
STATISTICAL METHODS:
Curve Fitting: Fitting the straight line, parabola and geometric curve (y = axb) by the method of
least squares.
25
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Correlation and regression: Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation and rank correlation. Lines
of regression, angle between two regression lines.
UNIT – IV
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS:
Review of basic probability theory. Random variables (discrete and continuous), probability mass
and density functions. Mathematical expectation, mean and variance. Poisson and normal distri-
butions.
Joint probability distribution: Joint Probability distribution for two discrete random variables,
expectation, covariance and correlation.
UNIT – V
STATISTICAL INFERENCE:
Sampling Theory: Introduction to sampling distributions, standard error, Type-I and Type-II er-
rors. Test of hypothesis for means (single mean and difference between two means), student’s
t-distribution (single mean and difference between two means), Chi-square distribution-goodness
of fit.
Text Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers.
2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John
Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
2. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu-
cation.
3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica-
tions.
4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Chandrika Prasad and Reena Garg, 2018, Khanna
Publishing.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111
2. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs)
3. http://academicearth.org/
4. http://www.bookstreet.in/
5. VTU EDUSAT Program – 20
6. VTU e-Shikshana Program
26
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title CONTROL SYSTEMS
Course Code 23ES4ESCST Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of engineering fundamentals to form mathemat-
ical model and obtain transfer function/state space representation of a
system.
1 2
CO2 Analyse the stability of LTI systems in time/frequency domain using
different techniques
2 2
CO3 Investigate the stability of LTI systems in the time/frequency domain
as a team/an individual using modern tools
3, 5 2
UNIT – I
Introduction: Examples of Control Systems, Open loop vs Closed loop Systems.
Mathematical Modelling of Linear Systems: Transfer functions, Transfer function of electrical
circuits, Block diagram, Signal Flow graph.
UNIT – II
Time response analysis: Step response of first order, second order systems, response specifica-
tion, steady state error and error constants.
UNIT – III
Stability Analysis: Concept of stability, R-H criterion, applications of R-H criterion with limita-
tions.
Root locus technique: Introduction to root locus concepts, Construction rules, Analysis of stabil-
ity by root locus plot.
UNIT – IV
Frequency response Analysis: Frequency domain specification, Polar plots, Nyquist plot, Stabil-
ity Analysis using Nyquist criterion, Bode plots, GM and PM, Stability Analysis using Bode Plot.
27
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
State Variable Analysis: Concept of state variables, physical variable model, phase variable
model, obtaining transfer function from state model.
Text Books:
1. “Control Engineering” Nagrath and Gopal, New Age International Publishers.
2. “Engineering Control Systems”, Norman S. Nise, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons.
Reference Books:
1. “Modern Control Engineering”, Ogata, Prentice Hall.
2. “Automatic Control Systems”, B. C. Kuo, John Wiley and Sons.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Control_Systems
2. http://www.electrical4u.com/control-system-closed-loop-open-loop-con
trolsystem/#practical-examples-of-open-loop-control-system
3. http://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/mastascu/eControlHTML/CourseIndex.ht
ml
MOOCs:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/explorer
2. https://www.edx.org/course
28
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title FIELDS AND WAVES
Course Code 23EC4PCFAW Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the principles of Electrostatics and Magnetostatics to ob-
tain the field, potential and boundary conditions; and Maxwell’s
equations to study electromagnetic wave propagation in different
media
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyse and solve Electromagnetic problems related to Electro-
statics, Magnetostatics, Time-varying fields and wave propaga-
tion
2 1, 2
CO3 Engage in self-learning through online/multimedia resources and
by working on mini-projects related to electromagnetic fields and
waves
9, 10, 12 1, 2
UNIT – I
Electrostatics: Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity, Electric Flux Density, Gauss’ Law and
Applications, Electric field due to line charge, sheet charge and volume charge, Divergence The-
orem. Energy spent in moving a charge in an Electric field, Definition of Potential and Potential
Difference, Potential gradient, Energy Density.
UNIT – II
Electrostatics: Electric field due to dipole, Properties of Conductors and Dielectrics, Continu-
ity equation for Current, Boundary Conditions. Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s equation and its
solution for Single Variables. Capacitance of parallel-plate, annular ring and concentric spheres.
UNIT – III
Steady Magnetic Field: Biot-Savart Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law, Magnetic Flux and Flux Den-
sity. Force on a moving charge, Force on differential current element, Magnetic Boundary Condi-
tions.
29
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Time varying fields: Faraday’s Law, Displacement Current, Maxwell’s Equations in Point and
Integral Form.
Wave Propagation: Uniform plane wave propagation through free space, Wave propagation
through dielectrics, Poynting’s Theorem, Propagation in Good conductors, skin depth, Wave po-
larization.
UNIT – V
Plane Wave Reflection and Dispersion: Reflection at normal incidence, Standing Wave Ratio,
Plane Wave propagation in general directions, Reflection at Oblique incidence, Wave propagation
and Pulse broadening in dispersive media.
Text Books:
1. “Engineering Electromagnetics”, William H. Hayt, John A. Buck, M. Jaleel Akhtar, 8th
Edition, 2014, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. “Electromagnetics”, Schaum’s Outline series, Joseph A. Ediminister, Revised Second Edi-
tion, 2014, Tata McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books:
1. “Electromagnetics with Applications”, John Krauss and Daniel A Fleisch, 5th Edition, 1999,
McGraw-Hill.
2. “Classical Electromagnetism”, H. C. Verma, 1st Edition, 2022, Bharati Bhawan Publishers.
3. “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Mathew N. O. Sadiku, 2014, Oxford University Press.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. “Electromagnetic Field Theory: A Problem Solving Approach”, Markus Zahn, 2008. http
s://hibp.ecse.rpi.edu/˜connor/education/Fields/Zahn/electromagnetic_
field_theory_mod2_tag.pdf
MOOCs:
1. Classical Electromagnetics-1, Prof. H. C. Verma, https://bsc.hcverma.in/cee1/#/
home
2. Classical Electromagnetics-2, Prof. H. C. Verma, https://bsc.hcverma.in/cee2/#/
home
30
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Course Code 23EC4PCAIC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Define, understand and explain the DC and AC performance charac-
teristics of op-amp, applications of op-amp.
– –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of network theorems to analog integrated cir-
cuits.
1 1, 3
CO3 Analyze analog integrated circuits to obtain the response at different
points that meet desired specifications
2 1, 3
CO4 Design an analog circuit for given problem statement by applying the
analog integrated circuit concepts
3 1, 3
UNIT – I
Operational Amplifier Characteristics: Introduction, Amplifiers in closed loop configuration,
DC Characteristics, AC Characteristics, Frequency compensation.
Operational Applications: Instrumentation Applier, V to I and I to V converter, Op-amp circuits
using Diodes – Half wave rectifiers, Full wave rectifier, Peak detector, Sample and hold circuit.
UNIT – II
Comparators and Waveform Generators: Introduction, Comparator, Regenerative comparator
(Schmitt Trigger), Square wave generator using Astable Multi-vibrator, Monostable Multi-vibrator,
Triangular wave generator. Sinusoidal oscillators: RC and Wien bridge oscillators.
UNIT – III
Voltage Regulators: Introduction, Basics, Linear Voltage Regulator using Op-Amps, IC voltage
regulator – 78XX, 79XX, LM317, LM723. Switched-Mode Power Supplies, Comparison between
Linear and Switched-Mode Power Supplies.
Active Filters: Introduction, RC Active Filters, First order low pass filter, Second order active
filter, Higher order low pass filter, High pass active filter, All Pass filter – phase shift lead and lag
circuit.
31
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
D/A Converters: Introduction, Analog and Digital data converter, Specifications of D/A and basic
DAC techniques – Weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC.
A/D Converters: Specifications of A/D converter, Classification of ADCs: The parallel Com-
parator (Flash) ADC, Counter type ADC, Successive Approximation Converter, Single slope type
ADC and Dual slope type ADC, Sigma-delta ADC.
UNIT – V
Timers: Functional block diagram of 555, Applications: Astable and Monostable multi-vibrators,
Ramp generator.
Phase locked loops: Introduction, Basic principles, phase detector/comparator, voltage controlled
oscillator (VCO).
Text Books:
1. “Linear Integrated Circuits”, S. Salivahanan and V. S. Kanchana Bhaaskaran, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw – Hill Publication.
2. “Linear Integrated Circuits”, D Roy Choudhury and Shail B. Jain, New Age Publication.
Reference Books:
1. “Op-Amps and Linear ICs”, David A. Bell, Prentice-Hall Publication.
2. “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”, Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, 4th Edition, PHI.
E-Books:
1. https://www.analog.com/en/education/education-library/tutorials/analo
g-electronics.html
2. https://electronicsforu.com/resources/7-free-ebookstutorials-on-op-a
mp
MOOCs:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee39/previewopamppracticalapplicatio
ns:design,simulationandimplementation by Dr.Hardik J. Pandya, IISc Bengaluru.
2. Introductory Analog Electronics Laboratory (Spring 2007) by MIT Open Courseware —
Reviews and Ratings
3. http://www.pannam.com/blog/free-resources-to-learn-electrical-enginee
ring/
32
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ARM PROCESSOR AND PROGRAMMING
Course Code 23ES4PCAPP Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisities: Digital Electronic Circuits
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply knowledge of combinational, sequential, and timing circuits in
recognizing functional blocks of computers and their working mecha-
nisms
1 2
CO2 Analyse the Architectural features of 32-bit microprocessor with nec-
essary Input/Output and Memory Operations to build an embedded
Controller
2 2
CO3 Design simple programming modules in machine and higher-level pro-
gramming language using simulators to develop logical skills and test-
ing skills
3 2
CO4 Select and implement appropriate Structured and modular program-
ming using techniques such as subroutines, data stores, interrupt ser-
vice routines and exception handling mechanisms
4 2
CO5 Build simple Embedded Applications using Input and output devices
with ARM core and a controller
5 2
UNIT – I
ARM Processor fundamentals: Basic Structure of computers- Von Neumann and Harvard Ar-
chitecture, Basic Processing Unit, Bus Structure, RISC and CISC Architecture, RISC and ARM
Design philosophy, ARM core Dataflow model, programming model, processor states and operat-
ing modes, ARM pipeline.
UNIT – II
ARM Assembly Programming: load/store architecture, ARM instruction set, Assembler rules
and Directives, ARM-THUMB interworking, Assembly Language Programs.
33
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
Embedded C Programming: Basic C data types, Local variable types, C compiler, Optimization;
C looping and structures, Registrar allocation, function calls, Writing and optimizing assembly
codes, mixing C and Assembly programming, Instruction scheduling.
UNIT – IV
Subroutines and stacks: Introduction, stack, subroutines, passing parameters to Subroutines, Ex-
ception and interrupt handling- Vector Table, Exception priorities, link register offsets, interrupts.
Interrupt handling schemes-Non Nested.
UNIT – V
Application of ARM controller LPC 2148: Memory map, memory and I/O mapped peripherals,
ADC, DAC and UART-Interfacing Programs, firmware and boot loader, introduction to Embedded
Operating System
Text Books:
1. “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, 2001, McGraw-
Hill.
2. “ARM System Developer’s Guide”, Sloss, Symes and Wright, Morgan Kaufmann Publish-
ers, 2005, Elsevier.
3. “ARM Assembly Language- Fundamentals and Techniques”, William Hohl, 2009, CRC
press, Taylor and Francis.
Reference Books:
1. “Computer Organisation & Architecture”, William Stallings, 2010, PHI.
2. “ARM System On-Chip Architecture”, Steve Furber, Seocnd Edition, 2010, Pearson.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. ARM Microprocessor Systems, https://www.pdfdrive.com/arm-microprocesso
r-systems-cortex-m-architecture-programming-and-interfacing-e157100
364.html
MOOCs:
1. https://www.arm.com/resources/education/online-courses
List of Lab Experiments
1. Divide an 8-bit variable into two 4 bit nibbles and store one nibble in each byte of a 16 bit
variable. Store the disassembled byte in memory location (pointed by result)
2. Compare 2 values stored in memory location and store the higher value in a memory location
(pointed by result)
3. Write a program to add two 64-bit numbers and store the result in a memory location.
4. Add a series of 16-bit numbers stored in sequential location in memory (called Table) and
store the result in memory
34
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
5. Find the factorial of a given number
6. Write an assembly language program using the ARM instruction set to find the largest in a
series of numbers stored in memory. Store the largest number in a memory location
7. ALP to multiply two 16 bit binary numbers.
8. ALP to find the sum of the first 10 integer numbers.
9. Write a program in C for the ARM processor to read data from the 8-bit on-board DIP
switch and display the value on the 8 LEDs
10. Write a program in C for the ARM processor to use the built-in DAC to generate the follow-
ing waveforms - square, ramp, triangle, and sine
11. Write a program in C for the ARM processor to rotate the stepper motor in both directions.
12. Establish serial communication between the ARM kit and the PC and do the following:
(i) Send a character from the ARM kit to the serial terminal on the PC
(ii) Send a character from the PC to the ARM Kit and display it on the LED
(iii) Send a character from the PC to the ARM Kit. The program on the ARM processor
should add 2 to it and send it back to the PC
35
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Course Code 23EC4PCPCS Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisities: Signals and Systems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply various concepts of theorems and Transforms for comput-
ing parameters of Communication systems
1 2
CO2 Analyze performance of different types of Analog modulation
Techniques for a given set of parameters
2 2
CO3 Design Analog Communication subsystems for given set of spec-
ifications
3 2
CO4 Simulate and conduct experiments on different types of Analog
communication subsystems
4, 5 2
CO5 Involve in independent/team learning, Communicate effectively
and engage in life-long learning.
9, 10, 12 2
UNIT – I
Amplitude Modulation: Introduction to communication system, Channel: Types, Characteristics,
and Modelling. Modulation Techniques: Need for modulation, Types of Modulation (AM, FM,
PM, PAM, PWM, PPM). Amplitude modulation Time domain and frequency domain description,
single tone modulation, power relations in amplitude modulation waves; Generation of amplitude
modulation wave using, square law and switching modulators; Detection of amplitude modulation
waves using square law and envelope detectors.
UNIT – II
Double Side Band Suppressed Carrier & SSB Modulation:
Double side band modulation: Time domain and frequency domain description; Generation of
DSBSC waves using Ring modulators; Coherent detection; Costas loop; Quadrature Carrier Mul-
tiplexing.
36
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Single Side Band Modulation: Time & Frequency domain description, Generation of SSB-SC
frequency discrimination method; Phase discrimination method; Vestigial side band modulation:
Time & Frequency description, generation; Envelope detection; Comparison of AM techniques;
Applications of AM systems.
UNIT – III
Angle Modulation: Single tone frequency modulation, Spectrum analysis of sinusoidal frequency
modulation wave, narrow band frequency modulation, wide band frequency modulation, trans-
mission bandwidth of frequency modulation wave, phase modulation, comparison of frequency
modulation and phase modulation; Generation of frequency modulation waves, direct frequency
modulation and indirect frequency modulation, Zero Crossing Detector, FDM, Frequency Trans-
lation. Comparison of FM & AM.
UNIT – IV
Noise performance of Analog modulation schemes: Noise sources, Types, Receiver characteris-
tics: Sensitivity, Selectivity, Image Frequency Rejection Ratio, Choice of intermediate frequency,
fidelity, Signal to Noise Ratio, Receiver model, Noise figure, Noise in AM, DSB & SSB System,
Noise in Angle Modulation Systems, Threshold effect in Angle Modulation System, Pre-emphasis
& De-emphasis.
UNIT – V
Introduction to Digital Communication: Introduction, Sampling theorem, Quadrature Sampling
of Band pass signals, Practical aspects of sampling and signal recovery, PAM, TDM.
Text Books:
1. “Communication Systems”, Simon Haykin and Moher, 5th Edition, 2010, Wiley.
2. “An Introduction to Analog and Digial Communications”, Simon Haykin, 2008, Wiley.
Reference Books:
1. “Communication Systems Engineering”, John G. Proakis and Masoud Salehi, (2/e), 2015,
Pearson.
2. “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, K. Sam Shanmugam, Wiley, 1994.
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105143/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102059/1
37
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
List of Lab Experiments
1. Conduction of Second Order filters – LPF, HPF, BPF, BEF
2. Class C tuned amplifier
3. Generation and detection of AM
4. Generation and detection of DSBSC waves
5. FM Wave generation
6. Conduction on Frequency Mixer
7. Generation and Detection of PAM, PWM, PPM
8. Verification of sampling theorem
38
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES
Course Code 23MA4AEUHV Credits 1 L – T – P 0:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Conduct self-exploration and distinguish between values and skills,
happiness and accumulation of physical facilities, the self and the
body, Intention and Competence of an individual
1, 12 –
CO2 Analyse the value of harmonious relationship based on trust and re-
spect in personal and professional life
2, 9 –
CO3 Examine the role of a human being in ensuring harmony in society
and nature
2, 10 –
CO4 Apply the understanding of ethics in life and profession 1, 8 –
UNIT – I
Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education
1. Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I
2. Self-Exploration – what is it? Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experien-
tial Validation- as the process for self-exploration
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity – A look at basic Human Aspirations
4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility – the basic requirements for fulfil-
ment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly – A critical appraisal of the current sce-
nario
6. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at vari-
ous levels
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate accep-
tance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co existence) rather
than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking.
39
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – II
Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!
1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’
2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility
3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer)
4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’
5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of
Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail
6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods
available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate between prosperity and accu-
mulation. Discuss program for ensuring health v/s dealing with disease.
UNIT – III
Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society – Harmony in Human-Human Relation-
ship
1. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal val-
ues in relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and
Respect as the foundational values of relationship
2. Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence
3. Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the
other salient values in relationship
4. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Resolu-
tion, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals
5. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order-
from family to world family.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended
family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a
universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from students’ lives.
UNIT – IV
Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Coexistence: Un-
derstanding the harmony in the Nature.
Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
UNIT – V
Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics
1. Natural acceptance of human values
2. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
40
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions
eg. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.
Text Books:
1. “Human Values and Professional Ethics”, R. R. Gaur and G. P. Bagaria, 2010, Excel Books,
New Delhi.
Reference Material:
1. “Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya”, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. “Human Values”, A.N. Tripathi, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. “The Story of Stuff”, Annie Leonard.
4. “The Story of My Experiments with Truth”, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. “Small is Beautiful”, E. F. Schumacher
6. “Slow is Beautiful”, Cecile Andrews
7. “Economy of Permanence”, J. C. Kumarappa
8. “Bharat Mein Angreji Raj”, Pandit Sunderlal
9. “Rediscovering India”, Dharampal
10. “Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule”, Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. “India Wins Freedom”, Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. “Vivekananda”, Romain Rolland (English)
41
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title APPLIED PYTHON PROGRAMMING LAB
Course Code 23EC4AEAPL Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand Python libraries, OOP Concepts in Python Programming – –
CO2 Apply different mathematical concepts: Probability and Statistics,
Laplace, Fourier and z-Transforms using python IDE platform (Jupyter
notebook, pycharm, etc.)
1 2
CO3 Implement real-time applications in signal analysis and control sys-
tems
2, 3 2
List of Experiments
• Basics of Python and Python Modules
1. Program to find the best of two test average marks out of three test’s marks accepted
from the user.
2. Program to generate a Fibonacci sequence up to specified length.
3. Develop a program to check whether a given number/character is Palindrome or not.
4. Develop a program to convert Decimal to binary, Octal and Hexa-decimal and vice-
versa using functions and Loops.
• OOPS Concepts in Python Programming: Classes, Objects and Inheritance
5. Declare a base class to calculate Resistance from voltage and current and extend the
class to calculate inductance and capacitance with varying voltage and current values
with respect to time.
6. By using the concept of inheritance, write a program to find the area of triangle, circle
and rectangle.
• Application to Field Theory
7. Demonstration of electric field lines due to a point charge
8. Standing waves animation
42
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
• Application to signals and systems and control systems
9. Develop a Program for Sine Wave Generation.
10. Program to display pole – zero plot for a given transfer function.
11. Program to solve a given 2nd order difference equation using Z transform.
12. Program to solve a given 2nd order differential equation using Laplace transform.
13. Program to display Bode plot for a given second order system.
14. Program to display Nyquist plot for a given second order system.
Reference Books:
1. “Python Cookbook”, David Beazley and Brian K. Jones, 3rd Edition, 2013, O’Reilly Media
Inc.
2. “Python: The Complete Reference”, Martin C. Brown, 4th Edition, 2018, McGraw-Hill.
43
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title
ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS – II
(For lateral entry students)
Course Code 22MA4BSMAT Credits 0 L – T – P 2:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the concepts of linear algebra and numerical methods 1 –
CO2 Apply the concepts of integral calculus 1 –
UNIT – I
NUMERICAL METHODS – 1:
Elementary row transformation of a matrix, Rank of a matrix. Consistency and Solution of system
of linear equations; Gauss-elimination method and Approximate solution by Gauss-Seidel method.
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors.
UNIT – II
NUMERICAL METHODS – 2:
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Regula-Falsi and Newton-Raphson methods
(only formulae). Problems.
Finite differences, Interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae and
Lagrange’s interpolation formula (without proof). Problems.
Numerical integration: Simpson’s (1/3)rd and (3/8)th rules (without proof): Problems.
UNIT – III
NUMERICAL METHODS – 3:
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE’s):
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations of first order and first degree: Taylor’s se-
ries method, Modified Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth-order, Milne’s predictor-
corrector formula (No derivations of formulae). Problems.
44
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
INTEGRAL CALCULUS:
Multiple Integrals: Evaluation of double integrals, evaluation of double integrals by change of
order of integration, changing into polar coordinates. Evaluation of triple integrals. Problems.
UNIT – V
BETA-GAMMA FUNCTIONS AND VECTOR INTEGRATION:
Beta and Gamma functions: Definitions, properties, the relation between Beta and Gamma func-
tions.
Vector Integration: Line integral, Green’s theorem and Stokes’ theorem.
Text Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers.
2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John
Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu-
cation.
2. “Engineering Mathematics”, Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, 3rd reprint, 2016, Oxford
University Press.
3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica-
tions.
4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
5. “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, Gupta C. B., Sing S. R. and Mukesh
Kumar, 2015, McGraw-Hill Education (India).
6. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, H. K. Dass and Er. Rajnish Verma, 2014, S. Chand
Publication.
7. “Calculus”, James Stewart, 7th edition, 4th reprint, 2019, Cengage Publications.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111
2. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs)
3. http://academicearth.org/
4. VTU e-Shikshana Program
5. VTU EDUSAT Program
45
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title
FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH
(For lateral entry students)
Course Code
23MA3HSENG /
Credits 0 L – T – P 1:0:0
23MA4HSENG
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Communicate effectively and creatively in both non-verbal and ver-
bal forms in various multi-disciplinary activities.
10 –
CO2 Upgrade organizational skills/traits, team spirit/working in liaison
and thus boost professional etiquette and ethics.
9, 10 –
CO3 Write effective technical reports, dissertation and project documents
and make effective oral and written presentations.
9, 10 –
CO4 Enhance employability via training in writing correct and effective
Applications/Resumes.
10 –
CO5 Perform well against Domestic and International Industry Standards
via group discussions and Power Point Presentations.
9, 10 –
CO6 Strengthen basic grammar components/structures and overcome
mistakes/wrong pronunciation and thereby, encourage speak-
ing/writing in flawless English.
10 –
UNIT – I
COMMUNICATION:
• Introduction – Role and Importance of English in the Corporate World.
• Communication – Importance of technical communication-levels, flow of organizational
communication
• Effective Presentation strategies: non-verbal communication aspects, Preparing Power Point
Presentation
• Public Speaking
• Listening –Types, traits and importance of listening
46
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
• Telephone Etiquette
• Interviews-types and preparation.
• Interpersonal Communication Skills –Group Discussion
Additional Reference:
• Communication: Organizational communication, Communication cycle, Barriers
• Language as a tool of communication, characteristics of language
• Non-verbal communication
• Power point presentations
• Traits of a good listener, barriers
• Interviews: questions frequently asked
• Business Meetings/Conferences: Spoken
• Effective reading skills
UNIT – II
Technical Writing / Speaking: Specific Focus:
• Letter Writing – Job Applications, E-mails and other Official Letters
• Writing a résumé
• Writing reports and dissertation / thesis-structure and significance
• Description of Graphics – kinds, construction, use and application (in scientific texts) and
Interpretation
Additional Reference:
• Paragraph Writing, Expansion of ideas – Précis Writing
• Business Letters: Significance, purpose, structure, layout, types and samples
• Curriculum Vitae / résumé / bio-data–different formats
• Technical Reports: objectives, characteristics and categories
• Manuscript format, prefatory parts and main text
• Interpretation of the diagrams and graphs in paragraphs
• Structure of a Research dissertation/thesis.
UNIT – III
Grammar: Basics and Structures:
• Parts of Speech-in brief
• Transformation of Sentences, Active and Passive Voice, Direct and Indirect Speech.
• Subject-Verb Agreement
Additional Reference:
• Nouns, Pronouns, Tenses, Articles and Prepositions. Adjectives, Conjunctions, Adverbs,
Interjection
• Degrees of comparison
• Punctuation
• Types of sentences
• Simple-compound and complex sentences
47
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
• Rules governing Active-Passive voice and Direct-Indirect Speech
• Singular and plural nouns and verbs.
UNIT – IV
Vocabulary:
• Correct pronunciation of important words
• Identifying errors in sentences – often mispronounced and misspelt words
• Difference between American and British English,
• Indianism – Mother tongue influence
• Using Idioms and phrases – words commonly misused and confused
• Analogy of Comparison
• Corporate/conventional idioms.
Additional Reference:
• IPA script chart to read sounds-vowels and consonants
• Spellings chart
• Words often mispronounced
• Homophones and homonyms
• American English – evolution, expressions and slangs
• How American English has influenced corporate world
• Indianized expressions in English
• Phrasal verbs and proverbs.
Text Books:
1. “Practice and Perfect” – a workbook issued by the Department of Mathematics and Human-
ities, B.M.S. College of Engineering.
2. Additional Reference Source prepared by the Faculty of English issued by the Department
of Mathematics and Humanities, B.M.S. College of Engineering.
Reference Books:
1. “IELTS Preparation and Practice”, Wendy Sahanaya and Terry Hughes, Oxford University
Press, 2007.
2. “Technical Communication: Principles and Practice”, Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha
Sharma.
3. “English for Presentations”, Marion Grussendorf, Oxford Uuniversity Press, 2015.
4. “Making Sense of English”, M.Yadugiri, Viva Publications.
5. “Advanced English Grammar”, Thomson and Martinet, Cambridge University Press.
48
V Semester Syllabus
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title FUNDAMENTALS OF VLSI
Course Code 23EC5PCFOV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Basic concepts of MOSFETs
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of CMOS technology and Digital System
Design in the context of VLSI circuits and subsystems.
1 3
CO2 Analyze CMOS circuits and subsystems to obtain the desired
performance parameters.
2, 5, 9, 10 3
CO3 Design CMOS based combinational and sequential circuits for
given specifications.
3, 5, 9, 10 3
UNIT – I
MOS Transistor: Long Channel I-V characteristics, C-V Characteristics, Simple MOS Capaci-
tance Models, Detailed MOS Gate Capacitance Model, Non ideal I-V Effects.
CMOS Logic: Inverter, NAND Gate, NOR Gate, CMOS Compound Gates. VLSI design flows.
UNIT – II
CMOS Processing Technology: CMOS Technologies, CMOS Inverter Fabrication and Layout,
Layout Design Rules, Gate Layouts and Stick Diagrams. CMOS Process enhancements. Manu-
facturing Issues.
UNIT – III
Static CMOS Inverter: DC Characteristics, Beta Ratio Effect, Noise Margin, Pass Transistor DC
Characteristics, Circuit design using Pass Transistors and Transmission Gates, Tristate buffer,
Multiplexers.
Sequential MOS logic circuitry: SR Latch Circuitry, Clocked latch and Flip Flop Circuitry (SR
and JK), CMOS D-Latch and Edge Triggered Flip-Flop.
50
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Sequencing Static Circuits: Sequencing Methods, Max-Delay Constraints, Min-Delay Constraints,
Time Borrowing, Clock Skew.
Array Sub system: SRAM: SRAM Cells, Row Circuitry, Column Circuitry.
DRAM: Subarray Architectures, Column Circuitry, Embedded DRAM.
UNIT – V
Silicon Debug Principles, Manufacturing Test Principles: Fault Models, Observability, Controlla-
bility, Repeatability, Fault Coverage, ATPG, Delay Fault Testing, Design for Testability: Ad Hoc
Testing, Scan Design, BIST, IDDQ Testing, Design for Manufacturability, Boundary Scan.
Text Books:
1. “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Neil H. E. Weste and David
Harris, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 0-321-54774-8.
2. “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, Tata McGrawHill,
3rd Edition, ISBN: 0-7923-7246-8.
Reference Books:
1. “Basic VLSI Design”, Douglas. A. Pucknell and Kamaran Eshraghian, PHI, 3rd Edition,
2010, ISBN: 0-321-26977-2.
2. “Introduction to VLSI Circuits & Systems”, John P. Uyemura, Wiley India Edition.
E books and online course materials:
1. http://swarm.cs.pub.ro/˜mbarbulescu/SMPA/CMOS-VLSI-design.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101058/
51
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MICROWAVE THEORY AND ANTENNA
Course Code 23EC5PCMTA Credits 4 L – T – P 3:1:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the concepts and properties of Electromagnetism to obtain
parameters of microwave devices and antennas
1 1
CO2 Analyze different types of microwave devices and antennas for
various applications
2 1
CO3 Present Case study / Seminar on Advanced topics on 3,5,9,10
microwave devices and Antenna Design as an individual/team
3, 5, 9, 10 1
UNIT – I
Introduction to Microwave Theory: Frequency Band, Applications, Merits and Demerits of Mi-
crowave Theory, Transmission Line Equations, Characteristic and Input impedances, Reflection
and Transmission coefficients, Standing waves and SWR, Mismatch losses in Transmission lines.
UNIT – II
Microwave Network theory: Introduction to Microwave theory, S matrix representation of Multi-
Port Networks, Symmetrical Z and Y-Parameters for reciprocal Networks.
Microwave Passive Devices: Waveguide multiport junctions - E plane and H plane Tees, Magic
Tee, 2-hole Directional coupler, Isolator and Circulator.
UNIT – III
Fundamentals of Antennas: Principle of antenna, fields from oscillating dipole, antenna field
zones, basic antenna parameters, patterns, beam area, Radiation intensity, beam efficiency, direc-
tivity and gain, antenna aperture, effective height and radio communication link (Friis formula).
UNIT – IV
Short electric dipole, fields of a short dipole, radiation resistance of short electric dipole, radiation
resistance of half wave dipole, Loop antenna: Introduction, small loop, far field patterns of small
loop, far field patterns of circular Loop, radiation resistance and directivity of loop antenna. Point
52
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Source and Arrays: Point source, Types of Arrays (Broad side, End fire, Extended End fire),
pattern multiplication.
UNIT – V
Types of Antennas: Thin linear antenna, Yagi-Uda antenna, Horn antenna, parabolic reflectors,
Micro strip rectangular patch antenna. Steps to design an antenna in a commercial industry stan-
dard software.
Textbooks:
1. “Microwave Engineering”, Annapurna Das, Sisir K Das, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2015.
2. “Radio Frequency and Microwave Electronics”, Matthew M Radmanesh, Pearson, 2015.
3. “Antennas and Wave Propagation”, John D Kraus, Ronald J Marhetka, Ahmad S Khan, 5th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. “Antenna, Theory, Analysis & Design”, Constantine A Balanis, 4th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2016.
Online Course Material:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee91/preview
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/101/108101112/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee20/preview
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee63/preview
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117107035
53
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code 23EC5PCDSP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Signals and systems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of signal processing to solve Engineering
problems on Discrete Fourier Transform and Filters.
1 1
CO2 Analyze frequency domain characteristics of a signal and Filter
performance for a given specification.
2 1
CO3 Design and realize Analog and Digital Filter algorithms. 3 1
CO4 Use modern tools to carry out analysis on Signals using Discrete
Fourier Transform, and to simulate filters for chosen applica-
tions.
4, 5, 9, 10 1, 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to DSP, Frequency-domain Sampling, DFT, IDFT, DFT as a Linear Transformation
(Matrix formulation), Properties of DFT: Periodicity, Linearity, Circular Time shifting, Circu-
lar Frequency Shifting, Circular Time Reversal, Conjugation and Conjugate Symmetry (Symme-
try properties), Duality, Circular Convolution (Multiplication of two DFTs), Circular correlation,
Multiplication (or Modulation) property, Parseval’s Relation.
UNIT – II
Use of DFT in linear filtering, linear convolution of two finite duration sequences, overlap adds
and save methods. Relation between DFT and other transforms. Direct computation of DFT.
Necessity for efficient computation of DFT. Radix2 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithm for
DFT computation. Decimation in time algorithm, decimation in frequency algorithms. Radix2FFT
algorithm for computation of Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT).
UNIT – III
Introduction to IIR filters, Pole zero placement method for simple IIR Filters, Impulse invariant &
Bilinear Transformations, Design of analog Butterworth and Chebyshev filters, Design of Digital
54
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Butterworth and Chebyshev filters. Introduction to realization of digital systems, Infinite Impulse
Response (IIR) systems: parallel form, cascade form.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to FIR filters, Frequency response of ideal digital low pass filter, high pass filter,
Frequency sampling technique of designing FIR filters, Windowing design of FIR filters using
Rectangular, Triangular & Hamming windows. Realization of Finite Impulse Response (FIR)
systems: Direct Form, Linear Phase Form.
UNIT – V
Application of digital filters in noise cancellation; Limitations of Linear filters, Random noise
cancellation, Adaptive filters, LMS Algorithm, Applications. Decimation by a factor D, Interpola-
tion by a factor I, Sampling conversion by a Rational factor I/D. Introduction to Multi-rate Digital
Signal Processing.
Textbooks:
1. “Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms and Applications,” John G. Proakis,
Dimitris K Manolakis, Pearson education/PHI (4th Edition).
2. “Digital Signal Processing,” Tarun Kumar Rawat, Oxford University Press (16 December
2014).
Reference Books:
1. “Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing,” Lonnie Ludeman, John Wiley & Sons; Wiley
International 1st Edition, 1988.
2. “Discrete-Time Signal Processing,” Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, John R. Buck,
Prentice-Hall Signal Processing Series, 2nd Edition, 1999.
3. “Understanding Digital Signal Processing,” Richard G. Lyons, Prentice Hall, March 25, 2nd
Edition 2004.
4. “Digital Signal Processing: Fundamentals and Applications,” Li Tan, Academic Press, 1st
edition 2007.
5. “Schaum’s Outline of Digital Signal Processing,” Monson Hayes, McGraw-Hill, 1st edition,
1998.
E-books:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/102/117102060/
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc17/SEM1/noc17-ee05/
55
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DIGITAL COMMUNICATION THEORY
Course Code 23EC5PCDCT Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Digital Signal Processing, Principles of communications systems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of various signal processing and coding
techniques for digital communication systems.
1 1
CO2 Analyse the performance and design constraints of techniques
learnt in the digital communication system.
2 1
CO3 Design and analyse digital modulation, spread spectrum and
coding for Optimum receivers.
3 1
CO4 Conduct hardware experiments and use modern tools to simulate
experiments on digital texhniques used in DCS
4, 5, 9, 10 1
UNIT – I
Introduction to Block diagram of DCS with basic signal processing operations, Communication
channel, Pulse code modulation, Uniform quantization and its SQNR, Robust quantization – A-
and µ-law companding, Differential PCM TR and RX, TDM-PCM, T1 and E1 digital Hierarchy.
Line codes, ISI in band-limited channels, Zero-ISI condition - the Nyquist criterion, Solution for
zero ISI - practical raised cosine filters.
UNIT – II
Optimum Receiver structures - correlator type receivers, Matched filter type receivers, Digital
Modulations - Generation and detection of BASK, BPSK, and BFSK, Signal space constellations,
Generation and detection of QPSK, waveforms and its Signal space constellation, Generation and
detection of DPSK, waveforms, Probability of bit error expressions and Performance analysis of
all the schemes in terms of probability of bit error, BW, and Power.
56
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
Introduction to spread spectrum - Need for Spread Spectrum Modulation, PN sequence and its
properties, Direct sequence SS system - DS/BPSK Transmitter & Receiver, Processing gain, Jam-
ming margin, Frequency hop SS system - FH-FSK transmitter and Receiver, Fast and slow hop,
Application of DS SS and FHSS, Introduction to OFDM.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to Information theory - Measurement of Information, Entropy and information rate,
Communication channels, Shannon‘s Channel Capacity theorem and its trade-off Source coding
- definition Various Properties of source codes, Shannon-Fano encoding algorithm, Huffman‘s
coding algorithm, efficiency and variance computation.
UNIT – V
Introduction to Channel coding: Need for channel coding, Shannon‘s coding theorem. Linear
Block codes – rate, encoding procedure. Error detecting and correcting capability. Syndrome
calculation for error detection. Convolutional encoder representation, impulse response, transform
domain representation, tree, trellis and state representation.
Textbooks:
1. “Digital Communications”, Simon Haykin, John Wiley, 2003.
2. “Digital communications”, Bernard Sklar, Pearson education, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. “Modern Analog and Digital Communications”, Lathi and Ding, Oxford Press.
2. “Concepts of Information theory and coding”, P. S. Satyanarayana, DYNARAM, 2005.
MOOCs:
1. NPTEL lecture series by Prof. Bikas Kumar Dey, IIT Bombay.
2. NPTEL lecture series on Digital Communications, IIT Madras.
LIST OF LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS
Sl. No. Title of the Experiment
PART A (Hardware Experiments)
1. Generation and detection of BASK for given specifications
2. Generation and detection of BFSK for given specifications
3. Generation and detection of BPSK for given specifications
4. Experimental Study of directivity, gain of microstrip dipole and Yagi uda patch an-
tennas.
5. Experimental Study of directivity, gain of array antenna.
57
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Sl. No. Title of the Experiment
PART B (Simulation Experiments on MATLAB/Python Platform)
6. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE 1 – PCM, DPCM
7. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE II – Different Modulations
8. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE III – Spread spectrum
9. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE IV – Source coding
10. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE V – Channel coding
11. Simulation of end-to-end Communication system with BER plots (in AWGN)
12. Simulation of OFDM
Part C (Demonstration Experiments)
13. Study of different modulations and demodulation on SDR platform
14. Study of various optical losses in optical fiber communication
58
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Course Code 23CV5HSEVS Credits 1 L – T – P 1:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Identify and discuss the components and impacts of human activities
on environment, conservation and on protection of natural resources
1, 6, 7 –
CO2 Identify and establish relationship between social, economic and
ethical values from environmental perspectives.
1, 6, 7 –
UNIT – I
Introduction to Environment: Definition, About the Earth: Atmosphere, Hydrosphere, Litho-
sphere and Biosphere, Structure of Atmosphere, Internal structure of the Earth Ecosystem, Bal-
anced ecosystem, types of Ecosystem Effects of Human activities on Environment. Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA).
UNIT – II
Natural Resources: Water resources, its availability, Mineral resources, Forest resources.
UNIT – III
Energy resources: Conventional and non-conventional energy resources. Hydroelectric, Wind
power, solar, Biogas, Fossil fuel-based energy resources – Coal, Oil & Gas, Nuclear power, Hy-
drogen as an alternate future sources of energy.
UNIT – IV
Environmental pollution: Effects and control of pollutions i). Water pollution, ii). Land pollu-
tion, iii).Noise pollution.
UNIT – V
Current environmental issues & importance: Population growth effects & Control, Climatic
changes, Global warming. Acid rain Ozone layer depletion & effects, Environmental protection;
Role of Government, initiatives by Non-Govt. Organizations.
59
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Text Books:
1. Dr. Geetha Balakrishanan and K. G. Lakshminarayana Bhatta, “Environmental studies”, S
M Publications, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. N. S. Subramanyam and A.V.S.S. Sambamurthy, “Ecology”, Alpha Science International
Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2006.
3. Dr. J. P. Sharma, “Environmental studies”, Laxmi Publications, Third Edition, 2009.
4. Smriti Srivastava, “Environment and Ecology”, S K Kataria & Sons, 2023.
Reference Books:
1. Benny Joseph, “Environmental Studies”, Mc Graw Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2017.
2. Dr. D. L. Manjunath, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson Education India, 3rd Impression,
2009.
60
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Code 23EC5PE1IP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Digital Signal Processing
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply enhancement and restoration techniques to 2D-images in spatial
and frequency domain for required visualization.
1 1
CO2 Analyze, process, and represent an image using various techniques in
different domains.
2 1
CO3 Interpret images in various data formats by applying image transforma-
tion or processing techniques for different applications.
4 1
UNIT – I
Introduction: Fundamental Steps in Digital Image Processing, Components of an Image Pro-
cessing System, Sampling and Quantization, Representing Digital Images (Data structure), Some
Basic Relationships Between Pixels – Neighbors and Connectivity of pixels in image, Applications
of Image Processing: Medical imaging, Robot vision, Character recognition, Remote Sensing.
Colour Image Processing: Colour Fundamentals, Colour Models, Pseudo-colour Image Process-
ing.
UNIT – II
Image Enhancement: Spatial Domain: Some Basic Gray Level Transformations, Histogram Pro-
cessing, Enhancement using Arithmetic/Logic Operations, Basics of Spatial Filtering, Smoothing
Spatial Filters, Sharpening Spatial Filters.
Frequency Domain: Preliminary Concepts, Filtering in the Frequency Domain, Image Smoothing
and Image Sharpening using Frequency Domain Filters.
UNIT – III
Restoration: Noise models, Restoration in the Presence of Noise Only using Spatial Filtering and
Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations, Estimating the Degradation
61
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Function, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean Square Error (Wiener) Filtering, Constrained Least
Squares Filtering.
UNIT – IV
Morphological Analysis: Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and Dilation,
Opening and Closing, The Hit-or-Miss Transforms, Some Basic Morphological Algorithms.
Representation and Description: Representation, Boundary descriptors.
UNIT – V
Image Segmentation: Introduction, Detection of isolated points, Line detection, Edge detection,
Edge linking, Region-based segmentation – Region growing, Split and merge technique, Local
processing, Regional processing, Hough transform, Segmentation using Threshold.
Text Books:
1. “Digital Image Processing”, Rafael C G., Woods R E. and Eddins S L, Prentice Hall, 3rd
Edition, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. “Image Processing, Analysis and Machine Vision”, Milan Sonka, Thomson Press India Ltd.,
4th Edition.
2. “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Anil K. Jain, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of
India.
3. “Digital Image Processing”, S. Sridhar, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2016.
E-Books and Online Course Materials:
1. https://bookboon.com/en/digital-image-processing-part-one-ebook
2. https://pakuni.info/download/digital-image-processing-by-jayaraman-p
df-book-free-download/
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/digital
2. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-digital-image-processing-1
4005
NOTE: This course content will be supplemented by practical experimentation in a simulator
environment for clear understanding.
62
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
Course Title SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
Course Code 23EC5PE1SC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Communication Theory, Signals and Systems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply various concepts of mathematics and communication principles
to Satellite communication.
1 1
CO2 Analyze the performance of various Satellite sub-systems for given pa-
rameters.
2 1
CO3 Design the satellite subsystems for the given specifications. 3 1
UNIT – I
SATELLITE ORBITS: Kepler’s Laws, Newton’s law, orbital parameters, orbital perturbations,
station keeping, geostationary and non-geostationary orbits – Look Angle Determination, Lim-
its of visibility, eclipse-Sub-satellite point – Sun transit outage-Launching Procedures - launch
vehicles and propulsion.
UNIT – II
SPACE SEGMENT: Spacecraft Technology- Structure, Primary power, Attitude and Orbit control,
Thermal control and Propulsion, communication Payload and supporting subsystems, Telemetry,
Tracking and command-Transponders-The Antenna Subsystem.
UNIT – III
SATELLITE LINK DESIGN: Basic link analysis, Interference analysis, Rain-induced attenuation
and interference, Ionospheric characteristics, Link Design with and without frequency reuse.
UNIT – IV
MODULATION AND MULTIPLEXING: Voice, Data, Video, Analog – digital transmission sys-
tem, Digital video Broadcast, multiple access: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, DAMA Assignment
Methods, compression – encryption, Coding Schemes.
63
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
SATELLITE APPLICATIONS: INTELSAT Series, INSAT, VSAT, Mobile satellite services: GSM,
GPS, INMARSAT, LEO, MEO, Satellite Navigational System. GPS Position Location Principles,
Differential GPS, Direct Broadcast satellites (DBS/DTH).
Text Books:
1. Dennis Roddy, “Satellite Communication”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill International, 2006.
2. Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostain and Jeremy Allnutt, “Satellite Communication”, 2nd Edi-
tion, Wiley Publications, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Wilbur L. Pritchard, Hendri G. Suyderhoud and Robert A. Nelson, “Satellite Communica-
tion Systems Engineering”, Prentice Hall/Pearson, 2007.
2. N. Agarwal, “Design of Geosynchronous Space Craft”, Prentice Hall, 1986.
3. Bruce R. Elbert, “The Satellite Communication Applications Handbook”, Artech House,
Boston, London, 1997.
4. Tri T. Ha, “Digital Satellite Communication”, 2nd edition, 1990.
5. Emanuel Fthenakis, “Manual of Satellite Communications”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984.
6. Robert G. Winch, “Telecommunication Transmission Systems”, McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
1983.
7. Brian Ackroyd, “World Satellite Communication and Earth Station Design”, BSP profes-
sional Books, 1990.
8. G.B. Bleazard, “Introducing Satellite Communications”, NCC Publication, 1985.
9. M. Richharia, “Satellite Communication Systems - Design Principles”, Macmillan, 2003.
E-Books:
1. https://pce-fet.com/common/library/books/31/711_%5BLouis_J._Ippolito_
Jr.%5D_Satellite_Communications_S(b-ok.org).pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=satellite
64
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INTRODUCTION TO AI
Course Code 23EC5PE1AI Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Calculus and Probability & Statistics
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the difference between cognitive and artificial intelligence – –
CO2 Apply the characteristics and architectures of various expert systems
that differentiate it from the conventional systems.
1 2
CO3 Analyze knowledge of genetic algorithms and swarm intelligence with
their principles and procedures.
2 2
UNIT – I
Artificial Intelligence: History and Applications
Introduction, Intelligence, Artificial Intelligence, Progress of Artificial Intelligence, Modeling,
Simulation and AI, Intelligent Systems.
UNIT – II
Artificial Intelligence as Representation and Search
The Predicate Calculus: Introduction, the propositional Calculus, the predicate calculus, Using
Inference rules to produce predicate calculus expressions, Application: A logic-based financial
Advisor.
Structure and Strategies for State Space Search: Introduction, Graph Theory, Strategies for State
Space Search, Using the state space to represent reasoning with predicate calculus.
UNIT – III
Heuristic Search and Stochastic Methods
Heuristic Search: Introduction, Hill Climbing and Dynamic Programming, the best fit search al-
gorithm, admissibility, monotonicity, and Informedness, Using Heuristics in Games, Complexity
Issues.
Stochastic Methods: Introduction, the elements of counting, elements of probability theory, appli-
cations of stochastic methodology, Bayes theorem, Recursion-based search.
65
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Expert Systems
Introduction, expert systems, features, Characteristics, Architecture, Basic Activities, Advantages,
Difference between Expert systems and conventional methods.
Stages in development of an expert system, Building of a rule-based expert system, Machine
learning expert system, Probability based expert system.
UNIT – V
Introduction to Genetic Algorithm and Swarm Intelligence
Introduction, Genetic Algorithms, Procedure of Genetic Algorithms.
Introduction to swarm intelligence, Importance of ant colony paradigm, Ant colony systems, De-
velopment of ant colony system.
Text Books:
1. “Artificial Intelligence, Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”, George F
Luger, Fifth edition, Pearson Education.
2. “Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems”, N P Padhy, 2017, Oxford Publication.
Reference Books:
1. “Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach”, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd Edition,
Pearson, 2014.
2. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Dan W Patterson, Pearson,
2015.
E Books:
1. https://people.engr.tamu.edu/guni/csce421/files/AI_Russell_Norvig.pdf
2. https://people.engr.tamu.edu/guni/csce421/files/AI_Russell_Norvig.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_cs92/preview
66
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ADVANCED DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Course Code 23EC5PE1AD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of VLSI and Concepts of Digital System Design using Verilog
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the concepts of Digital System design to create digital building
blocks using Verilog.
1 3
CO2 Analyze the RTL for timing violations and Synthesize the RTL to gen-
erate gate-level netlist.
2 3
CO3 Design RTL using basic building blocks along with design optimiza-
tions.
3, 5 3
UNIT – I
Logic Design and Challenges in VLSI Industry: Moore’s law, Technology Scaling, Die size
growth, Frequency, Power dissipation, Power density. Challenges in digital design, Design met-
rics, and Cost of Integrated circuits. Digital Combinational & Sequential circuits, Modules, Nets,
Values, Comments, arrays in Verilog. Expressions, Operators, Operands, Arrays, memories,
Strings, Delays, parameterized designs. Procedural blocks, Blocking and Non-Blocking Assign-
ment, looping, flow Control, Task, Function. Basic test bench generation and Simulation, Verilog
modeling of combinational and sequential logic.
UNIT – II
Principles of RTL Design: Verilog Coding Concepts, Verilog coding guidelines: Combinational,
Sequential, FSM. General Guidelines, Synthesizable Verilog Constructs, Sensitivity List, Verilog
Events, RTL Design Challenges.
UNIT – III
RTL Timing Concepts: Introduction to timing concepts. Setup and hold times. Setup and hold
time equalities and inequalities, timing paths. Static timing delay calculation for basic flip-flop &
sequential circuits.
67
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Synthesis, Libraries, and Technology Mapping: Introduction to synthesis, logical synthesis
of basic combinational and sequential circuits. Synthesis Methodologies, Pre and post synthesis
mismatch, Translation, mapping, and optimization. Overview of Libraries, design constraints,
importance of wire load models.
UNIT – V
Design of Architectural building blocks using FSMs and Clock Domain Crossing: FSM De-
sign – overlapping and non-overlapping Mealy and Moore state machine design. Clock Domain
Crossing design techniques.
Text Books:
1. “Digital Design”, Morris Mano M, 4th Edition.
2. “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Samir Palnitkar, 2nd Edition.
3. “Verilog HDL Synthesis A Practical Primer”, J. Bhasker.
4. “Fundamentals of Digital Circuits”, A. Anand Kumar, 2nd Edition.
5. “Principles of VLSI RTL Design: A Practical Guide”, Sanjay Churiwala, Sapan Garg, 2011.
6. Cliff Cummings: White paper (Clock Domain Crossing)
Reference Websites:
1. www.asic-world.com
2. http://www.vlsi-expert.com/2011/03/static-timing-analysis-sta-basic
-timing.html
Online material:
1. Seer Academy recordings
E-Books:
1. https://www.freebookcentre.net/Electronics/Logic-Design-Books.html
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106092/
68
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INFORMATION THEORY FOR CYBER-SECURITY
Course Code 23EC5PE1IC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: None.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of Information security concepts to demon-
strate the techniques for Information security, Information Security
Policies, Standards and Indian Cyber Law.
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyse the encryption algorithms for their strengths and weak-
nesses.
2 1, 2
CO3 Design and Implement basic algorithms in cryptography which is
ultimately used in developing a secure information system.
3 1, 2
CO4 Involve in Independent learning on contemporary issues in Infor-
mation Security System, Cyber security and its mechanisms, com-
municate effectively and prepare a report.
5, 9, 10 1, 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Information System: Introduction, Types, Developments of Information Systems,
Introduction to information Security, Need for Information Security, Threats to Information Sys-
tems, Information Assurance.
UNIT – II
Developing Secure Information System: Secure Information System Development, Application
Development Security, Information Security Governance and Risk Management, Security Archi-
tecture and Design, Security Issues in Hardware, Data Storage and Downloadable Devices, Phys-
ical Security of IT Assets, Backup Security Measures.
UNIT – III
Information Security Policies, Standards and Cyber Law: Security Policies, Policy Review Pro-
cess, Information Security Standards, Cyber Law in India, Intellectual Property Law, Semicon-
ductor Law, Software Licenses.
69
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Cyber Security, Classification, Tools and Methods Used in Cyber Crime: Introduction to Cy-
ber Security, Cyber Security Risk Analysis, Classifications of Cybercrimes, how Criminals Plan
Them: How Criminals Plan the Attacks, Cyber Stalking, Botnets. Proxy, Servers and Anonymiz-
ers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Key loggers and Spywares, Trojan Horses and Backdoors, SQL
Injection, Buffer Overflow.
UNIT – V
Cybercrimes and Cybersecurity: The Legal Perspectives Introduction, Cybercrime and the Legal
Landscape around the world, need for Cyber laws (Indian Context), Indian IT Act, Challenges to
Indian Law and Cybercrime Scenario in India, Consequences of not addressing the weakness in the
IT ACT, Digital Signatures and the Indian IT Act, Amendments to the Indian IT Act, Cyber-crime
and Punishment.
Text Books:
1. “Cyber Security Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal Perspec-
tives”, Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure.
2. “Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice”, William Stallings, Pearson.
3. “Cyber Security”, Dr. Krishan Kumar Goyal and Prof. Amith Garg, University Science
Press.
Reference Books:
1. “Security in Computing, Fourth Edition”, Charles P. Pfleeger, Pearson Education.
2. “Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice”, Wenbo Mao, Prentice Hall.
3. “Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards”, William Stallings, Prentice
Hall.
E-Books:
1. https://wcu.edu.az/uploads/files/Cyber%20Security%20Essentials%20(%2
0PDFDrive%20).pdf
2. https://library.iiitd.edu.in/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumbe
r=174182
70
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INTRODUCTION TO AR/VR
Course Code 23EC5PE1VR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: None
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the basics of Virtual Reality and the technology involved. – –
CO2 Apply the potential factors involved in implementing concepts of Vir-
tual Reality.
1 1
CO3 Analyse VR Hardware and Software implementation and factors in-
volved in rendering the process.
2 1
UNIT – I
Introduction, Fundamentals of Virtual Reality: What is Virtual Reality?, Virtual Reality as an Im-
mersive Technology, Reality-Virtuality Continuum, Working Principle, Uses and Benefits, History
of Virtual Reality, Application Domains.
UNIT – II
Virtual Reality Hardware and Software: Introduction, Field of View, Degrees of Freedom, Stere-
oscopy, Hardware: Input Devices, Output Devices, Virtual Reality Displays, Tracking - Magnetic,
Electromagnetic, Ultrasonic, and Inertial, and Optical. Software: Platforms – Development and
Deployment, VR Scripting, VRML, X3D, Web VR.
UNIT – III
Creating a Virtual Reality Experience Design: Illusions of Presence, Perceptual Modalities.
Health Effect: Motion Sickness, Eye Strain, Seizures, After-effects, Factors Affecting Health.
Design Guidelines: Hardware, System Calibration, Latency Reduction, General Design, Motion
Design, Interaction Design, Usage, Measuring Sickness.
71
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Factors involved in Implementation of VR-Rendering: Virtual Environments, Object Modeling,
Geometric Transformation, Perspective Views, 3D Clipping, Stereoscopic Vision, Rendering, Tex-
ture Mapping, 360 degree Images and Videos.
Wayfinding – Landmark, Signs and Maps. Interaction: Interacting with Virtual Objects, Direct
and Indirect Interactions, Modes of Interactions.
UNIT – V
VR used for Training Industry Case Studies: Transforming radiography training, VR for employ-
ees to practice presentation skills, Reality-based welding simulator: Significance, virtual training,
and industrial correlation.
Text Books:
1. “The VR Book: Human-Centered Design for Virtual Reality”, Jason Jerald (ACM Books).
2. “Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications”, Alan B. Craig, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet., “Virtual Reality Technology”, Second Edition, Wiley-IEEE
Press, 2003/2006.
E-Books and Online Course Material:
1. https://www.queppelin.com/ebooks/
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-virtual-reality
72
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title OPERATING SYSTEMS
Course Code 23EC5PE1OS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Understanding of Microprocessor / Microcontroller Architecture, Understanding
of Memory and I/O system, Basic understanding of System Software.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of different classes and structure of operating
system for system security and protection.
1 2
CO2 Analyze process scheduling, synchronization, memory manage-
ment and I/O management of operating systems.
1, 2 2
CO3 Present a case study on the advanced features of modern operating
systems.
5, 9, 10 2
UNIT – I
Introduction and overview of Operating Systems: Computing environment and nature of compu-
tations, Operating System and its Operation, Classes of operating systems: Multi-programming
systems, Time-sharing systems; Different Structures of an operating system, Virtual machine op-
erating systems, Kernel-based operating systems.
UNIT – II
Process management: Processes and threads: Processes and Program, implementing processes:
Process States and State transitions, Process Context & Process control Block, Context Save,
Scheduling & Dispatching, Threads, POSIX Threads, Processes and Threads creation in Linux
with Programming.
UNIT – III
Process Synchronization: Race conditions, Critical sections, Control Synchronization and Indivis-
ible operations, Deadlock condition, Process Synchronization Scheduling: Scheduling Concepts,
Non-preemptive and Preemptive Scheduling Policies, Real-Time Scheduling: EDF, RMS, Pro-
gram Examples.
73
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Memory management: Memory allocation to a process, Heap Management: Reuse of Memory,
Contiguous memory allocation, Non-contiguous memory allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Vir-
tual Memory concept, Demand Paging and Page Replacement examples.
UNIT – V
File System and I/O Management: Overview of file processing, Files and file operations, Interface
between file systems and IOCS, Layers of Input-output control system, Overview of IO organiza-
tion, I/O devices, Device level I/O.
Text Books:
1. “Operating Systems: A Concept based Approach” by D. M. Dhamdhare, TMH.
2. “Modern Operating Systems” by Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Herbert Boss, 4th Edition.
Reference Books:
1. “Operating Systems Concepts” by Silberschatz and Galvin, John Wiley, 7th Edition, 2001.
2. “Operating System – Internals and Design Systems” by William Stallings, Pearson Educa-
tion, 4th Edition, 2006.
E-Books:
1. http://www.freebookcentre.net/ComputerScience-Books-Download/Operatin
g-System-Concepts
MOOCs:
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/operating-systems
2. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/operating-systems-saylororg
74
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title IOT AND ITS APPLICATIONS
Course Code 23EC5PE1IT Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites:
• Knowledge of microprocessor and controller hardware
• Knowledge of C and C++, and Python (can pick up during the course)
• Networking concepts and technologies
Objectives of the course:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of various IoT aspects (sensors, actuators,
processing, technologies) and characteristics to evolve solutions
related to applications and architectures.
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyze, compare, and Identify Technologies, Protocols (includ-
ing adaptations), Analytic Techniques, and review Risk Manage-
ment methods.
2 1, 2
CO3 Design Solutions encompassing systems, hardware, and soft-
ware aspects for various categories of problems with IoT in con-
text.
3 1, 2
CO4 Research various domains of IoT application and provide anal-
ysis, interpret data where available, and provide recommenda-
tions.
4, 6, 9, 10 1, 2
UNIT – I
Fundamentals of IoT: What is IoT, Genesis of IoT, IoT and Digitization, IoT Impact: Connected
Roadways, Connected Factories, Connected Buildings, IoT Challenges, IoT Network Architecture
and Design, A simplified IOT Architecture, Core IOT Functional Stack, Data Management and
Compute Stack, Smart Objects: The “Things” in IoT, Sensors, Actuators, and Smart Objects.
75
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – II
IoT Protocols: Sensor Networks, WSNs, Communication Protocols for WSNs, Connecting Smart
Objects, Communications Criteria, IoT Access Technologies with considerations of layers, topol-
ogy, and security, competitive technologies: IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.15.4g, IEEE 802.15.4e,
IEEE 1901.2a, IEEE 802.11ah, LoRaWAN and competitive technologies, NB-IoT, other LTE vari-
ations, and competitive technologies.
UNIT – III
IP and Application Protocols: IP as the IoT Network Layer, The Business Case for IP, The need for
Optimization, Optimizing IP for IoT, Profiles and Compliances, Application Protocols for IoT, The
Transport Layer, IoT Application Transport Methods: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
System (SCADA), Common Object Access Protocol (CoAP), Message Queuing and Telemetry
Transport (MQTT).
UNIT – IV
Design and Development: IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - Arduino UNO: Introduction to
Arduino, Arduino UNO, Installing the Software, Fundamentals of Arduino Programming. IoT
Physical Devices and Endpoints - Raspberry Pi: Introduction to Raspberry Pi, About the Rasp-
berry Pi Board: Hardware Layout, Operating Systems on Raspberry Pi, Configuring Raspberry
Pi, Programming Raspberry Pi with Python, Wireless Temperature Monitoring System Using Pi,
DS18B20 Temperature Sensor, Connecting Raspberry Pi via SSH, Accessing Temperature from
DS18B20 sensors, Remote access to Raspberry Pi.
UNIT – V
Applications: Smart and Connected Cities, An IoT Strategy for Smarter Cities, Smart City IoT
Architecture, Smart City Security Architecture, Smart City Use-Case Examples. Transportation
and Transports, Transportation Challenges, IoT Use Cases for Transportation (Connected Cars,
Connected Fleets, Infrastructure and Mass Transit), An IoT Architecture for Transportation.
Text Books:
1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Robert Barton, Jerome Henry, “IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of
Things”, 1st Edition, Pearson Education (Cisco Press Indian Reprint). (ISBN: 978-9386873743)
2. Srinivasa K G, “Internet of Things”, CENGAGE Learning India, 2017
Reference Books:
1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on Approach)”, 1st
Edition, VPT, 2014. (ISBN: 978-8173719547).
2. Raj Kamal, “Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles”, 1st Edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 2017. (ISBN: 978-9352605224).
Online Resources:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=co2MLqkJVXs
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9znRbMTimvc
76
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
E-books:
1. http://alvarestech.com/temp/Industry4.0/2019/Dimitrios%20Serpanos,Mar
ilyn%20Wolf%20(auth.)%20-%20%20Internet-of-Things%20(IoT)%20Systems_%
20Architectures,%20Algorithms,%20Methodologies-Springer%20Internatio
nal%20Publishing%20(2018).pdf
2. https://www.oreilly.com/design/free/files/designing-for-the-interne
t-of-things.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/internet-of-things
NOTE: The course can be supplemented by project-based learning.
77
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++
Course Code 23EC5PE1OP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Logical thinking, Basic Programming Skills, C programming
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply C++ constructs and object oriented programming con-
cepts to solve given problem statements
1 2
CO2 Design solutions to problems using generic programming ef-
ficient memory strategies and exception handling concepts
3 2
CO3 Analyse the given real-time problem/s and develop complete
solution/s after carefully selecting one or more of OOP tech-
nique/s
2, 3, 5, 9, 10 2
UNIT – I
Migration from C to C++ – Shortcomings of C and need for object-oriented programming, refer-
ence variables, structures, enum with their importance, manipulators, macros, functions – pass by:
value, address, and reference, importance of default values in creating applications.
UNIT – II
Classes and objects: Class definition and declaration, member functions, static data members and
member functions, Constructors, parameterized constructors, constructors with default values and
its importance in applications, multiple constructors in a class and their working, copy constructor,
dynamic constructors - realization and relevance, destructors, arrays of objects, pass and return of
objects, Function overloading, friend functions.
UNIT – III
Operator overloading: Overloading unary and binary operators, overloading using friend functions
and its usage, rules for overloading. Inheritance: Single and multiple inheritances, public, private
and protected inheritance. Pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to derived classes, virtual
functions, run-time polymorphism.
78
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Inheritance: understand the need with real-time examples, types: single, multiple, hybrid, hier-
archical, modes of inheritance: private, protected and public modes and its significance on data
access with real-world examples.
UNIT – IV
Templates and exceptions: Need for templates in real-life applications, developing container
classes with and without template functions, non-member function templates: importance and
realization, overloading template functions, member function templates and non-type template
arguments. Exception handling: Basics, throwing and catching mechanisms.
UNIT – V
IO streams: Managing console I/O operations: C++ streams, C++ stream classes, I/O operations,
managing O/P with manipulators to realize solutions to given problems.
Files: Need for file systems, classes for file stream operations, opening and closing a file, detecting
end of file, more about open(): file modes, writing data onto file through any UI.
Text Books:
1. “Object-Oriented Programming with C++”, E Balagurusamy, TMH Publications, 4th Edi-
tion.
2. “Object-Oriented Programming in Turbo C++”, Robert Lafore, GALGOTIA Publications.
Reference Books:
1. “Let Us C++”, Yashvanth P. Kanetkar, BPB Publications.
2. “Programming With C++: Schaum’s series”, TMH Publications.
E-Books:
1. “Object-Oriented Programming with C++”, E Balagurusamy, TMH Publications, 4th Edi-
tion.
2. “Object-Oriented Programming in Turbo C++”, Robert Lafore, GALGOTIA Publications.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/cpp/cpp_oop.asp
2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/object-oriented-programming-in-cpp/
3. Video lectures on BMSCE Studio.
MOOCs:
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/object-oriented-programming-edx
NOTE: Header files and exception handlers will be developed as a part of the course. Also,
applications will be developed as services using a modular approach to enrich the learning.
79
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND FINANCE
Course Code 23ES5HSPMF Credits 2 L – T – P 2:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Personality Development Course, Soft-skills
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of project management principles and to
study the current market trends
1 –
CO2 Implement project management methodologies ethically for suc-
cessful project completion
2, 8, 9 –
CO3 Identify the investment opportunities and to formulate the projects 11 –
CO4 Choose projects which benefit the society and organization and
apply project phases and document them for future reference
6, 10, 12 –
UNIT – I
Concepts of Project Management: Concepts of project, Categories of project, Project life cycle
phases, Project management concepts, Tools and techniques for project management, The project
manager, Need, Roles and responsibilities of project manager. Project Leadership and Ethics:
Introduction to project leadership, ethics in projects, Multicultural and virtual projects.
UNIT – II
Establishing the Project: Scope, Time, Cost, and performance goals, Feasibility report, Financing
Arrangements, Preparation of cost estimates, Finalization of project implementation schedule,
Evaluation of the project profitability, Fixing the Zero date.
UNIT – III
Organizing Human Resources and Contracting: Delegation, Project manager’s authority, Project
organization, Contract, Contract Planning, Tendering and Selection of Contractor, Team building.
80
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Organizing Systems and Procedures for Project Implementation: Working of Systems, Work break
down structure, Planning, Scheduling and Monitoring, Critical Path Method, Gantt Chart/Time
Chart, PERT, Project diary.
UNIT – V
Financing of Projects: Capital structure, Menu of financing, Internal accruals, Equity capital, Pref-
erence capital, Debentures (or bonds), Methods of offering term loans, working capital advances,
Miscellaneous sources, Raising venture capital, Project financing structures, financial closure, fi-
nancial institutions.
Text Books:
1. “Project Management”, S Choudhury, Tata McGRAW Hill Publishing Company Limited.
2. “Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation and Review”, Dr. Prasanna
Chandra McGRAW Hill Publishing Company Limited.
3. “Project Management Institute: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge”,
PMBOK Guide (Sixth Edition), Sept 2017.
Reference Books:
1. “Fundamentals of Project Management”, Dr.Vijay Kanabar.
2. “Project Management”, David I Cleland, Mcgraw Hill International edition.
3. “Project Management”, Gopalakrishnan, Mcmillan India Ltd.
4. “Project Management”, Harry Maylor, Pearson Publication.
E-Books:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5d16JwWwjKo
2. NPTEL lecture on Introduction to Project Management by Prof. Arun Kanda https://ww
w.youtube.com/watch?v=5pwc2DYlKQU
81
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MINI PROJECT
Course Code 23EC5PWMPR Credits 2 L – T – P 0:0:2
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Formulate the research problem by synthesizing insights from
a comprehensive literature review.
1, 2, 4 1, 2, 3
CO2 Investigate contemporary tools for project implementation. 5 1, 2, 3
CO3 Ability to produce a thorough report outlining the project and
its outcomes, with the potential for publication.
3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3
CO4 Make effective communication by presentation of the work as
an individual or a member of a team.
8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3
CO5 Develop sustainable system with scope for enhancement and
continue life-long learning.
12 1, 2, 3
82
VI Semester Syllabus
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS
Course Code 23EC6PCWCN Credits 3 L – T – P 3-0-0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Acquire the Knowledge of Architecture, Techniques and algorithms
in wireless communication systems
- -
CO2 Apply the knowledge of cellular concepts, propagation mechanisms
to the wireless communication and networks
1 1
CO3 Analyze the propagation models and Call flow scenarios in various
mobile networks.
2, 5 1
UNIT – I
Introduction to Wireless Communication System, Introduction to wireless networks-Wi-Fi, Blue
tooth, Mobile IP.
Multiple access schemes-FDMA, TDMA and CDMA, Overview of 2G GSM System Architecture,
GSM Call flow and handover in GSM.
UNIT – II
Cellular concepts: Frequency reuse, channel assignment strategies, handoff, interference and
system capacity, power control. Improving capacity in cellular system, Radio network Coverage
planning (case study).
UNIT – III
Mobile Radio propagation: Introduction to radio wave propagation, the three basic mechanism-
Reflection, Diffraction, Scattering, shadowing, fading and refraction.
Propagation Models: Free Space Propagation Model, Okumura Hata Model, Walfisch Ikegami
Model, Knife Edge Model, Ray Tracing Model (qualitative analysis only), Link Budget calcula-
tions (case study).
84
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Long Term Evolution (4G): Introduction to Long Term Evolution (4G)- LTE Architecture, Radio
Spectrum, Frame Structure, Resource Blocks, OFDMA Principle with block diagram, Physical
channels, UL Transmission, DL transmission.
UNIT – V
5G Mobile Technology: Introduction, 5G applications and requirements,5G use Cases and Sys-
tem Concept, 5G architecture, 5G Spectrum, 5G Enabling Technologies - Device to Device and
Machine to Machine communication, mm-wave communications, massive MIMO, Multi RAT,
Carrier aggregation, relaying, Small cell networks (only concepts).
Text Books:
1. “Wireless Communication Principles and Practice”, Theodore S Rappaport, PHI, 2002.
2. “LTE:From Theory to Practice”, Stefania Sesia and Issam Toufik, Second Edition, Wiley,
2011.
3. “5G Mobile and Wireless Communication Technology”, Afif Osseiran and Jose F Monser-
rat, Cambridge University Press, 2016.
Reference Books:
1. “Wireless Communications and Networks: Principles and Practice”, William Stallings, Sec-
ond Edition, Pearson.
E-Books:
1. https://www.amazon.in/Wireless-Communications-Principles-Practice-2e/
dp/8131731863
2. https://www.amazon.in/Introduction-LTE-LTE-Advanced-Mobile-Communica
tionsebook/dp/B00KBRNO32
MOOCs:
1. Wireles communication for everybody https://www.coursera.org/learn/wireles
s-communications
2. Introduction to Wireless and Cellular Communications by Prof. R. David Koilpillai, IIT
Madras https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ee61/preview
3. Wireless Communications by Dr. Ranjan Bose, Department of Electrical Engineering, IIT
Delhi. (NPTEL lectures)
85
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title COMPUTER COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Course Code 23EC6PCCCN Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of networking and concepts of TCP/IP
protocol stack to deliver packets across Multiple Networks
(links).
1 2
CO2 Analyze the issues of routing and congestion mechanism for
independent and internetworking networks for wired and wire-
less links.
2 2
CO3 Design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and routing ad-
dresses to fulfill networking requirements.
3 2
CO4 Create Network for given specification and conduct experi-
ments within a simulated networking environment.
4, 5 2
CO5 Involve in independent learning on contemporary issues in net-
working technologies, communicate effectively and prepare a
report.
7, 9, 10, 12 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Data Communication, Networks, Protocols and Standards, Network Models, TCP/IP
Protocol Suite: Layered Architecture, Layers in TCP/IP suite, The OSI Model: OSI Versus
TCP/IP, Transmission Media, Switching, Telephone Network and Digital Subscriber Line Cable
TV Network, Cable TV for data transmission.
UNIT – II
Data Link Layer: Data link Control-Framing, Flow and Error Control, Protocols: Stop and Wait
Protocol, Go-Back-N Protocol, Selective Repeat Protocol. HDLC, PPP Protocol, Error detection
and correction: Cyclic Codes and Check Sum.
86
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
Medium Access: Random Access: ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/ CA, Controlled Ac-
cess, Channelization, Wired LANs:Ethernet Protocol, Standard Ethernet. Introduction to wireless
LAN: Architectural Comparison, Characteristics, Access Control, Connecting devices, backbone
networks and Virtual LANS.
UNIT – IV
Network Layer: Logical Addressing, Internet Protocol, Address Mapping, Packet Switching:Datagram
Approach, Virtual Circuit Approach, IPV4 Addresses: Address Space, Classful Addressing, Class-
less Addressing Delivery, Forwarding and Routing, Unicast Routing: Introduction, Routing Al-
gorithms: Distance Vector Routing, Link State Routing, Path vector routing. Multicast Distance
Vector Routing.
UNIT – V
Transport layer: Services, Connectionless and Connection oriented Protocols, User Datagram Pro-
tocol: User Datagram, UDP Services, UDP Applications, Transmission Control Protocol: TCP
Services, TCP Features, Segment, Connection, State Transition diagram, Windows in TCP, Flow
control, Error control, Congestion control and Quality of Service.
Text Books:
1. “Data Communication and Networking”, B Forouzan, 4th Ed, TMH, 2006.
2. “Computer Networks”, Andrew S.Tanenbaum, 4th, EEE.
3. “Computer Communication and Networks”, J Frauzon.
4. “Data and computer communication”, W. Stallings, PHI.
Reference Books:
1. “Computer Networks”, James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross: Pearson education, 2nd Edition,
2003.
2. “Introduction to Data communication and Networking”, Wayne Tomasi: Pearson education
2007.
3. “An Engineering Approach on Computer Networking”, S. Keshav, Addison Wesley.
4. “Introduction to Data Communications and Networking”, Wayne Tomasi, Pearson.
5. “Computer Networks”, A.S. Tanenbaum, PHI.
E-Books:
1. https://www.phindia.com/Books/BookDetail/9788120349070/data-communica
tions-and-computer-networks-singh
2. https://www.phindia.com/Books/BookDetail/9788120348646/data-communica
tions-and-computer-networks-gupta
Online Resources:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=106105081
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2278/Data-Communication
87
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
LIST OF LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS
Part-A – Programming in C/C++
1. Write a program to demonstrate Framing (Bit and Byte stuffing & destuffing).
2. Write a program to generate CRC code for checking error.
3. To study the Basic Networking Commands on Command Prompt: arp, ipconfig, hostname,
tracert, route, ping etc.
4. Write a program to simulate Shortest Path Routing Algorithm using i) Dijkstra’s Algorithm
ii) Distance Vector Routing Algorithm.
5. Write a program to demonstrate Stop and Wait Protocol and Sliding Window Protocol.
6. Write a program for congestion control using leaky bucket algorithm.
7. Write a program to encrypt and decrypt a given message using substitution cypher method.
Part-B – Tool: Qualnet V9.3
8. Create a Network and analyze the performance of a Network for different topologies and
compare performance of the Network for Varying Network Size and topology/traffic change.
9. Configure and Analyze the throughput, packet delivery for an Ethernet LAN.
10. Construct a point to point network and determine the packets dropped in Network and Com-
ment on its Performance.
11. Apply a multicast protocol and analyze the performance of Network for a Multicast traffic
scenario. Compare Multicast and Multiple unicast traffic.
12. Simulate and Analyze the performance of Wireless Ad hoc Network for Stationary and
Mobile Nodes.
13. Model a LAN Network connected by a Switch and Analyze the Subnet Performance.
14. Configure a router to connect two subnets and analyze the performance of Connecting De-
vice.
15. Compare the performance of RIP and OSPF Routing Algorithms and analyze packet deliv-
ery, end to end delay and throughput.
16. Simulate and Analyze wireless infrastructure network.
17. Scrutiny of Traffic between wired and wireless network.
88
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MIXED SIGNAL DESIGN
Course Code 23EC6PCMSD Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Analog Electronic Circuits, Linear Integrated Circuits, Fundamentals of VLSI
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of basic CMOS technology to analog in-
tegrated circuits
1 3
CO2 Analyze circuits featuring CMOS-based amplifiers, as well
as Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog
Converters (DAC) and obtain the respective performance param-
eters.
2 3
CO3 Design analog CMOS integrated circuits and mixed signal cir-
cuits
3 3
CO4 Conduct experiments on Analog and mixed signal CMOS cir-
cuits using modern EDA tools
4, 5, 9, 10 3
UNIT – I
Review of Common-Source Stage and Source Follower, Cascode Stage.
Differential Amplifiers: Basic Differential Pair: Qualitative Analysis, Quantitative Analysis, Com-
mon-Mode Response, Differential Pair with MOS loads.
UNIT – II
Basic Current Mirrors, Cascode Current Mirrors. Active Current Mirrors: Large-Signal and Small-
Signal Analyses in Differential mode and Common-mode.
UNIT – III
Operational Amplifiers: General Considerations, One-Stage Op Amps, Two-Stage Op Amps, Gain
Boosting.
89
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Switched-Capacitor Circuits: General Considerations, Sampling Switches, Switched Capacitor
Amplifier Design.
Sample-and-Hold Characteristics, Digital-to-Analog Converter specifications, Analog-to-Digital
Converter specifications, Mixed-Signal layout issues.
UNIT – V
DAC Architectures: R-2R ladder DAC, Charge Scaling DACs, Pipeline DAC.
ADC Architectures: Integrating ADCs, Pipeline ADC, Successive Approximation ADC.
Text Books:
1. “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Behzad Razavi, McGraw Hill Edition, 2002,
ISBN: 0-07-238032-2.
2. “CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”, R. Jacob Baker, 3rd Edition, IEEE Press,
2010, ISBN: 978-0-470-88132-3.
Reference Books:
1. “Analog Design Essentials”, Willy M. C. Sansen, Springer, 2006. ISBN-10 0-387-25747-0.
2. “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, Gray, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer, 5th
Edition, 2010, John Wiley & Sons.
E-Books:
1. http://www.designinganalogchips.com/_count/designinganalogchips.pdf
2. https://github.com/bmurmann/Book-on-MOS-stages/raw/main/book/Analysis
%20and%20Design%20of%20Elementary%20MOS%20Amplifier%20Stages.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106030/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106034/
90
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
LABORATORY EXPERIMENT LIST
Sl. No. Title of the Experiment
Conduction using Cadence tools
1. Plot the V-I Characteristics of NMOS and PMOS transistors (ID versus VGS and ID
versus VDS).
2. Draw the schematic of a CMOS inverter and obtain the DC characteristics. Also
perform the transient analysis.
3. Connect three inverters back to back to make a ring oscillator. Find the period of
oscillation and determine the delay of the inverter.
4. Draw the layout of CMOS inverter and verify DRC, LVS. Determine the impact of
RC extraction on the delay of inverter.
5. Simulate basic and cascode current mirrors.
6. Common Source amplifier with resistor and MOS loads: Transient, DC and AC anal-
yses
7. Source follower: Transient, DC and AC analyses
8. Differential Input, Single-ended output operational transconductance amplifier
(OTA): Transient, DC and AC analyses. Find the CMRR.
9. Fully Differential amplifier: Transient, DC and AC analyses. Find the CMRR.
10. 2-stage OpAmp: Transient, DC and AC analyses. Find the CMRR.
11. Design R-2R ladder DAC using the OpAmp designed above and measure the DNL
and INL of the DAC.
12. One open-ended experiment
91
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title COMPUTER VISION
Course Code 23EC6PE2CV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply various segmentation, feature extraction, and representation
techniques for a given pattern analysis problem.
1 1, 3
CO2 Analyze basic methods of computer vision related to multi-scale rep-
resentation, edge detection and detection of other primitives, stereo,
motion and object recognition.
2 1, 3
CO3 Design 3D visualization models to process 3D objects for a specific
visualization task.
3 1, 3
UNIT – I
Pattern Analysis: Clustering: K-Means, Classification: Discriminant Function, Supervised, Un-
supervised, Semi-supervised; Classifiers: Bayes, KNN, ANN models. Comparison of all three
models for best classifiers with examples.
UNIT – II
Feature extraction: Edges detection techniques- Canny, LOG, DOG and comparison study; Line
detectors (Hough Transform), Corner detectors Harris and Hessian Affine, Orientation Histogram,
SIFT, SURF, HOG, GLOH.
UNIT – III
Shape representation and segmentation: Deformable curves and surfaces, contour based and re-
gion based techniques, Snakes and active contours, Level set representations, Fourier and wavelet
descriptors.
UNIT – IV
3D Image Visualization: Sources of 3D Data sets, Slicing the Data set, Arbitrary section planes,
Volumetric display, Stereo Viewing, Ray tracing, Reflection, Surfaces, Multiply connected sur-
faces, Image processing in 3D, Measurements on 3D images.
92
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Modern Trends: Health care and security Biometrics – fingerprint, face, iris, digital signature; su-
per resolution, Introduction to Augmented Reality , mixed reality, virtual reality and autonomous
vehicles.
Text Books:
1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer-Verlag Lon-
don limited, 2011.
2. D. A. Forsyth and J. Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education,
2003.
Reference Books:
1. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, “Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision”,
Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.
2. K. Fukunaga, “Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition”, Second Edition, Academic
Press, Morgan Kaufmann, 1990.
3. R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Addison-Wesley, 1992.
E-Books:
1. http://szeliski.org/Book/drafts/SzeliskiBook_20100903_draft.pdf
2. https://www.amazon.in/Computer-Vision-Image-Processing-Virender-ebook
/dp/B01GBMS78W
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=computer%20vision
2. https://www.classcentral.com/subject/computer-vision
3. https://www.edx.org/course/computer-vision-and-image-analysis-2
4. https://digitaldefynd.com/best-computer-vision-courses/
93
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
Autonomous College under VTU
Course Title RADAR SYSTEM
Course Code 23EC6PE2RS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Communication Theory and Signals & Systems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of mathematics and communication principles to
compute the parameters of the Radar system.
1 1
CO2 Analyze the performance of different types of Radar subsystems for
given applications/specifications.
2 1
CO3 Design the Radar subsystems for a given set of specifications. 3 1
UNIT – I
Basics of Radar, Simple form of Radar Equation, Signal to Noise Ratio, Envelope Detector, Radar
Cross Section of Targets, Transmitter Power, Pulse repetition frequency and Range Ambiguities,
System Losses.
UNIT – II
CW and Frequency Modulated Radar: Doppler Effect, CW Radar, FM-CW Radar, Airborne
Doppler Navigation, Multiple-Frequency CW Radar.
UNIT – III
MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar: Delay line cancellers, Pulse Doppler RADAR, Tracking Radar:
Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobbing Mono Pulse Tracking RADAR, Matched Filter Receiver,
correlation detection, Detector characteristics, Radar Receivers, Phased Array Antennas.
UNIT – IV
Detection of Radar Signals in Noise: Matched Filter Receivers, correlation detection, Detection
Criteria and Detector characteristics, Performance of the Radar Operator, Automatic Detection.
94
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Stealth Technology: Introduction, Principles, Stealth Technology for Application to Military air-
craft, counters to Stealth: Bi Static RADARS, Advanced IR Detectors.
Text Books:
1. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, TMH Special Indian Edition, 2nd Edi-
tion, 2007.
2. Vivek Kapur, “Stealth Technology and its effect on Aerial Warfare”, Institute for Defence
Studies and Analyses (IDSA), New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2001.
2. Byron Edde, “Radar Principals, Technology, Applications”, Pearson Education, 2004.
3. Peyton Z. Peebles, Jr. “Radar Principles”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 1998.
4. Emanuel Fthenakis, “Manual of Satellite Communications”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984.
5. Robert G. Winch, “Telecommunication Transmission Systems”, McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
1983.
6. Brian Ackroyd, “World Satellite Communication and Earth Station Design”, BSP profes-
sional Books, 1990.
7. G.B. Bleazard, “Introducing Satellite Communications”, NCC Publication, 1985.
8. M. Richharia, “Satellite Communication Systems - Design Principles”, Macmillan, 2003.
E-Resources:
1. IET Digital Library: Principles of Modern Radar: Basic principles (theiet.org) https:
//www.phindia.com/Books/BookDetail/9788120348646/data-communication
s-and-computer-networks-gupta
2. IET Digital Library: Radar Principles for the Non-Specialist (theiet.org)
3. The beginnings of stealth technology — IEEE Journals & Magazine — IEEE Xplore http
s://doi.org/10.1109/7.259548
4. Effect of Componential Camouflage on Aircraft’s IR Multiband Susceptibility — IEEE
Journals & Magazine — IEEE Xplore https://doi.org/10.1109/TAES.2022.32
00025
5. “Principles and Techniques of Modern Radar Systems”: Online Course Video Lectures, IIT
Kharagpur (freevideolectures.com)
6. Simulation Tools: CST, HFSS
MOOCs:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_ee133/preview
95
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MACHINE LEARNING
Course Code 23EC6PE2ML Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Linear Algebra, Calculus, Probability & Statistics and Basic Pro-
gramming.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of mathematics and programming to structure
datasets and algorithms to build machine learning models.
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyze dataset features for different use cases and performance mea-
sures to evaluate the models.
2 1, 2
CO3 Design and develop application models using supervised and unsuper-
vised machine learning algorithms.
3 1, 2
UNIT – I
Python for ML: Data types: list, tuple, dictionary; writing functions, conditional and looping
statements, Python libraries for ML, Data Preprocessing: EDA using Numpy and Pandas, Data
visualization with Matplotlib.
Introduction: Artificial intelligence & Machine Learning, ML Types: Supervised, Unsupervised,
Semi-supervised and Reinforcement learning, Challenges of ML, Problems ML can solve.
UNIT – II
Regression: Simple & Multiple Linear regression, Gradient descent and regression model, Poly-
nomial regression, regularization: L1 & L2, standardization and normalization, Model fitting,
bias-variance trade off, Cross validation and performance evaluation, Evaluation Metrics: MAE,
MSE, RMSE, RAE, RSE, R2-score, usecase & model building.
UNIT – III
Classification: kNN classifier- algorithm flow and distance measures, kNN variants: k-radius and
kD tree, Support vector machine, Building classifier using kNN and SVC.
Decision tree: Construction of decision tree, node splitting criteria: gini, chi-square, entropy and
96
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
information gain; tree pruning and hyper-parameters, confusion matrix and classification report,
AUC & ROC, Matplotlib annotations to visualize a tree, concept of ensembling, techniques: Bag-
ging and Boosting, Random Forest.
UNIT – IV
Classifying with probabilistic models: Naive Baye’s algorithm, Variants of Naı̈ve Baye’s, Logis-
tic Regression Algorithms, logit and sigmoid functions, Training and testing the classifier model,
Performance measures: Log loss, Jaccard Index & Accuracy score.
UNIT – V
Unsupervised Learning: Types of Unsupervised Learning, Challenges in Unsupervised Learn-
ing, Pre-processing and Scaling, Applying Data Transformation, K-Means Clustering, Case Study:
Recommender system, Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning.
Text Books:
1. “Introduction to Machine Learning”, Ethem Alpaydin, PHI Learning, 3rd edition 2015.
2. “Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data Scientists”, Andreas C
Muller & Sarah Guido, O‘Reilly Publication, 2019.
Reference Books:
1. “Machine Learning”, Tom M. Mitchell, McGraw-Hill Edition 1, 2013.
2. “Machine Learning in Action”, Peter Harrington, dreamtech press Indian Edition, 2017.
3. “Hands-on Machine Learning with ScikitLearn & Tensorflow”, Aurélien Géron, O’Reilly
Publication, 2017.
E-Books:
1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/machine-learning-with-python-cookbook-pract
ical-solutions-from-preprocessing-to-deep-learning-d176361144.html
MOOCs:
1. https://www.simplilearn.com/artificial-intelligence-masters-program-t
raining-course
97
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title SYSTEM VERILOG AND VERIFICATION
Course Code 23EC6PE2SV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Digital Design Fundamentals, ASIC Design Flow, HDL Programming.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the principles of verification, OOPs concepts of System
Verilog, Layered test bench architecture and its components.
– –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of System Verilog to build a basic verification
environment.
1 3
CO3 Analyze a given design and come up with suitable test cases to achieve
100% coverage.
2 3
CO4 Develop a full System Verilog layered test bench for a given design
with a suitable verification plan.
3, 5 3
UNIT – I
Verification Concepts: Concepts of verification, Importance of verification, Stimulus v/s Verifi-
cation, Functional Verification.
Test-bench Generation, Functional Verification Approaches, Typical Verification Flow.
Stimulus generation, direct testing, Coverage: Code and Functional coverage, coverage plan.
UNIT – II
System Verilog – 1: System Verilog constructs – Data types: two-state data, strings, arrays:
queues, dynamic and associative arrays, enumerated types.
Program blocks, module, interfaces, clocking blocks, modports.
UNIT – III
System Verilog – 2: SV Classes: Language evolution, Classes and objects, Class Variables and
Methods, Class instantiation, Inheritance, and encapsulation, Polymorphism.
Randomization: Directed Vs Random Testing, Constraint Driven Randomization, Virtual Inter-
face.
98
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
System Verilog – 3: Assertions: Introduction to Assertion-based verification, Immediate and
concurrent assertions. Understanding properties and sequences, System Verilog Assertions in
design process.
UNIT – V
Coverage Driven Verification: Types of coverage, Cover Group, Cover Point, Cross Coverage,
Concepts of Binning and event sampling. Layered test bench Architecture. Bug- rate, Simple
functional coverage examples, Analyzing Coverage Data, Measuring Coverage Statistics During
Simulation.
Text Books:
1. “Writing Testbenches Using SystemVerilog” by Janick Bergeron
2. “SystemVerilog for Verification” by Chris Spear
3. “Verification Methodology Manual for SystemVerilog” by Janick Bergeron, Eduard Cerny,
Alan Hunter, and Andy Nightingale
Reference Websites:
1. www.asic-world.com
2. www.testbench.in
3. http://www.vlsi-expert.com/2011/03/static-timing-analysis-sta-basic
-timing.html
Online Material:
1. Seer Academy recordings
E-Books:
1. “System Verilog for Verification: A guide to learning the test bench language Features” by
Chris Spear
MOOCs:
1. https://verificationexcellence.in/online-courses/
99
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DATA ENCRYPTION AND COMPRESSION
Course Code 23EC6PE2DE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the various Data Encryption Techniques and Com-
pression Techniques
– –
CO2 Apply the various Data Encryption Techniques and Compression
Techniques
1 1
CO3 Analyze the Data Encryption Techniques and Compression Tech-
niques
2 1
CO4 Involve in independent learning on contemporary issues on var-
ious Data Encryption Techniques and Compression Techniques,
Communicate effectively and prepare a report.
9, 10, 12 1, 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Security: Need for security, Security approaches, Principles of security, Types of
attacks. Encryption Techniques: Plaintext, Cipher text, Substitution and Transposition techniques,
Encryption and Decryption, Types of attacks, Key range and Size.
UNIT – II
Symmetric and Asymmetric Key Cryptography: Algorithm types and Modes, DES, IDEA,
Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis, RSA, Diffie Hellmann Key Exchange, Digital signature
Authentication basics, Passwords, Authentication tokens, Certificate-based and Biometric authen-
tication, Firewall
UNIT – III
Confidentiality using conventional encryption: Traffic confidentiality, key distribution, random
number generation, Introduction to graph, ring and field, prime and relative prime numbers, mod-
ular arithmetic, Fermat’s and Euler’s theorem, primality testing, Euclid’s Algorithm, Chinese Re-
mainder theorem, discrete algorithms.
100
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Need for data compression, Fundamental concept of data compression and coding, Communica-
tion model, Compression ratio, Requirements of data compression, Classification. Methods of
Data Compression: Data compression - Lossless and Lossy
UNIT – V
Entropy encoding: Repetitive character encoding, Run length encoding, Zero/Blank encoding;
Statistical encoding - Huffman, Arithmetic and Lempel-Ziv coding; Source encoding - Vector
quantization (Simple vector quantization and with error term); Differential encoding - Predic-
tive coding, Differential pulse code modulation, Delta modulation, Adaptive differential pulse
code modulation; Transform-based coding: Discrete cosine transform and JPEG standards; Frac-
tal compression
Text Books:
1. “Cryptography and Network Security”, B. Forouzan, McGraw-Hill.
2. “The Data Compression Book”, Nelson, BPB.
3. “Cryptography and Network Security”, Atul Kahate, TMH.
4. “Introduction to Cryptography with coding theory”, Wade Trappe and Lawrence C. Wash-
ington, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. W. Mao, “Modern Cryptography – Theory and Practice,” Pearson Education.
2. Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Security in computing”, Prentice Hall of
India.
E-Books:
1. http://pustaka.unp.ac.id/file/abstrak_kki/EBOOKS/Keamanan%20Informasi
%20dan%20Jaringan%20-%20F.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/in/articles/data-encryption-standard
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105162
101
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DATA STRUCTURES USING C++
Course Code 23EC6PE2DS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Basic logical thinking, C/C++ Programming.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply appropriate programming concepts to realize various
data structures based on the understanding of various methods
of realizing them.
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyze the suitability of a given data structure for a given
application and realize solutions.
2 1, 2
CO3 Develop and demonstrate time and memory efficient data
structure/s for given application/s.
1, 2, 5, 9, 10 1, 2
UNIT – I
INTRODUCTION: Revision of OOP concepts: Templates, operator overloading, inheritance,
Data Representation methods, Linear lists, Formula-based representation and linked representa-
tion, Analysis of different representation methods, Exercises on list manipulation.
UNIT – II
ARRAYS AND MATRICES: Arrays, Overloading operators to add features, Realize 1D, 2D...nD
arrays, Inherit classes to add features to existing basic classes Importance of mapping functions,
Visualizing n-D matrices, Realization of matrices, perform matrix operations, Special matrices:
Diagonal, triangular, tridiagonal, sparse matrices and their importance, space and time implication
of realizing special matrices.
UNIT – III
STACKS and QUEUES (linear and circular): The abstract data type, Formula-based represen-
tation, Linked representation, Applications: Parenthesis match, Tower of Hanoi, machine shop
scheduling (conversion and evaluation of prefix, postfix expressions).
102
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
BINARY TREES: Representation methods, Properties, Tree operations, Binary tree traversal meth-
ods and algorithms, Expression trees.
Binary search trees: Concept of dictionary, BST: representation, insertion and deletion (pseudo
codes).
UNIT – V
Heaps – Min and Max heaps: representation, insertion and deletion, Heap sort, Machine schedul-
ing, Huffman codes, AVL trees: representation, insertion and deletion. (All concepts through
algorithms).
Text Books:
1. “Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in C++” by Sartaj Sahni, McGraw Hill,
2000.
2. “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++” by Mark Allan Weiss, Pearson, 2013.
Reference Book:
1. “Data Structures Using C And C++” by Y. Langsam, M. Augenstein And A. M. Tenenbaum,
Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., Edition 2, 2006.
E-Books:
1. Scilab Textbook Companion for “Data Structures Using C And C++” by Y. Langsam, M.
Augenstein And A. M. Tenenbaum, Created by Dharmesh Majethiya, NIT Tiruchirappalli,
2013.
MOOCs:
1. “Data Structures and Algorithms” - https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102
064/
2. “Programming Data Structures and Algorithms” - https://nptel.ac.in/courses/10
6/106/106106133/
NOTE: Header files and exception handlers will be developed as part of the course. Also, appli-
cations will be developed as services using a modular approach to enrich the learning.
103
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MULTI-CORE COMPUTING
Course Code 23EC6PE2MC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Processor Architecture, Operating System and Basic Programming.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the knowledge of computer architecture to understand the
concepts of multicore architecture.
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyze multithreading, virtualization techniques and heteroge-
neous multi-core processors to evaluate the performance of mul-
ticore architecture.
2 1, 2
CO3 Present a case study highlighting the state-of-the-art advance-
ments in Multicore Architecture
9, 10, 12 1, 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Multi-Core Architecture, Motivation for Concurrency in Software, Parallel Com-
puting Platforms, Parallel Computing in Microprocessors, Differentiating Multi-Core Architec-
tures from Hyper-Threading Technology, Multi-threading on Single-Core versus Multi-Core Plat-
forms, Understanding Performance.
UNIT – II
System Overview of Threading: Defining Threads, System View of Threads, Threading above the
Operating System, Threads inside the OS, Threads inside the Hardware, Application Programming
Models and Threading, Virtual Environment: VMs and Platforms, Runtime Virtualization, System
Virtualization, memory hierarchy for multicore.
UNIT – III
Software Multi-threading: Threading APIs, Creating Threads, Managing Threads, Thread Pools,
Thread Synchronization, POSIX Threads, Creating Threads, Managing Threads, Thread Synchro-
nization, Signaling.
104
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Threading on Intel Multi-Core Processors Hardware-based Threading, Hyper-Threading Tech-
nology, Difference between Multiprocessor and Hyper-Threading Technology, Hyper-Threading
Technology Architecture, Multi-Core Processors, Architectural Details, Comparison between Mul-
tiprocessors and Multi-Core Processors.
UNIT – V
Introduction to Heterogeneous Multi-Core Processors Introduction to Many cores Programming,
GPU Hardware, Alternatives to CUDA, OpenCL, Direct Compute CPU alternatives, Directives
and libraries, Understanding Parallelism with GPUs.
Text Books:
1. “Multicore Programming” by Shameem A and Jason, Intel Press, 2006.
2. “Programming Massively Parallel Processors: A Hands-on Approach” by David B. Kirk
and Wenmei W. Hwu, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. “CUDA Programming: A Developer’s Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs” by Shane
Cook, Morgan Kaufmann.
2. “Multicore Computing: Algorithms, Architectures, and Applications” by Sanguthevar Ra-
jasekaran et al., 2013.
E Books:
1. “Multicore Computing” - https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-441
9-0263-4
MOOCs:
1. Multicore computer architecture course - https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/no
c23_cs113/preview
105
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Code 23EC6PE2WN Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Wireless Communication Technology, Electromagnetic
spectrum, and Fundamental Networking Concepts.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply knowledge and explain common wireless sensor node
architectures and planning.
1 1
CO2 Analyze protocols developed for ad hoc and sensor networks. 2 1
CO3 Design and operate sensor networks under various environmen-
tal conditions.
3 1
CO4 Demonstrate the knowledge of routing protocols developed for
WSN.
4, 5 1
CO5 Involve in independent learning on contemporary issues in sen-
sor networks, communicate effectively, and prepare a report.
7, 9, 10, 12 1
UNIT – I
Introduction: Fundamentals of wireless communication technology, the electromagnetic spec-
trum, radio propagation, characteristics of wireless channels, modulation techniques, multiple ac-
cess techniques, wireless LANs, PANs, WANs, and MANs, Wireless Internet.
UNIT – II
Introduction to ad hoc/sensor networks: Key definitions of ad hoc/sensor networks, unique
constraints and challenges, advantages of ad-hoc/sensor network, driving applications, issues in
ad hoc wireless networks, issues in the design of sensor networks, sensor network architecture,
data dissemination and gathering.
106
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
MAC Protocols: Issues in designing MAC protocols for ad hoc wireless networks, design goals,
classification of MAC protocols, MAC protocols for sensor network, location discovery, quality,
other issues, S-MAC, IEEE 802.15.4.
UNIT – IV
Routing Protocols: Issues in designing a routing protocol, classification of routing protocols,
table-driven, on-demand, hybrid, flooding, hierarchical, and power-aware routing protocols.
UNIT – V
QoS and Energy Management: Issues and Challenges in providing QoS, classifications, MAC,
network layer solutions, QoS frameworks, need for energy management, classification, battery,
transmission power, and system power management schemes.
Text Books:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy and B. S. Manoj, “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks”, Pearson Education,
2008.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols And Architectures for Wireless Sensor Net-
works”, John Wiley, 2005.
3. Feng Zhao and Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks - An Information Processing
Approach”, Elsevier, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Feng Zhao and Leonides Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks”, Elsevier publication - 2004.
2. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2003.
3. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, Pearson Education – 2004.
4. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli & Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks - Technology,
Protocols, And Applications”, John Wiley, 2007.
5. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003.
E-Books:
1. https://mrajacse.wordpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/wireless-s
ensor-networks.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105160/
107
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DESIGN OF VIRTUAL REALITY
Course Code 23EC6PE2VR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply the concepts of VR to Explore the research venues in
Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR & VR).
1 1
CO2 Analyze the basic concepts in visual computation, interactive
techniques of virtual reality, and applications of VR in the digital
environment.
2 1
CO3 Design the frameworks for computer-human interaction for VR
applications.
3 1
CO4 Present and Explore Frameworks of Software Development
Tools in VR.
4, 5, 9, 10 1
UNIT – I
Concepts and Components of Virtual Reality – Primary Features and Present Development on
Virtual Reality - Multiple Models of Input and Output Interface in Virtual Reality: Input - Tracker
- Sensor - Digital Glove - Movement Capture - Video-based Input - 3D Menus & 3D Scanner –
Output - Visual / Auditory / Haptic Devices.
UNIT – II
Visual Computation in Virtual Reality: Fundamentals of Computer Graphics - Software and Hard-
ware Technology on Stereoscopic Display - Advanced Techniques in CG: Management of Large
Scale Environments & Real-Time Rendering.
UNIT – III
Interactive Techniques in Virtual Reality: Body Track - Hand Gesture - 3D Manus - Object Grasp,
Development Tools and Frameworks in Virtual Reality: Frameworks of Software Development
Tools in VR. X3D Standard; Vega - MultiGen - Virtools.
108
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Human-Centered Interaction- Intuitiveness, Norman’s Principles of Interaction Design, Direct vs.
Indirect Interaction, The Cycle of Interaction, The Human Hands VR Interaction Concepts- In-
teraction Fidelity, Proprioceptive and Egocentric Interaction, Reference Frames, Speech and Ges-
tures, Modes and Flow, Multimodal Interaction (Ch-25/26-TB-3).
UNIT – V
Application of VR in Digital Entertainment: VR Technology in Film & TV Production - VR
Technology in Physical Exercises and Games - Demonstration of Digital Entertainment by VR.
Text Books:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet., “Virtual Reality Technology”, Second Edition, Wiley-IEEE
Press, 2003/2006.
2. Alan B. Craig, “Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications”, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2013.
3. Jason Jerald, “The VR Book-Human centered Design for Virtual reality”, ACM publica-
tions.
Reference Books:
1. Alan Craig, William Sherman and Jeffrey Will, “Developing Virtual Reality Applications,
Foundations of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009.
E-Books:
1. Alan Craig, William Sherman and Jeffrey Will, “Developing Virtual Reality Applications,
Foundations of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009.
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/3d-interaction-design-virtual-reality
109
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title APPLIED ELECTRONICS
Course Code 23EC6OE1AE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the basic concepts of electronic eevices and components – –
CO2 Apply basic electronic device knowledge for different applications 1 1
CO3 Analyze fundamental electronic devices and their characteristics 2 1
UNIT – I
Devices and basic circuits: Diodes, Clipping and Clamping, Rectification, Power-supply filter-
ing, Zener diode regulator, BJT, JFET Structure and operation, biasing, basic logic design with
transistors and diodes (TTL and CMOS).
UNIT – II
Basics of MOSFET, structures, characteristics, scaling, VLSI device structures, Complemen- tary
MOSFET operation, nanoscale CMOS, finFET.
UNIT – III
Analog to Digital Conversion: Basic principles, Methods, specifications and Digital Conver- sion
to Analog conversion Methods, specifications.
Data Acquisition systems: Introduction, principles of multiplexing, Sample and Hold circuit, mul-
tichannel data logging system.
UNIT – IV
Microcomputers and microprocessors: Architecture, Peripherals and Interfacing, Microcon- trollers,
Applications.
Memory systems: Parameters, Classification and basic function of memory devices, Addressing
and data buses, ROMs, RAM.
110
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Integrated Devices and circuits: Advantages and Limitations of ICs, scale of integration, classi-
fication, comparisons of different ICs, Digital integrated circuits, semiconductors used in fabri-
cation of ICs, IC design and manufacturing, material preparation, crystal growing, wafer fabri-
cation, oxidation, etching, diffusion, ion implantation, photo mask generation, photolithogra- phy,
epitaxy, metallization and interconnect.
Text Books:
1. Santiram Kal, “Basic Electronics: Devices, Circuits and IT fundamentals”, PHI, 2012.
2. R. S. Sedha, “Applied Electronics”, S Chand Publishers, 2022.
3. N. Arora, “MOSFET models for VLSI circuit simulation”, Springer, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Millman’s “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Special Indian Edition, 4/e, McGraw Hill,
2015.
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/electronics
111
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Course Code 23EC6OE1IR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites:
• Knowledge of basic statics and dynamics.
• Basic programming using C/C++ or Python.
• Linear Algebra.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Apply fundamental concepts of Robotics, sensors, actuators
and components for developing Robotic Systems and Appli-
cations.
1 2
CO2 Analyze Robotic Systems using mathematics and engineering
science for implementing systems.
2 2
CO3 Design solutions (subsystems or systems) for building
Robotic System meeting the specifications for applications.
3 2
CO4 Investigate methods and approaches for building controlled,
semi-autonomous, and autonomous robotic systems.
4, 5, 6, 9, 10 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Robotics: History, Robots, Robot Usage, Industrial Robots and Their Applications:
Robot Subsystems, Classification of Robots, Industrial Applications. Actuators and Grippers:
Electric Actuators, Hydraulic Actuators, Pneumatic Actuators, Selection of Motors, Grippers.
UNIT – II
Elements of Robotics – Sensors: Sensors, Vision and Signal Conditioning: Sensor Classification,
Internal Sensors, External Sensors, Vision, Signal Conditioning, Sensor Selection.
112
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
Transformations & Position Analysis: Robot Architecture, Pose of a Rigid Body, Coordinate
Transformation, Denavit and Hartenberg (DH) Parameters, A Variant of DH Parameters, DH
Parametrization of Euler angles. Forward Position Analysis, Inverse Position Analysis.
UNIT – IV
Aerial Robots: Types of UAV, Airplane, Control Surfaces, Rotary Wings, Motors and Propellers,
Battery, Additional Equipment, Flight Control: Introduction, Architecture, Autopilot, Sensors
Dedicated to the Flight controller, Sense And Avoid Technologies, Camera And Video, Radio
Communications, Ground Control System, First Person View (FPV), Data Fusion.
UNIT – V
Robotic Operating System (ROS): ROS Architecture, Environment, Nodes, ROS Topics, Mes-
sages, Publisher, Subscriber, ROS Services and Actions, Simulation and Debugging Tools, Plot-
ting and Data Visualization, Unified Robotic Description Format (URDF).
Text Books:
1. “Introduction to Robotics”, S K Saha, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd
Edition, 2014.
2. “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, John J. Craig, Third Edition, Pearson
Education Inc., 2009.
3. “Robot Operating System for Absolute Beginners”, Lentin Joseph, Apress, 2018.
4. “Effective Robotics Programming with ROS”, Anil Mahtani, Luis Sánchez, Enrique Fernán-
dez and Aaron Martinez, 3rd edition, Packt Publishing Ltd.
5. “A First Course in Aerial Robots and Drones”, Yasmina Bestaoui Sebbane, CRC Press,
2022.
Reference Books:
1. “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis Systems and Applications”, Saeed B Nikku, PHI Learn-
ing Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
2. “Learning Robotics using Python”, Lentin Joseph, 2nd Edition, PACKT Publishing, 2015.
E-Books:
1. https://new.abb.com/products/
2. https://link.springer.com/
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105053
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113102080
113
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR
Course Code 23ES6AERMI Credits 2 L – T – P 2:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities to
obtain Intellectual Property Rights like Patents, Copyright & Trade-
marks
8 –
CO2 Understand the impact of Patents, Copyright & Trademarks and
demonstrate the knowledge for the societal and environmental con-
text
7 –
CO3 Demonstrate the ability to choose methods appropriate to research
objectives
12 –
CO4
Work in multiple teams to effectively communicate IP 9, 10
–
CO5
Use IPRs to access societal, health, safety & cultural issues 6
–
UNIT – I
Meaning and sources of research problem, Objectives and Characteristics of research – Errors in
selecting research problem, Research methods v/s Methodology - Types of research-Criteria of
good research – Developing a research plan.
UNIT – II
Investigations of a research problem - Selecting the problem - Necessity of defining the prob-
lem – Data collections-analysis- Importance of literature review in defining a problem -Survey of
literature -Necessary instrumentations.
UNIT – III
How to write paper-conference articles-poster preparation, thesis report writing, inclusion of ref-
erences, journal reviewing process, journal selection process, filling about journal template, devel-
oping effective research proposal-plagiarism-research ethics.
114
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Origin and meaning of the term patent, Objective of a patent law, principles underlying the patent
law in India, the legislative provisions regulating patents, Non–patentable inventions.
Procedure for obtaining patent, Provisional and complete specification, Rights conferred on a
patentee, Transfer of patent, Infringement of patents, Action for Infringement, Geographical indi-
cations.
UNIT – V
Copy Right: Introduction, Ownership of copy right, Rights conferred by copy right, Terms of
copy right, License of copy right, Infringement of copy right, Remedies against infringement of
copy right.
Trade Marks: Introduction, Statutory authorities, Procedure of registration of trademarks, Rights
conferred by registration of trademarks, Licensing in trade mark, Infringement of trade mark and
action against infringement.
Reference Books:
1. Garg, B.L., Karadia, R., Agarwal, F. and Agarwal, U.K., “An introduction to Research
Methodology”, RBSA Publishers, 2002
2. Kothari, C.R., “Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques”, New Age International,
1990.
3. Anderson, T. W., “An Introduction to Multivariate Statistical Analysis”, Wiley Eastern Pvt.,
Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Sinha, S.C. and Dhiman, A.K., “Research Methodology”, Ess Ess Publications, 2002.
5. Subbarau N.R., “Handbook of Intellectual property law and practice”, S. Viswanathan Print-
ers and Publishing Private Limited, 1998.
6. Dr. T. Ramakrishna, “Basic Principles and Acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights”,
CIPRA, NSLIU, 2005.
7. Dr. B. L. Wadehhra, “Intellectual Property Law Handbook”, Universal Law Publishing Co.
Ltd., 2002.
115
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ADVANCED SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB
Course Code 23EC6AEASP Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Simulate the concepts of DFT and Digital filters in spectral
analysis
4, 5, 9, 10, 12 1, 3
CO2 Simulate the adaptive signal processing in various applica-
tions
CO3 Analyse performance of different digital Filters in spectral
analysis
List of Experiments
• Digital Filtering and Spectral Analysis
1. Demonstration of digital filters and validate it for given signal
2. Demonstration of Frequency domain Spectral analysis of given signal using DFT
3. Demonstration of Frequency domain Spectral analysis of given signal with noise
• Adaptive Signal Processing
4. Demonstration of Adaptive filter for noise cancellation
5. Demonstration of Notch filter for interference cancellation
6. Demonstration of channel equalization
7. Demonstration of system identification
8. DPCM of speech signals
9. DTMF signal generation
10. Echo cancellation
• Open-ended Experiments
11. Study of processing of any biomedical signals (ECG, EEG)
12. Application on any signal processing to be designed as project using python with
ML/DL concepts
116
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
13. Real time capture and Processing of audio signals (speech)
14. Real time capture of signals from camera and processing
Reference Books:
1. “Python for Signal Processing”, José Unpingco, Springer.
2. “Think DSP: Digital Signal Processing in Python”, Allen B. Downey, Franklin W. Olin
College of Engineering, Green tea press.
117
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title PROJECT WORK – 1
Course Code 23EC6PWPJ1 Credits 2 L – T – P 0:0:2
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Formulate the research problem by synthesizing insights from
a comprehensive literature review.
1, 2, 4 1, 2, 3
CO2 Investigate contemporary tools for project implementation. 5 1, 2, 3
CO3 Produce a thorough report outlining the project and its out-
comes, with the potential for publication.
3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3
CO4 Make effective communication by presentation of the work as
an individual or a member of a team.
8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3
CO5 Develop sustainable system with scope for enhancement and
continue life-long learning.
12 1, 2, 3
118
VII Semester Syllabus
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code 23EC7PCESD Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Objectives:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the basic concepts of Embedded Systems Design - -
CO2 Apply the functioning and features of processors, memory, and I/O
systems in developing embedded systems
1 1, 2
CO3 Analyze the embedded OS functionality and device drivers used in
multitasking embedded applications
2 1, 2
CO4 Design embedded applications using given specifications and con-
cepts of communication protocols and modules
3 1, 2
CO5 Demonstrate practical experiments on developing embedded systems 4, 5 1, 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Embedded System: Introduction, Classification, Applications, Typical Embed-
ded System: Core of the Embedded System, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication
Interface, Embedded Firmware, Other system components, PCB and Passive components, Char-
acteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems.
UNIT – II
Embedded I/O & Memory: Different approaches of I/O operation: Polling, Interrupt, DMA,
Interrupt & DMA Controllers, Memory controller, Communication Protocols features & function-
ing: I2C, SPI, USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth.
UNIT – III
Embedded Firmware Development: Embedded Firmware Design Approaches, Embedded Firmware
Development Languages. Embedded System Development Environment: The Integrated Develop-
ment Environment (IDE), Types of Files Generated on Cross-compilation, Disassembler/Decompiler,
Simulators, Emulators, and Debugging.
120
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
ARM CORTEX M3 Processor: Introduction, Architecture, LPC1768 Microcontroller: Introduc-
tion, Architectural Overview, Specifications of LPC1768, Programming in Embedded C. Exam-
ples with GPIO, UART, I2C, CAN, SPI, and various sensors.
UNIT – V
Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) based Embedded System Design: Operating System Ba-
sics, Types of OS, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Schedul-
ing, Threads, Processes and Scheduling: Task Communication, Task Synchronization, Writing
Device Drivers, How to Choose an RTOS.
Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Embedded Systems, Shibu K V, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Lim-
ited, 2009
2. Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction, Frank Vahid &
Tony Givargis, Wiley Publication, 2006
3. ARM CORTEX M3 Data Sheet
Reference Books:
1. Embedded Systems – A contemporary Design Tool, James K Peckol, John Weily, 2008
2. Computer Organization & Embedded System, Carl Hamacher, Naraig Manjikian, McGraw
Hill Publication 2014
E-Books:
1. https://electrovolt.ir/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Programming-with-S
tm32-Getting-Started-with-the-Nucleo.pdf
2. http://www.multimedialab.be/doc/erg/2018-2019/Raspberry_Pi/Raspberry
_Pi_The_Complete_Manual_8th_Ed_2016.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/embedded-systems
2. https://www.edx.org/course/embedded-systems-shape-the-world-microcont
roller-i
121
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Laboratory Experiment List:
Sl. No. Title of the Experiments
1. Conduction using Hardware: Interfacing an I/P device to LPC1768 and displaying
the character/number entered through an O/P device
2. Interfacing DTH Sensor to LPC1768 & reading the temp, humidity on a suitable O/P
device (monitor)
3. Interfacing an ultrasonic distance measurement device to LPC 1768 & display the
distance when it is triggered
4. Interfacing a LDR sensor to LPC 1768 to measure the LIGHT intensity
5. Interfacing a Gas sensor to LPC 1768 to measure the Gas level and to display the
value
6. Interfacing CAN to LPC 1768 to Communicate
7. Implement a cloud database to monitor the temp of a room (using WiFi/Ethernet)
122
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION FOR
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Course Code 23EC7PCECS Credits 2 L – T – P 2:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the impact of Electronics and communication Engineer-
ing for the sustainable development
7 1, 2, 3
CO2 Apply the concepts of Electronics and Communication Engineering
to solve societal issues
1 1, 2, 3
CO3 Identify and analyze the performance of the Electronic system for
specific societal issues
2 1, 2, 3
CO4 Develop a process that meets specified needs with appropriate con-
siderations for the environment
3 1, 2, 3
UNIT – I
Agriculture: A Review of Applications for Sensor Networks in Smart Agriculture, Wireless sen-
sor networks with dynamic nodes for water and crop health management.
UNIT – II
Environment: Scaling Smart Environments, Localization of a wireless sensor network for envi-
ronment monitoring using likelihood Estimation with negative Constraints, Reconfigurable Intel-
ligent Space, and the mobile module for Flexible Smart Space.
UNIT – III
Energy: Sensor Networks for Energy Sustainability in Buildings, Wireless Sensor and Actor
Networks for monitoring and Controlling Energy use in Smart grid, Mobile monitoring application
to support sustainable behavior change toward healthy lifestyle.
123
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Healthcare: Sensor networks in healthcare, Use of Body Sensor networks in Clinical settings and
Medical Research.
UNIT – V
Transportation: Social sensor networks for Transportation Management in smart cities, Applying
RFID Techniques for the Next generation automotive services.
Reference Book:
1. “Sensor Networks for Sustainable Development”, Mohammad Ilyas, Sami S. Alwakeel,
Mohammed M. Alwakeel, el-Hadi M. Aggoune, June 25, 2014 by CRC Press, Reference -
568 Pages - 239 B/W Illustrations, ISBN 9781466582064 - CAT# K18915.
124
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title SPEECH PROCESSING
Course Code 23EC7PE3SP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Model speech production system and discuss the fundamentals of
speech.
- -
CO2 Apply time domain and frequency domain algorithms on speech to
find, enhance, and modify speech parameters.
1 2
CO3 Analyze an appropriate processing technique for speech recognition,
synthesis, and speaker identification systems.
2 2
UNIT – I
Fundamentals of Human Speech Production: The Process of Speech Production, Short-Time
Fourier representation of Speech, The Acoustic Theory of Speech production, Digital Models for
Sampled Speech Signals.
UNIT – II
Time-Domain Methods for Speech Processing: Introduction to Short-Time Analysis of Speech,
Short-Time Energy and Short-Time Magnitude, Short-Time Zero-Crossing Rate, The Short-Time
Autocorrelation Function.
UNIT – III
Frequency Domain Representations: Discrete-Time Fourier Analysis, Short-Time Fourier Anal-
ysis, Overlap Addition (OLA) and Filter Bank Summation (FBS) Method of Synthesis, Time-
Decimated Filter Banks.
UNIT – IV
Linear Predictive Analysis of Speech Signals: Basic Principles of Linear Predictive Analysis,
Computation of the Gain for the Model, Frequency Domain Interpretations of Linear Predictive
Analysis, Solution of the LPC Equations, The Prediction Error Signal.
125
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Recent Advancements in Speech Processing with Deep Learning: Basics of deep learning,
data-driven approaches to modeling speech, transformation of representations for linear discrim-
ination, deep learning approaches for Text-To-Speech (TTS) synthesis, Speech-To-Text (STT) or
automatic speech recognition (ASR) systems.
Text Books:
1. “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”, L R Rabiner and R W Schafer, Pearson Education
Asia, 2004.
2. “Theory and Applications of Digital Speech Processing”, Rabiner and Schafer, Pearson
Education 2011.
Reference Books:
1. “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”, Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang, Pear-
son Education, 2003.
2. “Speech and Language Processing – An Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Com-
putational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”, Daniel Jurafsky and James H Martin, Pear-
son Prentice Hall, 2009.
Online Material:
1. https://speech.zone/courses/speech-processing/
2. https://www.ee.iitb.ac.in/˜pcpandey/notes/pcp/pcp_notes_speech_proce
ssing_jan08.doc
3. https://old.amu.ac.in/emp/studym/99992324.pdf
4. https://sites.google.com/site/samahghanem/lecture-notes-in-speech-sig
nal-processing
5. https://www.studocu.com/en-gb/document/university-of-sheffield/speec
h-processing/speech-processing-notes-l1-10/6881951
E-Books:
1. https://www.gale.com/ebooks/9781599041346
2. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9781118142882
MOOCs:
1. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/speech-recognition-systems/
Note: The Course will be supplemented by hands-on lab sessions using MATLAB
126
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
Course Code 23EC7PE3OC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Basic understanding of communication systems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the concept of devices and circuits in optical communi-
cation systems.
– –
CO2 Apply the principle of various theorems to obtain the parameters of
optical communication system.
1 2
CO3 Analyze the performance parameters of optical communication sys-
tems for the given specifications.
2 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Optical Fibers: Overview of Optical Fiber Communication, Optical Fiber Waveg-
uides, Different Modes: Single, Multi-mode, Skew Rays, Cut-off Wavelength, Mode Field Diam-
eter, Optical Fiber Manufacturing.
UNIT – II
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fiber: Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers,
Attenuation, Absorption, Scattering Losses, Bending Loss, Dispersion, Intra-modal Dispersion,
Inter-modal Dispersion.
UNIT – III
Optical Sources and Detectors: Introduction to Optical Sources and Detectors, LEDs, Laser
Diodes, Photodetectors, Photo Detector Noise, Response Time, Double Hetero-junction Structure,
Comparison of Photodetectors.
UNIT – IV
Optical Receivers: Introduction, Amplifiers, Noise Sources, Noise, State of the Art Optical Re-
ceivers.
127
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers: Performance Characteristics, Gain Clamping, Quantum Dots,
Link Budget Analysis.
UNIT – V
Optical Amplifiers and Networks: Basic Applications, Amplification Mechanisms, Semicon-
ductor Optical Amplifiers, WDM Networks, Introduction: WDM Network Applications– DWDM
and CWDM Networks.
Text Books:
1. P. Chakrabarti, “Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private
Limited, 2016 (Units I, II, III)
2. Gred Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Lim-
ited, Fifth Edition, Reprint 2013 (Units I, IV, V)
Reference Books:
1. John M. Senior, “Optical Fiber Communication”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2007
2. Rajiv Ramaswami, “Optical Networks”, Second Edition, Elsevier, 2004
3. J. Gower, “Optical Communication Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001
4. Govind P. Agrawal, “Fiber-optic Communication Systems”, Third Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2004
128
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title PHYSICAL DESIGN
Course Code 23EC7PE3PD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Register-Transfer-Level (RTL) Design and Synthesis in
ASIC Flow
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Understand the advanced concepts of modern VLSI system design
including standard cells, cell libraries, IPs etc.
– –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of physical design flow for partitioning, floor-
planning, placement problems and timing constraints
1 3
CO3 Analyze the given scenario to obtain the desired optimal solution for
partitioning, floor planning, placement and timing closure
2 3
UNIT – I
Electronic Design Automation (EDA): VLSI Design Flow, VLSI Design Styles, Physical Design
Optimizations, EDA Terminology. Libraries: Standard Cells, Transistor Sizing, I/O Pads, Input
File formats for Physical Design, Delay models for library characterization.
UNIT – II
System Partitioning: Terminology, Optimization Goals, Partitioning Algorithms: Kernighan-Lin,
Extensions of Kernighan-Lin, Fiduccia-Mattheyses, Multilevel Partitioning, System Partitioning
onto Multiple FPGAs.
UNIT – III
Floorplanning: Optimization Goals, Terminology, Simulated Annealing Algorithm, Macro Place-
ment, Pin Assignment, Power and Ground Routing.
Placement: Optimization Objectives, Algorithms: Force-directed Placement, Simulated Anneal-
ing (Timberwolf), Legalized and Detailed Placement.
129
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Clock Tree Synthesis: Basic Concepts in Clock Networks, Modern Clock Tree Synthesis: H-tree,
Method of Means and Medians, Clock Tree Buffering.
Timing Closure: Introduction, Static Timing Analysis.
UNIT – V
Routing: Goals of Routing, Routing Prerequisites, Routing Constraints, Global Routing, Track
Assignment, Detail Routing, Design Rule Check (DRC), Layout versus Schematic (LVS), Com-
monly faced LVS issues, Static and Dynamic IR drop analyses, Methods to reduce IR drop,
Electro-migration (EM), Methods to fix EM.
Text Books:
1. “Physical Design Essentials: An ASIC Design Implementation Perspective”, Khosrow Gol-
shan, Springer Science+Business Media, 2007.
2. “VLSI Physical Design: From Graph Partitioning to Timing Closure”, Andrew B. Kahng,
Jens Lienig, Igor L. Markov and Jin Hu, Springer Science+Business Media, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, Naveed A. Sherwani, Springer.
2. “An Introduction to VLSI Physical Design”, Majid Sarrafzadeh and C. K. Wong, McGraw
Hill International Edition 1995.
3. “Physical Design and Automation of VLSI systems”, Preas M. Lorenzatti, The Benjamin
Cummins Publishers, 1998.
E-Books:
1. “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, Naveed A. Sherwani, Springer.
MOOCs:
1. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/106105161/L01.html
NOTE: The Course will be supplemented by hands-on lab sessions using Cadence/Synopsys EDA
tools.
130
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title 3D MODELLING FOR VIRTUAL RELAITY
Course Code 23EC7PE3VR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the concepts of geometric modeling and virtual environments. 1 1
CO2 Analyse the virtual hardware and software by using appropriate tools 2 1
CO3 Develop virtual reality applications for different domains. 3 1
UNIT – I
Virtual Reality Environment: Overview of Optical Fiber Communication, Optical Fiber Waveg-
uides, Different Modes: Single, Multi-mode, Skew Rays, Cut-off Wavelength, Mode Field Diam-
eter, Optical Fiber Manufacturing.
UNIT – II
Geometric Modelling: Geometric Modelling: Introduction, From 2D to 3D, 3D Space Curves,
3D Boundary Representation, Geometrical Transformations, VR Systems.
UNIT – III
Virtual Environment: Animating the Virtual Environment, Challenges & Opportunities, Creat-
ing Interactive Elements, Optimizing Graphics & High-performance Devices, Creation of 3D art,
Simulation Environment.
UNIT – IV
VR Hardware and Software: Human Factors considerations in VR, VR Hardware requirements,
Choosing a Headset, Headsets, VR Software- Supported 3D Modeling File Types for VR, Software
requirements specification for VR Construction Training System.
UNIT – V
Strategies for Designing and Developing 3D User Interfaces: Designing for Humans, Inventing
3D User Interfaces, Feedback in 3D User Interfaces, Constraints, Two-Handed Control, Designing
for Different User Groups.
131
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Text Books:
1. John Vince, “Virtual Reality Systems”, Pearson Education Asia, 2007
2. Anand R., “Augmented and Virtual Reality”, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
3. Adams, “Visualizations of Virtual Reality”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000
4. Joseph LaViola Jr., “3D User Interfaces: Theory and Practice”, Second Edition, Addison-
Wesley Professional, 2017
Reference Books:
1. www.vresources.org
2. www.vrac.iastate.edu
3. www.w3.org/MarkUp/VRM
4. https://www.e-education.psu.edu/geogvr/node/80016
E-resource:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106013/
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/3d-models-virtual-reality
132
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title STEGANOGRAPHY AND DIGITAL WATERMARKING
Course Code 23EC7PE3SW Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the principles and concepts of steganography and digital
watermarking.
- -
CO2 Apply perceptual models and robust watermarking approaches. 1 1
CO3 Analyze different watermarking models and message coding tech-
niques.
2 1
UNIT – I
Introduction: Information Hiding, Steganography and Watermarking, History of Watermarking,
Importance of Digital Watermarking, Applications, Properties, Evaluating Watermarking Systems,
Watermarking Models & Message Coding.
UNIT – II
Watermarking with Side Information: Informed Embedding as an optimization Problem, Op-
timizing with respect to a detection statistic and an estimate of robustness, Dirty paper codes,
Informed Coding, Structured Dirty-Paper Codes, Analyzing Errors.
UNIT – III
Perceptual Models: Evaluating Perceptual Impact, General Form of a Perceptual Model, Two
examples of Perpetual Models, perpetually adaptive watermarking, Robust Watermarking Ap-
proaches, Robustness to volumetric distortions.
UNIT – IV
Watermark Security & Authentication: Security Requirements: restricting water mark oper-
ations, public and private watermarking, Categories of attack, Watermark Security and Cryp-
tography: analogy between watermarking and cryptography, preventing unauthorized detection,
embedding and removal, Attacks, Authentication Techniques.
133
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Steganography: Steganography Communication, channel, Building blocks, Information Theo-
retic Foundations, Practical Methods, Minimizing the embedding impact, Steganalysis: steganal-
ysis scenarios, significant algorithms.
Text Books:
1. Ingemar J. Cox et al., “Digital Watermarking and Steganography”, Morgan Kaufmann Pub-
lishers, New York, 2008
2. Ingemar J. Cox et al., “Digital Watermarking”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, New York,
2003
Reference Books:
1. Michael Arnold et al., “Techniques and Applications of Digital Watermarking and Content
Protection”, Artech House, London, 2003
2. Juergen Seits, “Digital Watermarking for Digital Media”, IDEA Group Publisher, New
York, 2005
3. Peter Wayner, “Disappearing Cryptography – Information Hiding: Steganography & Wa-
termarking”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, New York, 2002
134
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DATA ANALYTICS AND SECURITY IN IOT
Course Code 23EC7PE3DA Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Database Analytics and Security – –
CO2 Apply database analytics and Security for IoT applications 1 1
CO3 Analyze IoT system using database analytics and Security for given
specifications
2 1
UNIT – I
Introduction to Technological Developments: Defining IoT Analytics and Challenges- Defining
IoT analytics, IoT analytics challenges, Business value concerns, IoT Devices and Networking
Protocols – IoT devices, Networking basics, IoT networking connectivity protocols, analyzing
data, IoT Analytics for the Cloud Building elastic analytics, Designing for scale, Cloud security
and analytics, The AWS, Microsoft Azure, The Thing Worx overview.
UNIT – II
Introduction to Big Data: Introduction to Bigdata Platform, Traits of Big data, Challenges of
Conventional Systems, Web Data, Evolution of Analytic Scalability, Analysis vs Reporting, Sta-
tistical Concepts: Sampling Distributions, Re-Sampling, Statistical Inference, Prediction Error.
UNIT – III
Cloud Analytics Environment: The AWS Cloud Formation, The AWS Virtual Private Cloud
(VPC), terminate and clean up the Environment, data processing for analytics, big data technology
to storage, Apache Spark for data processing, handling change, Exploring, and visualizing data,
Techniques to understand data quality, R and R Studio.
UNIT – IV
Societal Impact of Multimedia Big Data: Multimedia Social Big Data Mining, Process Model,
SWOT Analysis, Techniques for Social Big Data Analytics, Advertisement Prediction, MMBD
Sharing on Data Analytics Plat form, Legal/Regulatory Issues.
135
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Application Environments: Big Data Computing for IoT Applications-Precision Agriculture,
Machine Learning in Improving Learning Environment, Network-Based Applications of Multime-
dia Big Data Computing, Recent Trends in IoT-Based Analytics and Big Data, Future Directions
and Challenges of Internet of Things.
Text Books:
1. Andrew Minteer, “Analytics for the Internet of Things (IoT): Intelligent analytics for your
intelligent devices”, Packt Publishing, first edition, July 2017.
2. Sudeep Tanwar, Sudhanshu Tyagi, Neeraj Kumar, “Multimedia Big Data Computing for
IoT Applications: Concepts, Paradigms and Solutions”, Springer, 2020.
Reference Books:
1. John Soldatos, “Building Blocks for IoT Analytics”, River Publishers Series In Signal, Im-
age and Speech Processing, 2017.
2. Nilanjan Dey, Aboul Ella Hassanien, Chintan Bhatt, Amira S. Ashour, Suresh Chandra Sat-
apathy, “Internet of Things and Big Data Analytics Toward Next-Generation Intelligence”,
Springer International Publishing, 2018.
3. Stackowiak, R., Licht, A., Mantha, V., Nagode, L., “Big Data and The Internet of Things
Enterprise Information Architecture for A New Age”, A press, 2015.
4. Bart Baesens, “Analytics in a Big Data World: The Essential Guide to Data Science and its
Applications”, Wiley publications, 2014.
136
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title FIRMWARE DESIGN
Course Code 23EC7PE3FD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the knowledge of basic hardware and microcontroller pro-
gramming to develop embedded firmware.
1 3
CO2 Analyze firmware design patterns and develop firmware for inter-
rupts, timers, and communication protocols.
2 3
CO3 Present a case study analyzing literature on advanced topics in em-
bedded firmware design.
9, 10 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to Embedded Firmware Design: Definition and Scope of Embedded Firmware,
Firmware Development Process Overview, Challenges in Embedded Systems, Reading Datasheets
and Technical Documents, Embedded Software Development Tools and Debugging Techniques,
Microcontroller Programming using C.
UNIT – II
Interrupts and Communication Protocols: Importance of Interrupts, Timer Modules and Appli-
cations, Implementing Interrupt-Driven Systems, Serial Communication Overview (UART, SPI,
I2C), Implementing Communication Protocols in Firmware, Interfacing with Sensors and Actua-
tors.
UNIT – III
Wireless Communication in Embedded Systems: Wireless Communication Protocols (e.g.,
Bluetooth, Wi-Fi), Implementing Wireless Communication in Firmware, IoT Concepts and Ap-
plications.
UNIT – IV
Firmware Design Patterns: Code Organization and Modularization, Memory Management and
Optimization Techniques, Power Management in Embedded Systems, Security Considerations,
Firmware Updates and Version Control.
137
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Emerging Trends in Embedded Firmware Design: Edge Computing Impact on Firmware De-
sign, Machine Learning at the Edge, Future Directions in Embedded Systems and Firmware De-
sign.
Text Books:
1. Arnold S. Berger, “Embedded Systems Design: An Introduction to Processes, Tools, and
Techniques”, CMP Books, 2002.
2. Michael Barr, “Programming Embedded Systems: With C and GNU Development Tools”,
O’Reilly, 2nd Edition.
3. “The Firmware Handbook: The Definitive Guide to Embedded Firmware Design and Ap-
plications”, Elsevier, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Vincent Himpe, “Serial Communication: UART, SPI, and I2C”
2. Elecia White, “Making Embedded Systems: Design Patterns for Great Software”, O’Reilly,
2011.
E-Books:
1. https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/making-embedded-systems/9781098
151539/
MOOCs:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/firmware-engineering/
138
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title JAVA SCRIPTING
Course Code 23EC7PE3JS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply HTML and JavaScript constructs for given applications. 1 2
CO2 Design static and interactive web pages for an application. 3 2
CO3 Use appropriate software and design web pages. 5 2
UNIT – I
HTML for Web Design: HTML elements, nesting of HTML elements, HTML attributes, some
HTML elements: section elements, text content, forms, images, links, comments in HTML, using
HTML entities, create a HTML document.
UNIT – II
Introduction to JavaScript: The World Wide Web, extending HTML, CGI, JavaScript in a
browser, Client-side JavaScript, applications of Java Script.
Writing a JavaScript: Choosing a text editor, choosing a browser, JS structure, JS and HTML –
page layout, command blocks.
UNIT – III
JavaScript Basics: Data Types, variables, literals, expressions, using JavaScript operators, loops,
Arrays, array methods, functions.
UNIT – IV
Events in JavaScript: Events, global event attributes, window event attributes, Handlers, event
handlers for forms, common form events, other form events.
UNIT – V
Creating Interactive Forms, Basic elements of webforms, form objects and properties, validating
forms, form elements, dynamic form elements, using tables, using arrays.
139
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Reference Books:
1. Yehuda Shiran & Tomar Shiran, “Learn Advanced JavaScript Programming”, BPB Publica-
tions.
2. Arman Danesh, “JavaScript Interactive Course”, Techmedia.
Online Resources:
1. Programming in Java - IIT Kharagpur – Lecture 25 Javascript – Part :1
2. Lecture Series on Internet Technologies by Prof. I. Sengupta, Department of Computer
Science Engineering, IIT Kharagpur. Lecture 26 http://nptel.iitm.ac.in
3. Introduction to Web Development with HTML, CSS, JavaScript by IBM at Coursera
140
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DEEP LEARNING
Course Code 23EC7PE3DL Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply mathematics and programming skills to structure datasets and
algorithms for building deep learning models.
1 2
CO2 Analyze activation functions and optimization techniques for feed-
forward and backpropagation in model training.
2 2
CO3 Design and develop application models using deep neural networks,
feature engineering, and cross-validation techniques.
3, 5 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Deep Learning: Review of Machine Learning, Introduction to Deep Learning,
Mathematics Behind Machine Learning (Linear Algebra, Statistics), Machine Learning Principles
(Regression, Classification, Clustering), Introduction to Python Libraries (TensorFlow, Keras).
UNIT – II
Neural Networks: Biological Neuron, Perceptron, Multilayer Perceptron, Feed-Forward Net-
works with Sigmoid Activation, Backpropagation Learning with SGD, Activation Functions (Lin-
ear, Sigmoid, Tanh, Softmax, ReLU), Loss Functions for Regression & Classification.
UNIT – III
Optimization and Model Training: Optimization Algorithms, Hyperparameters (Learning Rate,
Regularization, Momentum, Sparsity), Fully Connected Neural Network, Model Training & Eval-
uation, Use Cases and Model Building.
UNIT – IV
Architectures of Deep Networks: Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) Architecture Overview
(Input Layers, Convolutional Layers, Pooling Layers, Fully Connected Layers), Applications of
CNN, Variants of CNN Architecture, Model Building using CNN on Complex Image Data.
141
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Sequential Data and Recurrent Neural Networks (RNN): Recurrent Neural Network (RNN)
Architecture, Training RNN with Text Data, LSTM Network, Training LSTM Network, Autoen-
coder, Generative Networks, Chatbots, Applications of RNN & LSTM, Use Cases & Model Build-
ing.
Text Books:
1. Josh Patterson & Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practitioner’s Approach”, O’Reilly
Publications, 2019.
2. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Manning Publications, 1st Edition, Man-
ning Publications, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly Publications, 2016-17.
2. Aurélien Géron, “Hands-on Machine Learning with ScikitLearn & TensorFlow”, O’Reilly
Publications, 2017.
E-Books:
1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/machine-learning-with-python-cookbook-pract
ical-solutions-from-preprocessing-to-deep-learning-d176361144.html
MOOCs:
1. https://www.simplilearn.com/artificial-intelligence-masters-program-t
raining-course
142
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title POWER ELECTRONICS
Course Code 23EC7OE2PE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply basic circuit theory concepts to solve power electronics cir-
cuits
1 1
CO2 Identify and Analyze power electronic circuits for a given application
and draw valid conclusions with suitable assumptions
2 1
CO3 Design solutions to meet the given specifications of a power convert-
ers and basic triggering circuits.
3 1
UNIT – I
Introduction to Power Electronics: Introduction, Applications, Advantages and disadvantages
of power electronics, Classification of Power semiconductor devices (Diode, SCR, MOSFET &
IGBT), Types of power electronics circuits or converters, Control Characteristics, Peripheral ef-
fects.
UNIT – II
Introduction to Thyristors: Two-transistor model, Turn-on Methods, Dynamic Turn-on and turn-
off characteristics, Gate characteristics, Gate trigger circuits, di/dt and dv/dt protection. Principle
of Commutation techniques, Natural commutation, Forced Commutation: Self Commutation.
UNIT – III
Controlled Rectifiers: Introduction, Principle of phase-controlled converter operation, Single-
phase semi-converters, Single-phase fully controlled converters, Dual converters (No derivation
for all converters with RL load). Design examples.
UNIT – IV
DC-DC Converters: Introduction, principle of step-down (buck) and step-up (boost) choppers (R-
load only), performance parameters. Switched-mode regulators: buck regulator, boost regulator,
Buck boost regulator.
143
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Inverters: Introduction, Principle of operation, Performance parameters, Single-phase bridge in-
verter (VSI), current source inverter (CSI), Variable DC link inverter, Introduction to multilevel
inverters.
Text Books:
1. M. H. Rashid, “Power Electronics”, 2nd Edition, PHI / Pearson publisher, 2004.
2. M. D. Singh and Kanchandani K.B., “Power Electronics”, TMH publisher, 2nd Edition,
2007.
3. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins, “Power Electronics”, 3rd Edition,
Wiley Publication, 2002.
4. P. S. Bimbhra, “Power Electronics”, Khanna Publications, 2012.
144
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code 23EC7OE2SP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the concepts of signal processing and its applications in
various domains.
- -
CO2 Apply the concepts of various theorem to understand the basics of
signals, systems and signal processing.
1 1
CO3 Analyse the operation of signals on various systems for the given set
of specifications
2 1
UNIT – I
Signals: Definition of Signals, Classification of Signals, Basic Operations on Signals, Operations
Performed on the Independent and Dependent Variable, Precedence Rule, Elementary Signals.
UNIT – II
Systems: Definition of Systems, System Viewed as Interconnection of Operations, Properties of
Systems, Difference equation representation for LTI systems and solution of difference equations.
UNIT – III
Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT), Properties of DTFT (No Derivations), z-Transform,
Properties of z-Transform (No Derivations), Unilateral z-transform and solution of difference
equations. Comparisons of different Transforms.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to multimedia, information representation, multimedia networks, multimedia appli-
cations, Application and networking terminology, network QoS and application QoS, Digitization
principles, Text, images, audio and video.
145
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Introduction to Biomedical Signals: The nature of Biomedical Signals, Examples of Biomedical
Signals, Objectives and difficulties in biomedical analysis. Electrocardiography: Basic electro-
cardiography, ECG leads systems, ECG signal characteristics. Signal Conversion: Simple signal
conversion systems, Conversion requirements for biomedical signals, Signal conversion circuit.
Text Books:
1. “Signals and Systems”, Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, 2nd Edition, 2008, John Wiley
& Sons.
2. “Biomedical Digital Signal Processing”, Willis J. Tompkins, PHI 2001.
3. “Biomedical Signal Processing Principles and Techniques”, D C Reddy, McGraw-Hill pub-
lications, 2005.
4. “Multimedia Communications”, Fred Halsall, Pearson education, 2001.
146
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND SENSORS
Course Code 23EC7OE2EM Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply concepts of physics and chemistry to identify the application
of materials in various engineering domains
1 1
CO2 Analyse the various material preparation and characterization tech-
niques available and hence infer on the selection of a method to suit
requirements
2 1
CO3 Conduct survey on recent application of materials and write a re-
port/survey paper while following professional ethics
9, 10 1
UNIT – I
Introduction: Classification of engineering materials, levels of structure, structure-property re-
lationships in materials, units, constants and conversion factors, basic thermodynamic functions,
statistical nature of entropy, kinetics of thermally activated processes, Novel materials for sensing
applications.
UNIT – II
Materials: Silicon as sensing element, Plastics, thermoplastics, Metals, Glasses, Ceramics.
Material Deposition: Thermal Evaporation, e-beam evaporation, sputtering spin coating CVD
techniques.
UNIT – III
Material Characterization: XRD, SEM, AFM, TEM, Van der Paul method of resistance mea-
surement.
Sensor Applications: Strain gauge, Tactile sensor as a switch, Mercury Pressure sensor, Displace-
ment sensor (LVDT), Temperature sensor (thermocouple).
147
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Optical properties: Basic concepts, Absorption process, Tauc relation to calculate band gap of
materials, Refractive index. Applications of optical properties: photoconductivity, fluorescence
and luminescence.
UNIT – V
Electrical properties: Electrical conduction, conductivity, conduction in terms of band and atomic
bonding models, electron mobility, electrical resistivity of metals, electrical characteristics of com-
mercial alloys, semi-conductivity, temp dependence of carrier concentration, factors that affect
carrier mobility, Hall effect.
Text Books:
1. “Elementary Solid State Physics: Principles and Applications”, Omar Ali, 6th Edition,
PEARSON.
2. “Material Science and Engineering: A First Course”, V. Raghavan, 6th edition, PHI.
3. “Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and Applications”, Jacob Fraden, Springer
Publications, Third Edition.
Reference Books:
1. “Material Science and Engineering”, William D. Callister, 2nd edition, Wiley.
2. “Sensors Handbook”, Sabrie Soloman, Mc Graw Hill publication, Second Edition.
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105053
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113102080
148
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title ROBOTIC SYSTEMS AND CONTROL
Course Code 23EC7OE2RS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply fundamentals of Robotics, components, and systems for
applications.
1 2
CO2 Analyze mathematical and engineering concepts used in Robotics
systems.
2 2
CO3 Demonstrate design skills for building industrial Robotic System
meeting the specifications for a particular application.
3 2
CO4 Investigate autonomous robotic systems for specific applications. 4, 9, 10 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Robotics & Transformations: Robot Usage, Industrial Robots and Their Appli-
cations, Robot Subsystems Robot Architecture, Pose of a Rigid Body, Degree Of Freedom, Co-
ordinate Transformation and the associated matrix manipulations, Denavit and Hartenberg (DH)
Parameters and their computations for various industrial Robot Configurations.
UNIT – II
Kinematics of Industrial Robots: Forward Position Analysis and computations, Inverse Position
Analysis and considerations, Velocity Analysis and considerations, Jacobian Matrix, Link Veloc-
ities, Jacobian Computation using the Jacobian Matrix, Forward Velocity Analyses and Inverse
Velocity Analyses, Acceleration Analysis for Industrial Robots and the considerations.
UNIT – III
Robot Motion, Odometry, and Control: Distance, Time, Velocity, and Acceleration, Segments
to Continuous Motion, Navigation by Odometry, Linear Odometry, Errors in Odometry – a brief
discussion, Wheel Encoders, Control Models (Open Loop, Closed loop, Period of CA, On-Off
Control, Proportional (P) Controller, Proportional Integral (PI) Controller, Proportional-Integral-
Derivative (PID) Controller).
149
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Local Navigation and Localization: Obstacle Avoidance (Wall, wall with direction, pledge), Fol-
lowing a Line with a Code, Ants Searching for a Food Source, A Probabilistic Model of the Ants’
Behavior, A Finite State Machine for the Path Finding Algorithm. Localization-Introduction,
Landmarks, Determining Position from Objects Whose Position Is Known, Global Positioning
System, Probabilistic Localization, Uncertainty in Motion.
UNIT – V
Mapping and Mapping-Based Navigation: Discrete & Continuous Maps, The Content of Cells
of a Grid Map, Creating Map by Exploration: The Frontier Algorithm, Mapping Using Knowl-
edge of Environment, Numerical Example, Formalization of SLAM. Mapping-Based Navigation-
Introduction, Dijkstra’s Algorithm for Grid Map & Continuous Map, Path Planning with the A*
Algorithm, Path Following and Obstacle Avoidance.
Text Books:
1. S K Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd
Edition, 2014.
2. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, Third Edition, Pearson
Education Inc, 2009.
3. Mordechai Ben-Ari and Francesco Mondada, “InterElements of Robotics”, 2018.
Reference Books:
1. Saeed B Nikku, “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis Systems and Applications”, PHI Learn-
ing Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
E-Books:
1. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.703.5185&rep
=rep1&type=pdf
2. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-19-1983-1
MOOCs:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_de11/preview
2. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/robotics
150
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title PROJECT WORK – 2
Course Code 23EC7PWPJ2 Credits 2 L – T – P 0:0:8
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Formulate the research problem by synthesizing insights from
a comprehensive literature review.
1, 2, 4 1, 2, 3
CO2 Investigate contemporary tools for project implementation. 5 1, 2, 3
CO3 Produce a thorough report outlining the project and its out-
comes, with the potential for publication.
3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3
CO4 Make effective communication by presentation of the work as
an individual or a member of a team.
8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3
CO5 Develop sustainable system with scope for enhancement and
continue life-long learning.
12 1, 2, 3
151
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INDIAN KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS
Course Code 25MA7HSIKL Credits 1 L – T – P 1:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Provide an overview of the concept of the Indian Knowledge System
and its importance.
1 –
CO2 Appreciate the need and importance of protecting traditional knowl-
edge.
1 –
CO3 Recognize the relevance of Traditional knowledge in different do-
mains.
1 –
UNIT – I
Introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems (IKS): Overview, Vedic Corpus, Philosophy, Char-
acter scope and importance, traditional knowledge vis-a-vis indigenous knowledge, traditional
knowledge vs. western knowledge.
UNIT – II
Traditional Knowledge in Humanities and Sciences: Linguistics, Number and measurements
– Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Art, Astronomy, Astrology, Crafts and Trade in India and
Engineering and Technology.
UNIT – III
Traditional Knowledge in Professional domain: Town planning and architecture – Construction,
Health, wellness and Psychology-Medicine, Agriculture, Governance and public administration,
United Nations Sustainable development goals.
152
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Reference Books:
1. “Introduction to Indian Knowledge System – Concepts and Applications”, B. Mahadevan,
Vinayak Rajat Bhat, Nagendra Pavana R N, 2022, PHI Learning Private Ltd, ISBN-978-93-
91818-21-0.
2. “Traditional Knowledge System in India”, Amit Jha, 2009, Atlantic Publishers and Distrib-
utors (P) Ltd., ISBN-13: 978-8126912230.
3. “Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India”, Kapil Kapoor, Avadesh Kumar Singh, Vol.
1, 2005, DK Print World (P) Ltd., ISBN 81-246-0334.
E-Resources:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106003/
3. https://www.iitkgp.ac.in/department/KS (Centre of Excellence for Indian Knowl-
edge System, IIT Kharagpur)
4. https://www.wipo.int/pressroom/en/briefs/tk_ip.html
5. https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/ditcted10_en.pdf
6. http://nbaindia.org/uploaded/docs/traditionalknowledge_190707.pdf
7. https://unfoundation.org/what-we-do/issues/sustainable-development-g
oals/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMInp-Jtb_p8gIVTeN3Ch27LAmPEAAYASAAEgIm1vD_BwE
153
VIII Semester Syllabus
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION
Course Code 23EC8PE4MC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the basic communication knowledge on multimedia with ap-
plications
1 2
CO2 Analyze various data compression techniques and algorithms for au-
dio and video systems
2 2
CO3 Explore different multimedia concepts applied to the internet 6 2
UNIT – I
Information Representation: Multimedia information representation: Introduction, Digitization
Principles, Representation of Text, Images, Audio & Video; Multimedia applications: Media com-
position, Media communication, Media entertainment.
UNIT – II
Compression Techniques: Various Compression Principles; Text Compression: Static Huffman
Coding, Dynamic Huffman Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Lempel-ziv Coding; Image Compression:
Graphics Interchange Format, Tagged Image File Format, Digitized Document, Digitized Pictures,
JPEG2000.
UNIT – III
Audio Compression: Adaptive differential PCM, Code excited LPC, MPEG audio coders, Dolby
audio coders; Video Compression: Basic principles, Video compression standard h.263, MPEG-4.
Embedded Wavelet coding: Zero tree approach, SPIHT algorithm, EBCOT algorithm.
UNIT – IV
Internetworking: QoS: Admission Control, Integrated & Differentiated Services, RSVP; Internet
Applications: DNS, Name Structure and Administration, DNS Resource Records; Electronic Mail
Message Structure, Content Transfer, Basic Concept of Internet Telephony, World Wide Web.
155
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Broadband Internet: Broadband ATM Networks, Entertainment Networks, High-Speed Modems;
Multimedia over Wireless Channel, Digital Broadcast, Media Streaming, Content-based Media
Access.
Text Books:
1. F. Halsall, “Multimedia communications: Applications, Networks, protocols and standards”,
Pearson Education Ltd., 2001.
2. R. Steinmetz and K. Nahrstedt, “Multimedia: Computing, Communications & Applica-
tions”, Pearson Education Inc., 1995.
Reference Books:
1. K. R. Rao, Zoran S. Bojkovic and Dragorad A. Milovanovic, “Multimedia Communication
Systems”, Pearson education, 2004.
2. John Billamil and Louis Molina, “Multimedia: An Introduction”, PHI, 2002.
3. Jens-Rainer Ohm “Multimedia Communication Technology”, C Springer-Verlag, Berlin
Heidelberg, 2004.
MOOCs:
1. NPTEL Multimedia Communication Systems: www.nptel.ac.in/courses/117105083
156
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title NEXT GENERATION NETWORKS
Course Code 23EC8PE4NG Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Acquire the Knowledge of network Architecture, Energy and Power
management Techniques in Next generation networks
– –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of Traffic Engineering, Software Defined Ra-
dio and Green Communication networks to Next generation mobile
networks
1 1
CO3 Analyze the Energy saving and power management scenarios in in
Green Radio and next generation networks
2 1
UNIT – I
Introduction to Wireless Networks and Standards: Evolution from 2G to 5G- key technologies,
challenges and performance comparison. Traffic Engineering - Network traffic load and parame-
ters, grade of service and blocking probability, Call blocking and Traffic computation using Erlang
B.
UNIT – II
Terrestrial microwave long haul, mobile radio systems: Data services in next generation com-
munication services and non-terrestrial digital microwave communication services, Synchronous
digital hierarchy.
UNIT – III
Introduction to Network Virtualization and SDN: Introduction to Virtualization, Virtual Ma-
chine, virtual networks, architecture, NFV functionality, network virtualization, modern network-
ing approaches to virtualization, Software Defined Networks - background, application, SDN data
plane, SDN control plane and SDN application plane.
157
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Green communications and networks: Energy-saving techniques, Power Management, spec-
trum and load management in cellular wireless base stations, Power-management for base stations,
Energy-efficient relaying for cooperative cellular wireless networks, Resource allocation for green
communication in relay-based cellular networks, concept of Green Radio Test-Beds.
UNIT – V
6G Key Trends: Self-organising networks and spectrum sharing, Wireless energy harvesting,
wireless powered communication networks, applications in healthcare, wireless drones in agricul-
ture, EVs, performance measure-outage probability and throughput. Spectrum sensing and shar-
ing, resource allocation using NOMA, mmWave and MIMO. Introduction to Intelligent reflecting
surfaces.
Text Books:
1. Kao-Cheng Huang, Zhaocheng Wang, “Millimeter wave communication systems”, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, 2011.
2. M. Vaezi, Z. Ding, and H. V. Poor, “Multiple Access techniques for 5G Wireless Networks
and Beyond”, Springer Nature, Switzerland, 2019.
3. Binod Kumar Kanaujia, Neeta Singh, Sachin Kumar, “Rectenna: Wireless Energy Harvest-
ing System”, Springer, 2021.
4. Ekram Hossain, Vijay K. Bhargava (Editor), Gerhard P. Fettweis (Editor), “Green Radio
Communication Networks”, Cambridge University Press, 2012.
5. F. Richard Yu, Yu, Zhang and Victor C. M. Leung “Green Communications and Network-
ing”, CRC press, 2012.
158
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title REAL-TIME SYSTEMS
Course Code 23EC8PE4RT Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the concepts of real time system for computer control. 1 2
CO2 Analyze hardware and software requirements and various design ap-
proaches to develop real time systems.
2 2
CO3 Present a case study analyzing literature on advanced topics on real
time system design.
9, 10 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Real Time Systems: Historical background, Elements of a Computer Control
System, RTS–Definition, Classification of Real-time Systems, Time Constraints, Classification of
Programs.
UNIT – II
Concepts of Computer Control: Sequence Control, Loop Control, Supervisory Control, Cen-
tralized Computer Control, Hierarchical Systems.
UNIT – III
Hardware Requirements of Real Time Systems: Introduction, General Purpose Computer, Sin-
gle Chip Microcomputers and Microcontrollers, Specialized Processors, Process-Related Inter-
faces, Data Transfer Techniques, Communications, Standard Interface.
UNIT – IV
Operating Systems: Introduction, Real-Time Multi-Tasking OS, Scheduling Strategies, Prior-
ity Structures, Task Management, Scheduler and Real-Time Clock Interrupt Handler, Memory
Management, Code Sharing, Resource Control, Task Co-Operation and Communication, Mutual
Exclusion.
159
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Design of RTS: Preliminary Design. Single-Program Approach, Foreground/Background System.
RTS Development Methodologies: Yow-don Methodology, Ward and Mellor Method, Hately and
Pirbhai Method.
Text Books:
1. “Real-Time Computer Control”, Stuart Bennet, 2nd Edition. Pearson Education, 2008.
2. “Real-Time Systems”, C.M. Krishna, Kang G Shin, McGraw-Hill International Editions,
1997.
Reference Books:
1. “Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis”, Phillip. A. Laplante, second edition, PHI, 2005.
2. “Embedded Systems”, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw Hill, India, third edition, 2005.
E-Books:
1. https://course.ece.cmu.edu/˜ece749/docs/RTSHandbook.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/real-time-systems
160
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title APPLICATIONS OF AI
Course Code 23EC8PE4AI Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the principles, perspectives and ethical considerations of
AI in the current technological revolution.
– –
CO2 Analyze the utilities of AI in industrial automation, healthcare, busi-
ness and education awareness.
2 1
CO3 Present a case study on emerging trends in AI and submit a technical
report.
9, 10 1
UNIT – I
Artificial Intelligence: History and Applications: Introduction, Intelligence, Artificial Intelli-
gence, Progress of Artificial Intelligence, Modeling, Simulation and AI, Intelligent Systems.
UNIT – II
Artificial Intelligence as Representation and Search: The Predicate Calculus: Introduction, the
propositional Calculus, the predicate calculus, Using Inference rules to produce predicate calculus
expressions, Application: A logic based financial Advisor Structure and Strategies for State Space
Search: Introduction, Graph Theory, Strategies for State Space Search, Using the state space to
represent reasoning with predicate calculus.
UNIT – III
Heuristic Search and Stochastic Methods: Heuristic Search: Introduction, Hill Climbing and
Dynamic Programming, the best fit search algorithm, admissibility, monotonicity and Informed-
ness, Using Heuristics in Games, Complexity Issues Stochastic Methods: Introduction, the ele-
ments of counting, elements of probability theory, applications of stochastic methodology, bayes
theorem, Recursion-based search.
161
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Expert Systems: Introduction, expert systems, features, Characteristics, Architecture, Basic Ac-
tivities, Advantages, Difference between Expert systems and conventional methods, Stages in
development of an expert system, building of a rule based expert system, Machine learning expert
system, Probability based expert system.
UNIT – V
Introduction to Genetic Algorithm and Swarm Intelligence: Introduction, Genetic Algorithms,
Procedure of Genetic Algorithms Introduction to swarm intelligence, importance of ant colony
paradigm, ant colony systems, development of ant colony system.
Text Books:
1. “Artificial Intelligence, Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”, George F
Luger, Fifth edition, Pearson Education.
2. “Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems”, N P Padhy, Oxford Publication, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. “Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach”, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd Edition,
Pearson, 2014.
2. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Dan W Patterson, Pearson,
2015.
E-Books:
1. https://people.engr.tamu.edu/guni/csce421/files/AI_Russell_Norvig.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_cs92/preview
162
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title DATABASE SECURITY AND ACCESS CONTROL
Course Code 23EC8PE4DS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of database security and various access
control techniques mechanisms introduced along with application ar-
eas of access control techniques
– –
CO2 Apply database security and various access control techniques mech-
anisms to understand the concepts for the given parameters
1 2
CO3 Analyse database security and various access control techniques
mechanisms for the given applications
2 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Access Control: Purpose and fundamentals of access control, brief history, Poli-
cies of Access Control, Models of Access Control, and Mechanisms, Discretionary Access Control
(DAC), Non-Discretionary Access Control, Mandatory Access Control (MAC). Capabilities and
Limitations of Access Control Mechanisms: Access Control List (ACL) and Limitations, Capa-
bility List and Limitations.
UNIT – II
Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Core RBAC, Hierarchical RBAC, Statically Constrained
RBAC, Dynamically Constrained RBAC, Limitations of RBAC. Comparing RBAC to DAC and
MAC Access control policy.
UNIT – III
Biba’s integrity model, Clark-Wilson model, Domain type enforcement model, mapping the en-
terprise view to the system view, Role hierarchies- inheritance schemes, hierarchy structures and
inheritance forms, using SoD in real system Temporal Constraints in RBAC, MAC AND DAC.
Integrating RBAC with enterprise IT infrastructures: RBAC for WFMSs, RBAC for UNIX and
JAVA environments Case study: Multi-line Insurance Company.
163
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Smart Card based Information Security: Smart card operating system fundamentals, design
and implantation principles, memory organization, smart card files, file management, atomic op-
eration, smart card data transmission ATR, PPS Security techniques- user identification, smart
card security, quality assurance and testing, smart card life cycle-5 phases, smart card terminals.
UNIT – V
Recent trends in Database security and access control mechanisms. Case study of Role Based Ac-
cess Control (RBAC) systems. Recent Trends related to data security management, vulnerabilities
in different DBMS.
Reference Books:
1. “Role Based Access Control”, David F. Ferraiolo, D. Richard Kuhn, Ramaswamy Chan-
dramouli.
2. http://www.smartcard.co.uk/tutorials/sct-itsc.pdf : Smart Card Tutorial.
164
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title APPLICATIONS OF MIXED REALITY
Course Code 23EC8PE4MR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Distinguish between AR/VR/MR and evaluate the use cases – –
CO2 Apply the Manipulation tasks and techniques to AR/VR systems 1 2
CO3 Analyze the wayfinding and MR strategies in AR/VR 2 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Extended Reality (AR/VR/MR): Definition and key differences between AR,
VR, and MR, Applications and use cases of AR/VR/MR technologies, Historical overview and
evolution of AR/VR/MR, Immersion and presence, Our senses and the role of it in XR.
UNIT – II
3D Interaction Techniques – Manipulation: Introduction, Roadmap, 3D Manipulation Tasks,
Canonical Manipulation Tasks, Application Specific Manipulation Tasks, Manipulation Tech-
niques and Input Devices, Control Dimensions and Integrated Control in 3D Manipulation, Force
versus Position Control, Device Placement and Form-Factor in 3D Manipulation.
UNIT – III
3D Interaction techniques & Design Guidelines: Interaction Techniques for 3D Manipulation,
Classifications of Manipulation Techniques, Interacting by Pointing, Direct Manipulation: Vir-
tual Hand Techniques, World in-Miniature Combining Techniques, Non-isomorphic 3D Rotation,
Desktop 3D Manipulation, Design Guidelines.
UNIT – IV
Wayfinding: Introduction, Theoretical Foundations, Wayfinding Tasks, Types of Spatial Knowl-
edge, Egocentric and Exocentric Reference Frames, User-Centered Wayfinding Support, Field
of View, Motion Cues Multisensory Output, Presence, Search Strategies, Environment Centered
Wayfinding Support, Environment Design, Artificial Cues, Evaluating Wayfinding Aids, Design
Guidelines.
165
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Beyond Virtual - Mixed Reality: 3D User Interfaces for the Real World, Introduction, What
Is Augmented Reality? Bringing Virtual Interfaces into the Real World, AR Interfaces as 3D
Data Browsers, 3D Augmented Reality Interfaces, Augmented Surfaces and Tangible Interfaces,
Tangible AR Interfaces, Design of Tangible AR, Time-Multiplexed Interaction in Tangible AR,
Advantages and Disadvantages of Tangible AR, Agents in AR, Transitional AR-VR Interfaces.
Text Books:
1. “3D User Interfaces: Theory and Practice”, Joseph LaViola Jr.
2. “Mixed Reality and Three-Dimensional Computer Graphics”, Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe
Coiffet
3. “Virtual Reality Technology”, William R. Sherman, Alan B. Craig, 2nd Edition, 2006.
Online References:
1. www.vrac.iastate.edu
2. www.w3.org/MarkUp/VRM
166
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title LOW POWER VLSI
Course Code 23EC8PE4LV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of VLSI
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the concept of power analysis at different levels of design ab-
straction
1 3
CO2 Analyze power dissipation using mathematical and probabilistic ap-
proach in digital logic cells
2 3
CO3 Design circuits for low power logic cells 3 3
UNIT – I
CMOS Fabrication Technology, Robustness: Variability, Reliability, Scaling, Variation Sources
and Impacts, Variation-Tolerant Design. Need for Low Power VLSI Chips.
UNIT – II
Sources of Power Dissipation, Dynamic Power, Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling, Static
Power, Short-circuit Current, Power Gating, Energy-Delay Optimization, Parallelism, Pipelining,
Flow Graph Transformation, Power Management Modes.
UNIT – III
Combinational Circuit Design: Static CMOS, Ratioed Circuits, Cascode Voltage Switch logic,
Dynamic Circuits, Pass-Transistor Circuits, Circuit Pitfalls.
UNIT – IV
Transistor and Gate Sizing, Equivalent Pin Ordering, Signal Gating, Logic Encoding, State Ma-
chine Encoding, Power Reduction in Clock Networks, CMOS Floating Node, Low Power Bus,
Delay balancing.
167
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Adiabatic Computation, Asynchronous Circuits. Battery-Aware Systems: Battery-Driven System
Design, Energy-Aware Routing, Low-Power Software Approaches: Machine-Independent Soft-
ware Optimizations.
Text Books:
1. “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Neil H. E. Weste and David
Harris, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 0-321-54774-8.
2. “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, Gary Yeap, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
1998.
3. “Low-Power VLSI Circuits and Systems”, Ajit Pal, Springer, 2015. ISBN 978-81-322-
1936-1.
Reference Books:
1. “Low-Voltage Low-Power VLSI Subsystems”, Kiat-Seng Yeo and Kaushik Roy, McGraw-
Hill, 2005.
2. “Low Power Digital CMOS Design”, Anantha P. Chandrakasan and Robert W. Brodersen,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1995.
3. “Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design”, Koushik Roy and Sharat C. Prasad, John Wiley
& Sons Inc., 2000.
E-Books:
1. http://leda.elfak.ni.ac.rs/education/projektovanjeVLSI/predavanja/10%
20Low%20Power%20Design%20in%20VLSI.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105034/
168
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title 5G ENABLED IOT
Course Code 23EC8PE45G Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the concepts, principles, and applications of IoT in the
context of smart infrastructure
– –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of IoT technologies for various sustainable sys-
tems.
1, 7 1, 2
CO3 Analyze the real-world case studies and successful implementations
of IoT
2 1, 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to IoT and Smart Infrastructure: Importance of IoT in transforming infrastruc-
ture. Smart Infrastructure Overview: Introduction to smart infrastructure and its key components,
Benefits, and challenges of implementing smart infrastructure, Case studies showcasing successful
smart infrastructure projects.
UNIT – II
Cloud computing and data analytics in IoT for infrastructure: Edge computing: Real-time
decision-making at the edge. Security and Privacy in IoT for Smart Infrastructure: Security chal-
lenges and threats in IoT, Privacy considerations and data protection in smart infrastructure, best
practices, and solutions for ensuring IoT security and privacy.
UNIT – III
5G Enabled IoT Applications in Smart Cities: Introduction to Smart Cities: Role of IoT in
transforming cities into smart cities, Benefits, and challenges of smart city implementations. IoT
Applications in Smart City Infrastructure, Smart buildings, Smart grids. Case Studies of Smart
City Implementations: Analysis of the IoT technologies and strategies implemented.
169
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
5G Enabled IoT Applications in Smart Buildings: Benefits of IoT in improving energy ef-
ficiency and occupant comfort, Challenges, and considerations in implementing smart building
technologies. IoT Technologies for Smart Buildings, Smart lighting and HVAC systems. Case
Studies of Smart Building Implementations.
UNIT – V
5G Enabled IoT Applications in Smart Transportation: Role of IoT in intelligent traffic man-
agement and transportation systems; Challenges and opportunities in implementing smart trans-
portation solutions. IoT Technologies for Smart Transportation.Case Studies of Smart Transporta-
tion Implementations: Showcase of successful smart transportation projects.
Text Books:
1. “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”, Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti.
2. “Building the Internet of Things: Implement New Business Models, Disrupt Competitors,
Transform Your Industry”, MaciejKranz.
3. “Smart Cities: Big Data, Civic Hackers, and the Quest for a New Utopia”, Anthony M.
Townsend, 2023.
4. “Internet of Things for Architects: Architecting IoT solutions by implementing sensors,
communication infrastructure, edge computing, analytics, and security”, Perry Lea.
Reference Books:
1. Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, RMD Sundaram, “Internet of Things”, John
Wiley & Sons.
2. Cuno Pfister, “Getting Started with the Internet of Things”, Shroff Publisher/Maker Media.
3. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything”, 1 st Edition, Apress Publications.
4. Massimo Banzi, Michael Shiloh Make, “Getting Started with the Arduino”, Shroff Pub-
lisher/Maker Media Publishers.
Online Material:
1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/internet-of-things
170
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title UI/UX DESIGN
Course Code 23EC8PE4UX Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand and analyze the processes involved in creating front end
and back end of applications using knowledge of aesthetics
– –
CO2 Apply concepts of design for back-end and front end design 1 2
CO3 Analyze the features available in various tools for creating optimized
design
2, 5 2
UNIT – I
Introduction: Basic broad concepts and contexts for user interfaces, basic principles of interaction
theory, discuss the relationship between UI and UX, relationship between coding and designing.
Roles of functionality and aesthetics in interface design, terminologies, fundamentals of graphic
design in the context of interface design: language, shape, color, imagery, typography, and icons)
UNIT – II
Introduction to User Experiences: User interface design cycle: Requirement gathering, design,
prototyping, evaluation. Case studies, user engagement ethics.
UNIT – III
Elementary Sketching and Wireframing: Manipulate form, color, type, and imagery to emphasize
a desired user action, apply the look and feel of a mood board to a set of interface elements, design
a cohesive set of interface elements demonstrating the palette of UI design skills, fundamentals of
UI, heuristic, and interactive design.
UNIT – IV
Master a Design Tool: UI design and web design using Figma, Material Design, Adobe XD.
Compare the technologies available, Develop an interactive UI.
171
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Introduction to Backend Development: HTML: Front end and back end full-stack developer roles,
websites and web browser, HTTP examples, Introduction to HTML, CSS and JavaScript, HTML
document structure, HTML tags and elements, creating a basic webpage, add images to a web
page, linking documents, HTML to work with data in tables.
Reference Books:
1. “The Design of Everyday Things”, Don Norman, 2013.
2. “Learning Web Design: A Beginner’s Guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and Web Graph-
ics”, Jennifer Robbin, Fourth Edition, O’REILLY.
Links for Software:
1. Figma: https://www.figma.com/
2. Adobe XD: https://www.adobe.com/uk/products/xd
MOOCs:
1. Visual Elements of User Interface Design, California Institute of the Arts, Coursera
2. Introduction to Backend Development, Coursera
172
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS
Course Code 23EC8OE3AE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the knowledge of engineering and science to analyze the per-
formance of Electronic Engine Control, working of sensors and ac-
tuators.
1 3
CO2 Analyze the Vehicle Level Electronic Control for Automotive Sub-
systems.
2 3
CO3 Gain insight about building future automotive subsystems that con-
tributes to the safety and health of the society using block diagram
approach.
6 3
UNIT – I
Automotive Fundamentals Overview: Evolution of Automotive Electronics, The Engine – En-
gine Block, Cylinder Head, Four Stroke Cycle, Engine Control, Ignition System - Spark plug,
High voltage circuit and distribution, Spark pulse generation, Ignition Timing, Starting system.
UNIT – II
Electronic Engine Control: Motivation for Electronic Engine Control, Exhaust Emissions, Fuel
Economy, Concept of an Electronic Engine control system, Definition of Engine performance
terms, Effect of Air/Fuel ratio, spark timing and EGR on performance, Electronic Fuel control
system.
UNIT – III
Automotive Sensors and Actuators: Typical Electronic Engine Control System, Variables to be
measured Airflow rate sensor, Strain Gauge MAP sensor, Engine Crankshaft Angular Position
Sensor, Magnetic Reluctance Position Sensor, Hall Effect Position Sensor, Optical Crankshaft Po-
sition Sensor, Throttle Angle Sensor, Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Exhaust Gas Oxygen,
Knock Sensor.
Automotive Actuators: Solenoid, Fuel Injector, EGR Actuator, Ignition Actuator.
173
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Automotive Diagnostics and Safety Systems: Timing Light, Engine Analyzer, On-board diag-
nostics, off board diagnostics, Air Bag systems, Antilock Brake System, Collision Avoidance
Radar Warning Systems, Low tire pressure warning system, Advanced Cruise Control, Automatic
driving Control.
Overview of Automotive Network Protocols: CAN, LIN, MOST and Flex Ray.
UNIT – V
Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Configuration of Electric Vehicles, Performance of Elec-
tric Vehicles, Concept of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Architecture of Hybrid Electric Drive
Trains, Series Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Parallel hybrid electric drive trains.
Energy storage for EV and HEV: Energy storage requirements, Battery parameters, Types of
Batteries, Modelling of Battery, Fuel Cell basic principle and operation, Types of Fuel Cells,
PEMFC and its operation.
Text Books:
1. William B. Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, 6th Edition, SAMS/ Elsevier
Publishing.
2. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design”, CRC Press, 2005.
3. Robert Bosch Gmbh (Ed.), “Bosch Automotive Electrics and Automotive Electronics Sys-
tems and Components, Networking and Hybrid Drive”, 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
2007.
Reference Books:
1. “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, Ronald K. Jurgen, 2nd Edition.
E-References:
1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/AutomotiveElectronicsHandbooke195167204.html
2. https://www.vlab.co.in/
E-Learning:
1. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/06ES34.html
2. https://www.coursera.org/course/circuits
174
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title APPLICATIONS OF ROBOTICS
Course Code 23EC8OE3AR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Analyze and Apply fundamentals of Robotics, components and Sys-
tems for applications
1 2
CO2 Analyze and Apply concepts used in Robotics systems 2 2
CO3 Develop Solutions for building Robotic Systems meeting the specifi-
cations for a particular application
3 2
UNIT – I
Introduction to Robotics: Robot Usage, Industrial Robots and Their Applications: Robot Sub-
systems, Classification of Robots, Industrial Applications. Robot Architecture, Pose of a Rigid
Body, DOF. Case Study: A Pick-and-place robot.
UNIT – II
Humanoid Robotics: Introduction, ASIMO and Humanoid Robot Research at Honda-Mobility,
Creation of Mobile Entities that Embody New Value, Mobility Capabilities (bipedal walking,
walking to running), Task Performing Capabilities, Communication Capabilities (voice, image
and physical recognition), From Automatic to Autonomous (sensing, situation estimation, behav-
ior generation, field experiments).
UNIT – III
Drone Robotics: Smart Agriculture Using UAV and Deep Learning, Introduction, Background
Details, State-of-the-Art Literature Study: Plant, Smart Pest, and Herb Control use cases, Field
Analysis and Yield Estimation, Discussion and Future Scope. IoT-Enabled Unmanned Aerial
Vehicle: An Emerging Trend in Precision Farming, Introduction to IoT Enabled UAV, Drones in
Precision Farming, Challenges & Future Scope.
175
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – IV
Medical Robotics: Introduction, Robots for Navigation, Movement Replication, Robots for Imag-
ing, Rehabilitation and Prosthetics, Applications of Surgical Robotics: Radiosurgery, Orthopedic
Surgery, Urologic Surgery and Robotic Imaging, Cardiac Surgery, Neurosurgery, Control Modes,
Developing Lightweight Robot-Arm of Anthropomorphic Characteristics: State of the Art, In-
dustrial Lightweight Robot-Arms, Bi-Manual Robotic Systems, Concept, Design and Control of
Robot Arm, Case Study.
UNIT – V
Collaborative Robotics: Introduction, Collaborative Robots: The Cobot Big Challenges, Types of
Collaborations with Humans, Interaction Implementations Modes with Cobots, Safety Guidelines
for Cobots, Safety vs Performance, Design Considerations for Future Cobots: Weight Reduction,
Sensitive Joints Design, all other aspects, Industrial Applications: Use Cases: Electronic Panels
Assembly, Domestic Appliances Assembly, Food Products Packaging.
Text Books:
1. “Introduction to Robotics”, S K Saha, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd
Edition, 2014.
2. “Mechatronics, Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering”,
William Bolton, Pearson 7th Edition, 2019.
3. “Humanoid Robotics: A Reference”, Ambarish Goswami and Prahlad Vadakkepat, Springer,
Dordrecht, 2019.
4. “Internet of Things, Robotic and Drone Technology”, Edited by Nitin Goyal, Sharad Sharma,
Arun Kumar Rana, Suman Lata Tripathi, CRC Press, 2022.
5. “Drone Technology Future Trends and Practical Applications”, Edited by Sachi Nandan
Mohanty, J.V.R. Ravindra, G. Surya Narayana, Chinmaya Ranjan Pattnaik, Y. Mohamed
Sirajudeen, Scrivener Publishing LLC, Wiley, 2023.
6. “Medical Robotics”, Achim Schweikard, Floris Ernst, Springer International Publishing,
Switzerland, 2015.
7. “New Trends in Medical and Service Robots, Assistive, Surgical and Educational Robotics”,
Hannes Bleuler, Mohamed Bouri, Francesco Mondada, Doina Pisla, Aleksandar Rodić,
Springer International Publishing, Switzerland, 2016.
8. “Industrial Robots Design, Applications and Technology”, Edited by Isak Karabegovć and
Lejla Banjanović-Mehmedović, Nova Science Publishers Inc., 2020.
Reference Books:
1. “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis Systems and Applications”, Saeed B Nikku, PHI Learn-
ing Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
E-Books:
1. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.703.5185&rep
=rep1&type=pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_de11/preview
2. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/robotics
176
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title IOT FOR STRUCTURES
Course Code 23EC8OE3IS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Apply the knowledge of various IoT aspects (sensors, actua-
tors, processing, technologies) and characteristics to evolve so-
lutions related to applications and architectures.
1 1, 2
CO2 Analyze, compare, and Identify Technologies and Protocols
(including adaptations)
2 1, 2
CO3 Design Solutions encompassing systems, hardware, and soft-
ware aspects for various categories of problems with IoT in
context.
3 1, 2
CO4 Research various domains of IoT application and provide anal-
ysis, interpret data where available, and provide recommenda-
tions.
4, 6, 9, 10 1, 2
UNIT – I
Fundamentals of IoT: What is IoT, Genesis of IoT, IoT and Digitization, IoT Impact, IoT Chal-
lenges, IoT Network Architecture and Design, Smart Objects: The “Things” in IoT, Sensors,
Actuators, and Smart Objects.
UNIT – II
IoT Protocols: Sensor Networks, WSNs, Communication Protocols for WSNs, Connecting Smart
Objects, Communications Criteria, IoT Access Technologies with considerations of layers, topol-
ogy, and security, competitive technologies: IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.15.4g, IEEE 802.15.4e,
IEEE 1901.2a, IEEE 802.11ah, LoRaWAN and competitive technologies, NB-IoT, other LTE vari-
ations, and competitive technologies.
177
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – III
IP and Application Protocols: IP as the IoT Network Layer, The Business Case for IP, the need
for Optimization, Optimizing IP for IoT, Profiles and Compliances, Application Protocols for IoT,
The Transport Layer, IoT Application Transport Methods.
UNIT – IV
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - Arduino UNO: Introduction to Arduino, Installation
and Fundamentals of Arduino Programming. IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - RaspberryPi:
Introduction to RaspberryPi, Board Hardware Layout, OS, Configuring and Programming Rasp-
berryPi with Python, Wireless Temperature Monitoring System Using Pi, DS18B20 Temperature
Sensor, Connecting Raspberry Pi via SSH, Accessing Temperature from DS18B20 sensors, Re-
mote access to RaspberryPi.
UNIT – V
Applications: Transportation, Transportation Challenges, IoT Use Cases for Transportation, An
IoT Architecture for Transportation, Mining Today and Its Challenges, Challenges for IoT in
Modern Mining, An IoT Strategy for Mining, An Architecture for IoT in Mining.
Text Books:
1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Robert Barton, Jerome Henry, “IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of
Things”, 1st Edition, Pearson Education (Cisco Press Indian Reprint). (ISBN: 978-9386873743).
2. Srinivasa K G, “Internet of Things”, CENGAGE Leaning India, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”, 1st
Edition, VPT, 2014. (ISBN: 978-8173719547).
2. Raj Kamal, “Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles”, 1st Edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 2017. (ISBN: 978-9352605224).
Online Resources:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=co2MLqkJVXs
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9znRbMTimvc
E-Books:
1. http://alvarestech.com/temp/Industry4.0/2019/Dimitrios%20Serpanos,Mar
ilyn%20Wolf%20(auth.)%20-%20%20Internet-ofThings%20(IoT)%20Systems_%
20Architectures,%20Algorithms,%20Methodologies-Springer%20Internatio
nal%20Publishing%20(2018).pdf
2. https://www.oreilly.com/design/free/files/designing-for-the-interne
t-of-things.pdf
MOOCs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/internet-of-things
NOTE: The course can be supplemented by project based learning.
178
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title MOBILE TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS
Course Code 23EC8OE3MT Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to
Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs
CO1 Understand the basics of wireless and Mobile Technology – –
CO2 Apply the knowledge of Mobile Technology for various wireless net-
works
1 1
CO3 Investigate Mobile based applications through literature survey and
use cases
2, 5 1
UNIT – I
Wired and Wireless communication-difference, Introduction to mobile communication, spectrum
allocation, services, and range of operation. Mobile phone block description, WiFi, Bluetooth.
UNIT – II
Evolution of Mobile communication from 2G to 4G, Cellular Concepts, basic cellular GSM ar-
chitecture, Frequency reuse, Channel assignment strategies, Capacity expansion methods, Call
establishment, Mobile service providers.
UNIT – III
Migration towards 4G mobile technology, LTE features and applications, Features of 5G and its
applications. Mobile IP architecture and its elements, Emerging Wireless networks (WLAN) and
its components, wireless Sensor networks (block description).
UNIT – IV
Applications of mobile technology: M-commerce framework, Different players, lifecycle, Differ-
ent Mobile commerce applications and services, content development and distribution, technolo-
gies, standard bodies.
179
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
UNIT – V
Use of mobile technology in healthcare: devices and wearable technology. Agricultural appli-
cations, mobile based financial transactions and payments, Entertainment and education services.
Case studies on Rural Wireless Telemedicine System, digital currency and Financial Sustainability
of Village, Applications of Mobile Technology in the Industrial scenario, Utilising Mobile Devices
for Data Collection and Analysis
Text Books:
1. “Wireless Communication”, Andreas F. Molish, Wiley, 2nd Edition.
2. “Mobile Commerce: Technology, Theory and Applications”, Brian Mennecke and Troy J.
Strader, Idea Group Publishing.
Reference Books:
1. “Wireless Communications: Principle and Practice”, Theodore S. Rappaport, Prentice Hall,
2005.
E-Resource:
1. https://www.amazon.in/Wireless-Communications-Principles-Practice-2e/
dp/8131731863
2. https://www.amazon.com/Mobile-Commerce-Technology-Theory-Application
s/dp/1591400449
MOOCs:
1. https://www-mooc--list-com.webpkgcache.com/doc/-/s/www.mooc-list.co
m/tags/mobile-applications
2. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=smartphone%20emerging%20techn
ologies
180
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19
(Autonomous College under VTU)
Course Title INTERNSHIP
Course Code 23EC8SRINT Credits 6 L – T – P 0:0:6
CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will have the ability to:
Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO
CO1 Develop awareness and apply conceptual domain knowledge
to address global and contemporary issues in engineering and
technology including project management and finance
1, 11 1, 2, 3
CO2 Identify the industrial problem with proper synthesis of in-
formation analyse the specific needs and acquire appropriate
skillset.
2, 4, 5 1, 2, 3
CO3 Propose sustainable solution/system for the betterment of the
society
3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3
CO4 Engage in independent and lifelong learning follow profes-
sional ethics and communicate effectively
8, 9, 10, 12 1, 2, 3
181
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
NOTE: Each student has to earn 100 AICTE Activity Points during 1st to 8th semester. Lateral-
entry students are required to earn 75 AICTE Activity Points during 3rd to 8th semester.
182
BMS COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
P.O. BOX NO. 1908, BULL TEMPLE ROAD, BANGALORE - 560019
Phone: +91-080-2662 2130-35 Fax: +91 080 2661 4357
Website: www.bmsce.ac.in

UG Syllabus 2023-24 UG Syllabus 2023-24UG Syllabus 2023-24

  • 1.
    ಬಿ.ಎಂ.ಎಸ್. ತಾಂತ್ರಿಕ ಮಹಾವಿದ್ಯಾಲಯ (ಸ್ವಾಯತ್ತ ವಿದ್ಯಾಸಂಸ್ಥೆ) ಬೆಂಗಳೂರು ೫೬೦ ೦೧೯ BMS COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous College under VTU) BANGALORE - 560019 ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING SCHEME & SYLLABUS III to VIII SEMESTER 2023-24 Batch Onwards ECE
  • 2.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering ಬಿ. ಎಂ. ಎ£್. ಾಂತಿರ್ಕ ಮ¤ಾವಿ ಾಯ್ಲಯ, ೆಂಗಳೂರು (¡ಾವ್ಯತತ್ ವಿ ಾಯ್ ಸಂ¡ೆಥ್) ಬಸವನಗುಡಿ ರ¡ೆತ್, ೆಂಗಳೂರು ೫೬೦೦೧೯ B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 Autonomous College under VTU Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering Scheme and Syllabus for III – VIII Semester Batch admitted 2023
  • 3.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering INSTITUTE VISION Promoting Prosperity of mankind by augmenting human resource capital through Quality Techni- cal Education & Training INSTITUTE MISSION Accomplish excellence in the field of Technical Education through Education, Research and Ser- vice needs of society DEPARTMENT VISION To emerge as a Centre of Academic Excellence in Electronics, Communication and related do- mains through Knowledge acquisition, Knowledge dissemination and Knowledge Generation meet- ing global needs and standards DEPARTMENT MISSION Imparting Quality Education through state of the art curriculum, Conducive Learning Environment and Research with scope for continuous improvement leading to overall Professional Success PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES PEO1 Graduates will Professionally Progress in Electronics, Communication and related areas with an inclination towards Continuous Learning PEO2 Graduates will work in Diversified Teams of Multidisciplinary Environment PEO3 Graduates will exhibit good Inter-personal skills, adapt themselves for changes in Contem- porary Technology PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES The students will be able to: PSO1 Analyse and design electronic systems for signal processing and communication applica- tions. PSO2 Demonstrate the Conceptual domain Knowledge with respect to Architecture, Design, Analysis and Engineering deployment in Data communication and Computer networking. PSO3 Identify and apply domain specific tools for design, analysis, synthesis and validation of VLSI and Communication systems. i
  • 4.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering PROGRAM OUTCOMES Program Outcomes (POs), are attributes acquired by the student at the time of graduation. The POs given in the Table below, ensure that the POs are aligned to the Graduate Attributes (GAs) specified by National Board of Accreditation (NBA). These attributes are measured at the time of Graduation, and hence computed every year for the outgoing Batch. The POs are addressed and attained through the Course Outcomes (COs) of various courses of the curriculum. PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fun- damentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering prob- lems. PO2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex en- gineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences. PO3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate con- sideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations. PO4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions. PO5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and mod- ern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations. PO6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice. PO7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development. PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice. PO9 Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings. PO10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. PO11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the en- gineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments. PO12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change. ii
  • 5.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Distribution of Credits among various Curricular Components Curricular Component ↓ I II III IV V VI VII VIII Total Sem → Credits Basic Science Course (BS) 8 8 4 3 23 Engineering Science Course (ES) 9 9 3 3 24 Professional Core Course (PC) 14 14 14 11 6 59 Professional Elective Course (PE) 3 3 3 3 12 Open Elective Course (OE) 3 3 3 09 Project / Mini-Project (PW) 2 2 7 11 Internship (INT) 6 06 Humanities and Social Sciences, Management Course (HS) 1 1 3 1 06 Ability Enhancement Course (AE)/SDC 2 2 1 1 3 09 UHV Course 1 01 Non-Credit Mandatory Course – – NC NC NC NC – – Total Credits 20 20 22 22 22 22 20 12 160 iii
  • 6.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 Autonomous College under VTU SCHEME SEMESTER: III Sl. Course Code Course Title Credits Contact Marks No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total 1 BS 23MA3BSTFN Transform Calculus, Fourier Series and Nu- merical Techniques 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100 2 ES 23EC3ESHDL HDL Programming 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 3 PC 23EC3PCAEC Analog Electronic Circuits 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 4 PC 23EC3PCDCD Digital Circuit Design 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 5 PC/IPCC 23EC3PCSAS Signals and Systems 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 6 PC/IPCC 23ES3PCNAL Network Analysis* 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100 7 BS 23ES3BSBFE Biology for Engineers** 1 0 0 1 1 50 50 100 8 PC/IPCC 23EC3PCIEL Integrated Electronics Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100 9 AE/SDC 23EC3AEHPL HDL Programming Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100 10 NCMC YYNCMC3XX1 NCMC – 1 – – – – 2 – – P/NP Total 17 2 3 22 29 450 450 900 *Common to EC, EE, EI, ET & MD **Common to EC, EE, EI & ET NCMC – 1: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23NCMC3NS1 NSS – 1 23NCMC3YG1 Yoga – 1 23NCMC3PE1 Physical Education – 1 24NCMC3IM1 Indian Music – 1 24NCMC3ID1 Indian Dance – 1 24NCMC3TA1 Theatre Arts – 1 24NCMC3WM1 Western Music – 1 24NCMC3WD1 Western Dance – 1 24NCMC3FA1 Fine Arts – 1 24NCMC3MM1 Multimedia – 1 iv
  • 7.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering SCHEME SEMESTER: IV Sl. Course Code Course Title Credits Contact Marks No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total 1 BS 23MA4BSCPS Complex Analysis, Probability and Statisti- cal Methods 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100 2 ES 23ES4ESCST Control Systems* 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100 3 PC 23EC4PCFAW Fields and Waves 2 1 0 3 4 50 50 100 4 PC 23EC4PCAIC Analog Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 5 PC/IPCC 23ES4PCAPP ARM Processor and Programming** 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 6 PC/IPCC 23EC4PCPCS Principles of Communication Systems 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 7 UHV 23MA4AEUHV Universal Human Values 0 1 0 1 2 50 50 100 8 AE 23EC4AEAPL Applied Python Programming Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100 9 NCMC YYNCMC4XX2 NCMC – 2 – – – – 2 – – P/NP Total 15 4 3 22 31 400 400 800 *Common to EC, EI & ET **Common to EC, EE, EI, ET & MD NCMC – 2: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23NCMC4NS2 NSS – 2 23NCMC4YG2 Yoga – 2 23NCMC4PE2 Physical Education – 2 24NCMC4IM2 Indian Music – 2 24NCMC4ID2 Indian Dance – 2 24NCMC4TA2 Theatre Arts – 2 24NCMC4WM2 Western Music – 2 24NCMC4WD2 Western Dance – 2 24NCMC4FA2 Fine Arts – 2 24NCMC4MM2 Multimedia – 2 v
  • 8.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering SEMESTER: V Sl. Course Code Course Title Credits Contact Marks No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total 1 PC 23EC5PCFOV Fundamentals of VLSI 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 2 PC 23EC5PCMTA Microwave Theory and Antenna 3 1 0 4 5 50 50 100 3 PC 23EC5PCDSP Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 4 PC 23EC5PCDCT Digital Communication Theory 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 5 HS 23CV5HSEVS Environmental Studies* 1 0 0 1 1 50 50 100 6 PE 23EC5PE1XX Professional Elective – 1 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 7 HS 23ES5HSPMF Project Management and Finance* 2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100 8 PW 23EC5PWMPR Mini Project 0 0 2 2 4 50 50 100 9 NCMC YYNCMC5XX3 NCMC – 3 – – – – 2 – – P/NP Total 18 1 3 22 28 400 400 800 Details of 40 AICTE Activity Points Earned *Common to EE, EC, ET, EI & MD Professional Elective – 1: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC5PE1IP Image Processing 23EC5PE1VR Introduction to AR/VR 23EC5PE1AD Advanced Digital Logic Design 23EC5PE1SC Satellite Communication 23EC5PE1OS Operating Systems 23EC5PE1IC Information Theory for Cybersecurity 23EC5PE1AI Introduction to AI 23EC5PE1IT IoT and its Applications 23EC5PE1OP Object Oriented Programming using C++ NCMC – 3: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23NCMC5NS3 NSS – 3 23NCMC5YG3 Yoga – 3 23NCMC5PE3 Physical Education – 3 24NCMC5IM3 Indian Music – 3 24NCMC5ID3 Indian Dance – 3 24NCMC5TA3 Theatre Arts – 3 24NCMC5WM3 Western Music – 3 24NCMC5WD3 Western Dance – 3 24NCMC5FA3 Fine Arts – 3 24NCMC5MM3 Multimedia – 3 vi
  • 9.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering SEMESTER: VI Sl. Course Code Course Title Credits Contact Marks No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total 1 PC 23EC6PCWCN Wireless Communication and Networks 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 2 PC 23EC6PCCCN Computer Communication Networks 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 3 PC 23EC6PCMSD Mixed Signal Design 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 4 PE 23EC6PE2XX Professional Elective – 2 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 5 OE 23EC6OE1XX Open Elective – 1 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 6 AE 23ES6AERMI Research Methodology and IPR* 2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100 7 AE 23EC6AEASP Advanced Signal Processing Lab 0 0 1 1 2 50 50 100 8 PW 23EC6PWPJ1 Project Work – 1 0 0 2 2 4 50 50 100 9 NCMC YYNCMC6XX4 NCMC – 4 – – – – 2 – – P/NP Total 17 0 5 22 29 400 400 800 Details of 60 AICTE Activity Points Earned *Common to EC, ET & MD Professional Elective – 2: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC6PE2CV Computer Vision 23EC6PE2SV System Verilog and Verification 23EC6PE2MC Multi-core Computing 23EC6PE2RS Radar System 23EC6PE2DE Data Encryption and Compression 23EC6PE2WN Wireless Sensor Networks 23EC6PE2ML Machine Learning 23EC6PE2DS Data Structures using C++ 23EC6PE2VR Design of Virtual Reality Open Elective – 1: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC6OE1AE Applied Electronics 23EC6OE1IR Introduction to Robotics NCMC – 4: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23NCMC6NS4 NSS – 4 23NCMC6YG4 Yoga – 4 23NCMC6PE4 Physical Education – 4 24NCMC6IM4 Indian Music – 4 24NCMC6ID4 Indian Dance – 4 24NCMC6TA4 Theatre Arts – 4 24NCMC6WM4 Western Music – 4 24NCMC6WD4 Western Dance – 4 24NCMC6FA4 Fine Arts – 4 24NCMC6MM4 Multimedia – 4 vii
  • 10.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering SEMESTER: VII Sl. Course Code Course Title Credits Contact Marks No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total 1 PC 23EC7PCESD Embedded System Design 3 0 1 4 5 50 50 100 2 PC 23EC7PCECS Electronics and Communication for Sustainable Development 2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100 3 PE 23EC7PE3XX Professional Elective – 3 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 4 OE 23EC7OE2XX Open Elective – 2 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 5 PW 23EC7PWPJ2 Project Work – 2 0 0 7 7 14 50 50 100 6 IKS 25MA7HSIKL Indian Knowledge Systems* 1 0 0 1 1 50 50 100 Total 12 0 8 20 28 300 300 600 Details of 80 AICTE Activity Points Earned *Common to all UG Programs Professional Elective – 3: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC7PE3SP Speech Processing 23EC7PE3VR 3D modeling for Virtual Reality 23EC7PE3OC Optical Communication 23EC7PE3SW Steganography and Digital Watermarking 23EC7PE3PD Physical Design 23EC7PE3DA Data Analytics and Security in IoT 23EC7PE3FD Firmware Design 23EC7PE3JS Java Scripting 23EC7PE3DL Deep Learning Open Elective – 2: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC7OE2PE Power Electronics 23EC7OE2EM Engineering Materials and Sensors 23EC7OE2SP Signal Processing 23EC7OE2RS Robotic Systems and Control viii
  • 11.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering SEMESTER: VIII Sl. Course Code Course Title Credits Contact Marks No. Type L T P Total Hours CIE SEE Total 1 PE 23EC8PE4XX Professional Elective – 4 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 2 OE 23EC8OE3XX Open Elective – 3 3 0 0 3 3 50 50 100 3 INT 23EC8SRINT Internship 0 0 6 6 12 50 50 100 Total 6 0 6 12 18 150 150 300 Details of 100 AICTE Activity Points Earned Professional Elective – 4: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC8PE4MC Multimedia Communication 23EC8PE4AI Applications of AI 23EC8PE4NG Next Generation Networks 23EC8PE4DS Database Security and Access Control 23EC8PE4RT Real-Time Systems 23EC8PE4MR Applications of Mixed Reality 23EC8PE4LV Low Power VLSI 23EC8PE45G 5G Enabled IoT 23EC8PE4UX UI/UX Design Open Elective – 3: Course Code Course Title Course Code Course Title 23EC8OE3AE Automotive Electronics 23EC8OE3IS IoT for Structures 23EC8OE3AR Applications of Robotics 23EC8OE3MT Mobile Technology and Applications ix
  • 12.
  • 13.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title TRANSFORM CALCULUS, FOURIER SERIES AND NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES Course Code 23MA3BSTFN Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the concepts of Series, Transform Techniques, Calculus of Vari- ation and Finite Difference Methods to solve engineering problems. 1 – CO2 Apply the concepts of Transform Techniques, Calculus of Variation and Finite Difference Methods in engineering using modern IT tools. 1, 5 – UNIT – I LAPLACE TRANSFORMS: Definition and Laplace transforms of elementary functions (statements only). Problems on Laplace transform of eat f(t), tn f(t), f(t) t . Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals. Laplace Trans- form of periodic functions (statement only) and unit-step function – Problems. Inverse Laplace transforms: definition and problems. Solution of differential equations. UNIT – II FOURIER SERIES: Introduction to trigonometric polynomial, trigonometric series. Dirichlet’s conditions. Fourier series of periodic functions with period 2π and arbitrary period. Complex Fourier series. Practical harmonic analysis. UNIT – III FOURIER TRANSFORMS: Definition and problems on Fourier Transform. Fourier sine and cosine transforms – Problems. Inverse Fourier transform, Inverse Fourier cosine and sine transforms - Problems. Convolution theorem (only statement) – problems. 2
  • 14.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF PDE: Classification of second-order partial differential equations, finite difference approximation of derivatives. Solution of one-dimensional heat equation by Schmidt and Bendre-Schmidt explicit formulae. Solution of one-dimensional wave equation using finite difference method. UNIT – V CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Definition, Variation of a functional, Euler-Lagrange equation, variational problems. Applica- tions: Hanging cable problem, Brachistochrone problem. z-TRANSFORMS: Definition, Standard z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule. Inverse z-transform and applica- tions – Solution of difference equations. Text Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers. 2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John Wiley & Sons. Reference Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu- cation. 2. “Engineering Mathematics”, Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, 3rd reprint, 2016, Oxford University Press. 3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica- tions. 4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 5. “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, Gupta C. B., Sing S. R. and Mukesh Kumar, 2015, McGraw-Hill Education (India). 6. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, H. K. Dass and Rajnish Verma, 2014, S. Chand Publi- cation. 7. “Calculus”, James Stewart, 7th edition, 4th reprint, 2019, Cengage Publications. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs) 2. http://academicearth.org/ 3. http://www.bookstreet.in/ 4. VTU e-Shikshana Program 5. VTU EDUSAT Program 3
  • 15.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering BMS College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title HDL PROGRAMMING Course Code 23EC3ESHDL Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of HDL for modeling and functional verification of Digital circuits. 1 3 CO2 Analyze digital circuits using suitable Verilog HDL modeling. 2 3 CO3 Design and synthesize a digital circuit for complex systems using Ver- ilog HDL and state machines. 3 3 UNIT – I Introduction: VLSI design flow, importance of HDLs, Verilog HDL and Design Methodologies, modules, instances, components of simulation, example, basic concepts. Modules and ports: Mod- ules, ports, Rules. UNIT – II Gate Level Modeling: Gate Types, Gate Delays, Examples. Dataflow Modeling: Continuous assignment, Delays, Expressions, Operators, Operands, Operator Types, and Examples. UNIT – III Behavioral Modeling: Structured procedure, procedural assignments, timing control, conditional statements, multi-way branching, loops, sequential and parallel blocks, generate blocks, Exam- ples. UNIT – IV Logic Synthesis with Verilog HDL: Logic synthesis, Verilog HDL Synthesis, Interpretation of Ver- ilog Constructs, Synthesis Design flow, examples, verification of the gate-level netlist, modeling tips for logic synthesis. UNIT – V Synchronous sequential circuits: Moore and Mealy FSM, Design and implementation of sequence detector, serial adder, code converter. FPGA based systems: Introduction, basic concepts, Digital design with FPGAs, FPGA based system design. Text Books: 4
  • 16.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 1. “Verilog HDL-A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis,” Sameer Palnitkar, 2nd Edition, Pearson Edition 2003. Reference Books: 1. “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,” Stephan Brown and Zvonk Vranesic, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2008. E-Books: 1. http://access.ee.ntu.edu.tw/course/dsd_99second/2011_lecture/W2_HDL_F undamentals_2011-03-02.pdf 2. http://www.ics.uci.edu/œalexv/154/VHDL-Cookbook.pdf 3. http://ece.niu.edu.tw/œchu/download/fpga/verilog.pdf MOOCs: 1. Electronic Design Automation: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105083/ 2. Digital System Design with PLDs and FPGAs: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117108 040/ 3. Fundamentals of HDL (Lecture #008): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rdAPXz xeaxs&index=8&list=PLE3BC3EBC9CE15FB0 5
  • 17.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering BMS College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Course Code 23EC3PCAEC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Elements of Electronics Engineering Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Define, understand, and explain concepts related to diodes and transistors (BJTs and MOSFETs). – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of network theorems and device models to solve given analog electronic circuits. 1 1, 3 CO3 Analyze a given analog electronic circuit to compute required pa- rameters. 2 1, 3 CO4 Design analog electronic circuits for a given specification. 3 1, 3 CO5 Submit a report and give a presentation on recent technological de- velopment in the Analog Electronics domain 10, 12 1, 3 UNIT – I Diode applications: Clippers, Clampers. Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJTs): DC biasing – Introduction, operating point, voltage divider Bias configuration. BJT AC Analysis: Introduction, Application in the AC Domain, BJT Transistor Modeling, the re Transistor model, Voltage Divider Bias. UNIT – II BJT Frequency Response: Introduction, Logarithms, Decibels, Low-frequency Response-BJT Amplifier, Miller effect Capacitance, High-Frequency response – BJT Amplifier. Feedback concepts: Feedback connection types - Voltage series, Voltage-shunt, Current Series, and Current Shunt Feedback. Practical feedback Circuits: Voltage series, Current series feedback, and voltage Shunt feedback. 6
  • 18.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III Power Amplifiers: Introduction - Definitions and Amplifier Types, Amplifier Efficiency. Series-Fed Class A Amplifier: DC Bias Operation, AC operation, Power Consideration, Effi- ciency. Transformer-coupled Class A Amplifier: Operation of Amplifier Stage: DC load line, Quies- cent operating point, AC load line, Signal Swing, and Output AC power. Class B operation: Class B Amplifier Circuits - Transformer-coupled Push-Pull Circuits, Com- plementary Symmetry Circuits, Amplifier Distortion. UNIT – IV MOSFETs: Introduction, Device structure, and physical operation - Device structure, operation with no gate voltage, creating a channel for current flow, Applying a small VDs, Operation as VDs is increased, Derivation of the id–VDS relationship, The P-Channel MOSFET, Complementary MOS or CMOS, operating the MOS transistor in the sub-threshold region. Current-voltage Characteristics: Circuit symbol, id–VDS characteristics, characteristics of the P-Channel MOSFET. MOSFET Circuits at DC: The MOSFET as an amplifier and as a switch – Large signal operation, Graphical derivation of the transfer characteristic, operation as a switch, operation as a linear amplifier. Biasing in MOS amplifier circuits: Biasing by fixing VGS, Biasing by fixing VG, and connecting a resistor in the source, Biasing using a drain-to-gate feedback resistor, biasing using a current source. UNIT – V Small-signal operation and models of MOSFETs: The DC bias point, the signal current in the drain terminal, the voltage gain, separating DC analysis and the signal analysis, small signal equivalent circuit models, the transconductance gm, the T equivalent circuit model. Single stage MOS amplifiers: The basic structure, characterizing amplifiers, The CS amplifier, The CS amplifier with a source resistance. Common gate (CG) Amplifier, The common Drain or source follower Amplifier. IC Biasing: Current sources, current mirror, and current steering circuits - The basic MOSFET current source, MOS current steering circuits. Current mirror circuit with improved performance: The Wilson MOS mirror. Text Books: 1. “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory,” Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 10th edition (PEARSON EDUCATION). 2. “Microelectronic Circuits-Theory and applications” by Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, Fifth Edition (OXFORD INTERNATIONAL STUDENT EDITION). Reference Books: 1. “Electronic Devices and Circuits,” Millman and Halkias, TMH. 2. “Electronic Devices and Circuits,” David A Bell - PHI 4th edition. 3. “Integrated Electronics,” Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias and Chetan Parikh, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill Education. 7
  • 19.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering E-Books: 1. www.pyroelectro.com/edu/analog 2. http://freevideolectures.com/course/3020/circuits-for-Analog-System-D esign MOOCs: 1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/electronic-systems-and-digital-elect ronics-uninettuno?static=true 2. http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-scien ce/6-012-microelectronic-devices-and-circuits-spring-2009/ 3. Introductory Analog Electronics Laboratory (Spring 2007) by MIT open courseware Re- views and Ratings. 8
  • 20.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering BMS College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DIGITAL CIRCUIT DESIGN Course Code 23EC3PCDCD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Elements of Electronics Engineering Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the fundamental logic functions to realize basic building blocks of digital logic design 1 2, 3 CO2 Analyse the digital logic circuits and optimize with cost effective solu- tions 2 2, 3 CO3 Design a complete digital circuit for given specification using digital circuit concepts 3 2, 3 UNIT – I Introduction to Boolean algebra, Simplification of Boolean functions, K-Maps: Three Variable and Four Variable, Design with Basic gates, NAND gates and NOR gates . UNIT – II Combinational Logic Circuits: Introduction, Parallel Adders (Ripple carry adder and Carry Look Ahead Adder ), Decimal Adder, Code conversion, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders, Encoder, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Read Only memories (ROM), Programmable Logic Arrays (PLAs). UNIT – III Sequential Logic Circuits: The Basic Flip-flop circuit, Clocked Flip-flops, Triggering of Flip- flops: Master-Slave Flip-Flops, Edge Triggered Flip-Flops, Characteristic Equations, Conversion of flip-flops, Shift Registers, Ripple Counters, Synchronous Counters UNIT – IV Sequential systems: Analysis of Clocked Sequential circuits, State Reduction and Assignment, Design Procedure, Design with State Equations, Sequence detector 9
  • 21.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Algorithmic State Machine: Introduction, ASM Charts, Synchronous sequential network design with ASM charts, State Assignment, ASM table, ASM realization, Asynchronous Inputs. Text Books: 1. Digital Logic and Computer Design- M. Morris Mano, Prentice Hall – Pearson Education 2. Digital Principles and Design- Donald Givone, Tata McGraw Hill 3. Digital Principles and Applications- Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill. Reference Books: 1. Fundamental of Logic Design- Charles Roth Jr., Thomas Learning 2. Digital Logic Applications and principles- John Yarbrough, Pearson Education E-Books: 1. http://www.panstanford.com/pdf/9789814364591fm.pdf 2. https://easyengineering.net/digital-logic-and-computer-design-by-mor ris-mano/ 3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780750645829/digital-logic-design MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105113/ 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105185/ 10
  • 22.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Course Code 23EC3PCSAS Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the mathematical concepts and transform techniques to solve the continuous and discrete LTI systems 1 2 CO2 Analyze various methods to categorize the LTI systems and identify solutions for mathematical representations of systems 2 2 CO3 Design a linear, time-invariant system for a given specification 3 2 CO4 Simulate and Conduct experiments involving various operations on signals and response of systems using appropriate tools 5 2 UNIT – I Signals: Definition of Signals, Classification of Signals, Basic Operations on Signals: Operations Performed on the Independent and Dependent Variable, Precedence Rule, Elementary Signals. UNIT – II Systems: Definition of Systems, System Viewed as Interconnection of Operations, Properties of Systems: Linearity, Time Invariance, Memory, Causality, Stability and Invertibility with numerical problems. UNIT – III Time domain representations of Linear Time Invariant Systems: Introduction: Impulse re- sponse representation of LTI systems, Properties of impulse response representation of LTI sys- tems, Differential and Difference equation representation for LTI systems, Block diagram repre- sentation of Continuous time systems. UNIT – IV Application of Fourier Representation for signals: Discrete Time Fourier Series, Properties of DTFS, Discrete Time Fourier Transform, Properties of DTFT, Frequency response of LTI Systems, Sampling, Application of DTFT. 11
  • 23.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Applications of z-transform: Transform Analysis of LTI Systems using z-transform, Relating the transfer function and difference equation, Causality and stability, Inverse Systems, Determining the frequency response from poles and zeros, Computational structures for implementing Discrete Time Systems, Unilateral z-transform and solution of difference equations. Text Books: 1. “Signals and Systems”, Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, 2nd Edition, 2008, John Wiley & Sons. Reference Books: 1. “Signals and Systems”, H. P. Hsu and R. Ranjan, Schaum’s Outlines, 2006, Tata McGraw- Hill. 2. “Fundamentals of Signals and Systems”, Benoit Boulet, 2006, Thomson. 3. “Signals and Systems”, Uday Kumar S., Third Edition, 2004, Elite Publishers. 4. “Signals and System”, D. Ganesh Rao and Satish Tunga, Fourth Edition, 2008, Sanguine Technical Publishers. E-Books: 1. https://www.amazon.in/Signals-Systems-Oppenheim-Willsky-Hamid/dp/9332 550239 2. https://www.amazon.in/SIGNALS-SYSTEMS-2nd-H-Hsu/dp/007066918X MOOCs: 1. NPTEL Lecture Video on Signals and Systems by Prof. S. C. Dutt Roy http://www.sati shkashyap.com/2012/04/iit-video-lectures-on-signals-and.htm 2. NPTEL online course modules – By Prof. Aditya K. Jagannatham — IIT Kanpur Princi- ples of Signals and Systems - Course (nptel.ac.in) List of Lab Experiments 1. Program to create, display and modify a matrix 2. Programs on arithmetic operations on matrix 3. Program to solve system of linear equations 4. Program to generate elementary, continuous and discrete signals 5. Program on basic operations on continuous and discrete signals 6. Program to find linear convolution of two sequences 7. Given the input signal, program to find the response of a system 8. For a given network circuit find the impulse response and unit step response of a system 9. Program to perform verification of properties of convolution sum 10. Program to compute frequency response of a system 11. Programs to find z-transform and inverse z-transform of a sequence. Simulate pole-zero plot. 12
  • 24.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 12. Program to solve difference equation (up to 2nd order) 13. Program to simulate frequency and power spectrum of time-domain signals using Fourier Transform 14. Open ended experiments as assignments in Lab Sessions 13
  • 25.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title NETWORK ANALYSIS Course Code 23ES3PCNAL Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply basic circuit laws and network theorems to linear electrical net- works 1 1, 3 CO2 Analyse linear circuits in time and frequency domain 2 1, 3 CO3 Simulate linear circuits using appropriate tools 5 1, 3 UNIT – I Basic Concepts: Active and passive elements, Concept of ideal and practical sources. Source transformation and Source shifting, Concept of Super-Mesh and Super node analysis. Analysis of networks by (i) Network reduction method including star-delta transformation, (ii) Mesh and Node voltage methods for AC and DC circuits with independent and dependent sources. UNIT – II Network Theorems: Super Position theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem. UNIT – III Resonant Circuits: Analysis of simple series RLC and parallel RLC circuits under resonances. Problems on Resonant frequency, Bandwidth and Quality factor at resonance, Duality of networks. UNIT – IV Laplace Transformation: Laplace transformation (LT), LT of Impulse, Step, Ramp, Waveform synthesis. Initial and Final value theorems. solution for RL, RC networks for DC excitation. Transient Analysis: Transient analysis of RL and RC circuits under DC excitations: Behaviour of circuit elements under switching action (t = 0 and t = ∞), Evaluation of initial conditions. 14
  • 26.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Two Port Network and its Parameters: Definition, Open circuit impedance, short circuit admit- tance, hybrid and Transmission parameters. Relation between the different parameters. Evaluation of electrical circuits for Independent sources only. Text Books: 1. “Network Analysis”, Van Valkenburg M.E., Prentice Hall India, 2014. 2. “Circuit Theory Analysis and Synthesis”, Chakrabarti, A., Dhanpat Rai & Co., 7th Revised Edition, 2018. Reference Books: 1. “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, Hayt, Kemmerly and Durbin, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill. 2. “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Franklin F. Kuo, Wiley. 3. “Analysis of Linear Systems”, David K. Cheng, 11th reprint, 2002, Narosa Publishing House. 4. “Circuits”, Bruce Carlson, 2002, Thomson learning. 5. “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Anand Kumar, 2019, PHI learning. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/introduction-to-electrical-circuit-analysi s-e195167204.html MOOCs: 1. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/06ES34.html 2. https://www.coursera.org/course/circuits 15
  • 27.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering BMS College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS Course Code 23ES3BSBFE Credits 1 L – T – P 1:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Objectives: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand Biological concepts from an engineering perspective – – CO2 Familiarize with the concepts of biological sensing, bio-printing tech- niques and materials and the role of Artificial Intelligence for disease diagnosis 1 – CO3 Understand the basics of radiation and its effects on Human Body 6, 7 – Sensing Techniques: Understanding of Sense organs working – Sensing mechanisms – Sensor Development issues – Physiological Assist Device: Artificial Organ Development: Kidney, Liver, Pancreas, heart valves – Design Challenges and Technological developments. Nature-bio-inspired mechanisms (qualitative): Echolocation (ultrasonography, sonars), Photo- synthesis (photovoltaic cells, bionic leaf). Bird flying (GPS and aircrafts), Lotus leaf effect (Super hydrophobic and self-cleaning surfaces). Bio printing techniques and materials: 3D printing of ear, bone and skin. 3D printed foods. Electrical tongue and electrical nose in food science, DNA origami and Biocomputing, Bio imag- ing and Artificial Intelligence for disease diagnosis. Introduction to Radiation: Source and Types of Radiation, Types of Ionizing Radiation, X- rays for Medical Use and Generators Types of Electromagnetic Waves, Ionization of Radiation – Property of Ionizing Radiation. Penetrating Power of Radiation within the Body, Penetrating Power and Range of Effects on the Human Body. Radiation Effects on Human Body: Types of Effects, Exposure Modes and Effects Classifica- tion of Radiation Effects Deterministic Effects and Stochastic Effects, Mutation, Mechanism of Causing Effects on Human Body. Ionization due to Radiation, Damage and Repair of DNA. Radio sensitivity of Organs and Tissues. Reference Books: 1. “Human Physiology,” Stuart Fox, Krista Rompolski, McGraw-Hill eBook. 16th Edition, 2022. 2. “Biology for Engineers,” Thyagarajan S., Selvamurugan N., Rajesh M.P., Nazeer R.A., Thi- lagaraj W., Barathi S., and Jaganthan M.K., Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 16
  • 28.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 3. “Biomedical Instrumentation,” Leslie Cromwell, Prentice Hall 2011. 4. “Biomimetics: Nature-Based Innovation,” Yoseph Bar-Cohen, 1st edition, 2012, CRC Press. 5. “Bio-Inspired Artificial Intelligence: Theories, Methods, and Technologies,” D. Floreano and C. Mattiussi, MIT Press, 2008. 6. “3D Bioprinting: Fundamentals, Principles, and Applications” by Ibrahim Ozbolat, Aca- demic Press, 2016. 7. “Electronic Noses and Tongues in Food Science,” Maria Rodriguez Mende, Academic Press, 2016. Online Resources: 1. VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106008 3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/4877/nptel-biology-engineers-oth er-non-biologists 4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-020-introduction-to-biological-enginee ring-design-spring-2009 5. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-010j-introduction-to-bioengineering-b e-010j-spring-2006 6. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=biology 7. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge31/preview 8. https://www.classcentral.com/subject/biology 9. https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/biology-basic-concept 17
  • 29.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS LAB Course Code 23EC3PCIEL Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of network theorems, device models and basics of analog and digital electronics to conduct a given experi- ment 1 1, 3 CO2 Identify and analyse analog and digital electronic circuits to ob- tain the expected output for the given parameters 2 1, 3 CO3 Design analog and digital electronic circuits for the given specifi- cations and conduct the experiment 3 1, 3 CO4 Involve in independent / team learning, communicate effectively and engage in life long learning 9, 10, 12 1, 3 List of Analog Electronics Experiments 1. Implementation and verification of Diode and Transistor as Switch 2. Design and testing of clipper circuits to generate the required waveform 3. Design and verification of Clamping Circuits 4. Design and testing of crystal oscillator 5. Design of Class B Complementary symmetry Power Amplifier 6. Design and Verification of Amplifiers using OP-AMP 7. Design and verification of Zener diode as voltage regulator 8. Design and Verification of RC-Coupled amplifier determine gain, frequency response, input and output impedance. List of Digital Electronics Experiments 9. Realization of Full adder using MUX and DEMUX 10. Design and Realization of MOD-N counter using 7493 18
  • 30.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 11. Simplification and realization of Boolean expression 12. Realization of shift register using 7495 and use it for (i) Shift right operation (SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO) (ii) Shift left operation. Reference Books: 1. “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 10th Edition, Pearson Education. 2. “Digital Principles and Design”, Donald Givone, Tata McGraw Hill. 19
  • 31.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title HDL PROGRAMMING LAB Course Code 23EC3AEHPL Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of HDL programming for modeling and functional verification of Digital circuits using EDA tools. 1, 5 3 CO2 Analyse digital circuits using suitable Verilog HDL modeling us- ing EDA tools. 2, 5 3 CO3 Design and synthesize a digital circuit for complex systems using EDA tools. 3, 5 3 CO4 Involve in independent / team learning, communicate effectively and engage in life long learning 9, 10, 12 3 List of Experiments 1. Introduction to Vivado FPGA Tool Suite 2. Gate-level modelling: Half adder, Full adder 3. Gate-level modelling: Multiplexers and demultiplexers 4. Gate-level/Dataflow modelling: Decoders 5. Dataflow modelling for 2-bit magnitude comparator 6. Data flow modelling: Ripple Carry adder 7. Dataflow modelling: Carry Look-ahead Adder 8. Structural Modelling: Multibit Subtractor (using Adder) 9. Behavioural modelling for multibit magnitude comparator 10. Behavioural modelling for Encoder with and without priority 11. Behavioural modelling: SR latch, JK and D flip-flops 12. Behavioural modelling: Universal Shift Register 13. Behavioural modelling: Synchronous Counters 14. Structural Modelling: Asynchronous counters 20
  • 32.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 15. Behavioural modelling: Sequence detection Text Books: 1. “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Sameer Palnitkar, 2nd Edition, 2003, Pearson. Reference Books: 1. “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design”, Stephan Brown and Zvonk Vranesic, 2nd Edition, 2008, McGraw-Hill. 21
  • 33.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS – I (For lateral entry students) Course Code 22MA3BSMAT Credits 0 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Demonstrate the concepts of Differential Calculus and Integral Calcu- lus. 1 – CO2 Apply the concepts of differential calculus to solve ordinary and partial differential equations 1 – UNIT – I DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS: List of standard derivatives including hyperbolic functions, rules of differentiation. Polar curves, angle between the radius vector and the tangent, angle between two curves (No proof). Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series expansion for one variable (Statement only) – problems. List of standard integrals, integration by parts. Definite integrals-problems. UNIT – II MULTIVARIATE CALCULUS: Partial differentiation, total derivative-differentiation of composite functions. Jacobian and prob- lems. Vector Differentiation: Scalar and vector fields. Gradient, directional derivative, curl and diver- gence - physical interpretation, solenoidal and irrotational vector fields. Problems. UNIT – III ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (ODE’s) OF FIRST ORDER: Bernoulli’s differential equations. Exact and reducible to exact differential equations. Applications of ODE’s – Orthogonal trajectories. Nonlinear differential equations: Introduction to general and singular solutions; Solvable for p only. 22
  • 34.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF HIGHER ORDER: Higher-order linear ODE’s with constant coefficients – Inverse differential operator, method of variation of parameters, Cauchy’s and Legendre homogeneous differential equations. Problems. UNIT – V PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (PDE’s): Formation of PDE’s by elimination of arbitrary constants and functions. Solution of non homo- geneous PDE by direct integration. Solution of PDE by the method of separation of variables. Solution of Lagrange’s linear PDE. Derivation of one-dimensional heat equation and wave equa- tion. Text Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers. 2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John Wiley & Sons. Reference Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu- cation. 2. “Engineering Mathematics”, Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, 3rd reprint, 2016, Oxford University Press. 3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica- tions. 4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 5. “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, Gupta C. B., Sing S. R. and Mukesh Kumar, 2015, McGraw-Hill Education (India). 6. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, H. K. Dass and Er. Rajnish Verma, 2014, S. Chand Publication. 7. “Calculus”, James Stewart, 7th edition, 4th reprint, 2019, Cengage Publications. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111 2. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs) 3. http://academicearth.org/ 4. VTU e-Shikshana Program 5. VTU EDUSAT Program 23
  • 35.
  • 36.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title COMPLEX ANALYSIS, PROBABILITY AND STATISTICAL METHODS Course Code 23MA4BSCPS Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the concepts of complex variables, special functions, probability and statistics to solve engineering problems. 1 – CO2 Apply the concepts of complex variables, special functions and statis- tical methods using modern IT tools. 1, 5 – UNIT – I COMPLEX ANALYSIS: Review of a function of a complex variable, limits, continuity and differentiability. Analytic functions: Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar forms and consequences. Construction of analytic functions by Milne-Thomson method. Complex integration: Line integral of a complex function, Cauchy’s theorem and Cauchy’s inte- gral formula and problems. Conformal mapping: w = z2 and w = z+ k2 z (z , 0). UNIT – II SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: Introduction, Ordinary and Singular Points, Series solution of Bessel’s differential equation lead- ing to Jn(x), Bessel’s function of the first kind, Properties, generating function for Jn(x). Series solution of Legendre’s differential equation leading to Pn(x). Legendre polynomials, Rodrigue’s formula (without proof) – Problems. UNIT – III STATISTICAL METHODS: Curve Fitting: Fitting the straight line, parabola and geometric curve (y = axb) by the method of least squares. 25
  • 37.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Correlation and regression: Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation and rank correlation. Lines of regression, angle between two regression lines. UNIT – IV PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Review of basic probability theory. Random variables (discrete and continuous), probability mass and density functions. Mathematical expectation, mean and variance. Poisson and normal distri- butions. Joint probability distribution: Joint Probability distribution for two discrete random variables, expectation, covariance and correlation. UNIT – V STATISTICAL INFERENCE: Sampling Theory: Introduction to sampling distributions, standard error, Type-I and Type-II er- rors. Test of hypothesis for means (single mean and difference between two means), student’s t-distribution (single mean and difference between two means), Chi-square distribution-goodness of fit. Text Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers. 2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John Wiley & Sons. Reference Books: 1. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 2. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu- cation. 3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica- tions. 4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Chandrika Prasad and Reena Garg, 2018, Khanna Publishing. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111 2. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs) 3. http://academicearth.org/ 4. http://www.bookstreet.in/ 5. VTU EDUSAT Program – 20 6. VTU e-Shikshana Program 26
  • 38.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title CONTROL SYSTEMS Course Code 23ES4ESCST Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of engineering fundamentals to form mathemat- ical model and obtain transfer function/state space representation of a system. 1 2 CO2 Analyse the stability of LTI systems in time/frequency domain using different techniques 2 2 CO3 Investigate the stability of LTI systems in the time/frequency domain as a team/an individual using modern tools 3, 5 2 UNIT – I Introduction: Examples of Control Systems, Open loop vs Closed loop Systems. Mathematical Modelling of Linear Systems: Transfer functions, Transfer function of electrical circuits, Block diagram, Signal Flow graph. UNIT – II Time response analysis: Step response of first order, second order systems, response specifica- tion, steady state error and error constants. UNIT – III Stability Analysis: Concept of stability, R-H criterion, applications of R-H criterion with limita- tions. Root locus technique: Introduction to root locus concepts, Construction rules, Analysis of stabil- ity by root locus plot. UNIT – IV Frequency response Analysis: Frequency domain specification, Polar plots, Nyquist plot, Stabil- ity Analysis using Nyquist criterion, Bode plots, GM and PM, Stability Analysis using Bode Plot. 27
  • 39.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V State Variable Analysis: Concept of state variables, physical variable model, phase variable model, obtaining transfer function from state model. Text Books: 1. “Control Engineering” Nagrath and Gopal, New Age International Publishers. 2. “Engineering Control Systems”, Norman S. Nise, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons. Reference Books: 1. “Modern Control Engineering”, Ogata, Prentice Hall. 2. “Automatic Control Systems”, B. C. Kuo, John Wiley and Sons. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Control_Systems 2. http://www.electrical4u.com/control-system-closed-loop-open-loop-con trolsystem/#practical-examples-of-open-loop-control-system 3. http://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/mastascu/eControlHTML/CourseIndex.ht ml MOOCs: 1. https://swayam.gov.in/explorer 2. https://www.edx.org/course 28
  • 40.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title FIELDS AND WAVES Course Code 23EC4PCFAW Credits 3 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the principles of Electrostatics and Magnetostatics to ob- tain the field, potential and boundary conditions; and Maxwell’s equations to study electromagnetic wave propagation in different media 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyse and solve Electromagnetic problems related to Electro- statics, Magnetostatics, Time-varying fields and wave propaga- tion 2 1, 2 CO3 Engage in self-learning through online/multimedia resources and by working on mini-projects related to electromagnetic fields and waves 9, 10, 12 1, 2 UNIT – I Electrostatics: Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity, Electric Flux Density, Gauss’ Law and Applications, Electric field due to line charge, sheet charge and volume charge, Divergence The- orem. Energy spent in moving a charge in an Electric field, Definition of Potential and Potential Difference, Potential gradient, Energy Density. UNIT – II Electrostatics: Electric field due to dipole, Properties of Conductors and Dielectrics, Continu- ity equation for Current, Boundary Conditions. Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s equation and its solution for Single Variables. Capacitance of parallel-plate, annular ring and concentric spheres. UNIT – III Steady Magnetic Field: Biot-Savart Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law, Magnetic Flux and Flux Den- sity. Force on a moving charge, Force on differential current element, Magnetic Boundary Condi- tions. 29
  • 41.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Time varying fields: Faraday’s Law, Displacement Current, Maxwell’s Equations in Point and Integral Form. Wave Propagation: Uniform plane wave propagation through free space, Wave propagation through dielectrics, Poynting’s Theorem, Propagation in Good conductors, skin depth, Wave po- larization. UNIT – V Plane Wave Reflection and Dispersion: Reflection at normal incidence, Standing Wave Ratio, Plane Wave propagation in general directions, Reflection at Oblique incidence, Wave propagation and Pulse broadening in dispersive media. Text Books: 1. “Engineering Electromagnetics”, William H. Hayt, John A. Buck, M. Jaleel Akhtar, 8th Edition, 2014, Tata McGraw-Hill. 2. “Electromagnetics”, Schaum’s Outline series, Joseph A. Ediminister, Revised Second Edi- tion, 2014, Tata McGraw-Hill. Reference Books: 1. “Electromagnetics with Applications”, John Krauss and Daniel A Fleisch, 5th Edition, 1999, McGraw-Hill. 2. “Classical Electromagnetism”, H. C. Verma, 1st Edition, 2022, Bharati Bhawan Publishers. 3. “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Mathew N. O. Sadiku, 2014, Oxford University Press. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. “Electromagnetic Field Theory: A Problem Solving Approach”, Markus Zahn, 2008. http s://hibp.ecse.rpi.edu/˜connor/education/Fields/Zahn/electromagnetic_ field_theory_mod2_tag.pdf MOOCs: 1. Classical Electromagnetics-1, Prof. H. C. Verma, https://bsc.hcverma.in/cee1/#/ home 2. Classical Electromagnetics-2, Prof. H. C. Verma, https://bsc.hcverma.in/cee2/#/ home 30
  • 42.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Course Code 23EC4PCAIC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Define, understand and explain the DC and AC performance charac- teristics of op-amp, applications of op-amp. – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of network theorems to analog integrated cir- cuits. 1 1, 3 CO3 Analyze analog integrated circuits to obtain the response at different points that meet desired specifications 2 1, 3 CO4 Design an analog circuit for given problem statement by applying the analog integrated circuit concepts 3 1, 3 UNIT – I Operational Amplifier Characteristics: Introduction, Amplifiers in closed loop configuration, DC Characteristics, AC Characteristics, Frequency compensation. Operational Applications: Instrumentation Applier, V to I and I to V converter, Op-amp circuits using Diodes – Half wave rectifiers, Full wave rectifier, Peak detector, Sample and hold circuit. UNIT – II Comparators and Waveform Generators: Introduction, Comparator, Regenerative comparator (Schmitt Trigger), Square wave generator using Astable Multi-vibrator, Monostable Multi-vibrator, Triangular wave generator. Sinusoidal oscillators: RC and Wien bridge oscillators. UNIT – III Voltage Regulators: Introduction, Basics, Linear Voltage Regulator using Op-Amps, IC voltage regulator – 78XX, 79XX, LM317, LM723. Switched-Mode Power Supplies, Comparison between Linear and Switched-Mode Power Supplies. Active Filters: Introduction, RC Active Filters, First order low pass filter, Second order active filter, Higher order low pass filter, High pass active filter, All Pass filter – phase shift lead and lag circuit. 31
  • 43.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV D/A Converters: Introduction, Analog and Digital data converter, Specifications of D/A and basic DAC techniques – Weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC. A/D Converters: Specifications of A/D converter, Classification of ADCs: The parallel Com- parator (Flash) ADC, Counter type ADC, Successive Approximation Converter, Single slope type ADC and Dual slope type ADC, Sigma-delta ADC. UNIT – V Timers: Functional block diagram of 555, Applications: Astable and Monostable multi-vibrators, Ramp generator. Phase locked loops: Introduction, Basic principles, phase detector/comparator, voltage controlled oscillator (VCO). Text Books: 1. “Linear Integrated Circuits”, S. Salivahanan and V. S. Kanchana Bhaaskaran, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw – Hill Publication. 2. “Linear Integrated Circuits”, D Roy Choudhury and Shail B. Jain, New Age Publication. Reference Books: 1. “Op-Amps and Linear ICs”, David A. Bell, Prentice-Hall Publication. 2. “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”, Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, 4th Edition, PHI. E-Books: 1. https://www.analog.com/en/education/education-library/tutorials/analo g-electronics.html 2. https://electronicsforu.com/resources/7-free-ebookstutorials-on-op-a mp MOOCs: 1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee39/previewopamppracticalapplicatio ns:design,simulationandimplementation by Dr.Hardik J. Pandya, IISc Bengaluru. 2. Introductory Analog Electronics Laboratory (Spring 2007) by MIT Open Courseware — Reviews and Ratings 3. http://www.pannam.com/blog/free-resources-to-learn-electrical-enginee ring/ 32
  • 44.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ARM PROCESSOR AND PROGRAMMING Course Code 23ES4PCAPP Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisities: Digital Electronic Circuits Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply knowledge of combinational, sequential, and timing circuits in recognizing functional blocks of computers and their working mecha- nisms 1 2 CO2 Analyse the Architectural features of 32-bit microprocessor with nec- essary Input/Output and Memory Operations to build an embedded Controller 2 2 CO3 Design simple programming modules in machine and higher-level pro- gramming language using simulators to develop logical skills and test- ing skills 3 2 CO4 Select and implement appropriate Structured and modular program- ming using techniques such as subroutines, data stores, interrupt ser- vice routines and exception handling mechanisms 4 2 CO5 Build simple Embedded Applications using Input and output devices with ARM core and a controller 5 2 UNIT – I ARM Processor fundamentals: Basic Structure of computers- Von Neumann and Harvard Ar- chitecture, Basic Processing Unit, Bus Structure, RISC and CISC Architecture, RISC and ARM Design philosophy, ARM core Dataflow model, programming model, processor states and operat- ing modes, ARM pipeline. UNIT – II ARM Assembly Programming: load/store architecture, ARM instruction set, Assembler rules and Directives, ARM-THUMB interworking, Assembly Language Programs. 33
  • 45.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III Embedded C Programming: Basic C data types, Local variable types, C compiler, Optimization; C looping and structures, Registrar allocation, function calls, Writing and optimizing assembly codes, mixing C and Assembly programming, Instruction scheduling. UNIT – IV Subroutines and stacks: Introduction, stack, subroutines, passing parameters to Subroutines, Ex- ception and interrupt handling- Vector Table, Exception priorities, link register offsets, interrupts. Interrupt handling schemes-Non Nested. UNIT – V Application of ARM controller LPC 2148: Memory map, memory and I/O mapped peripherals, ADC, DAC and UART-Interfacing Programs, firmware and boot loader, introduction to Embedded Operating System Text Books: 1. “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, 2001, McGraw- Hill. 2. “ARM System Developer’s Guide”, Sloss, Symes and Wright, Morgan Kaufmann Publish- ers, 2005, Elsevier. 3. “ARM Assembly Language- Fundamentals and Techniques”, William Hohl, 2009, CRC press, Taylor and Francis. Reference Books: 1. “Computer Organisation & Architecture”, William Stallings, 2010, PHI. 2. “ARM System On-Chip Architecture”, Steve Furber, Seocnd Edition, 2010, Pearson. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. ARM Microprocessor Systems, https://www.pdfdrive.com/arm-microprocesso r-systems-cortex-m-architecture-programming-and-interfacing-e157100 364.html MOOCs: 1. https://www.arm.com/resources/education/online-courses List of Lab Experiments 1. Divide an 8-bit variable into two 4 bit nibbles and store one nibble in each byte of a 16 bit variable. Store the disassembled byte in memory location (pointed by result) 2. Compare 2 values stored in memory location and store the higher value in a memory location (pointed by result) 3. Write a program to add two 64-bit numbers and store the result in a memory location. 4. Add a series of 16-bit numbers stored in sequential location in memory (called Table) and store the result in memory 34
  • 46.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 5. Find the factorial of a given number 6. Write an assembly language program using the ARM instruction set to find the largest in a series of numbers stored in memory. Store the largest number in a memory location 7. ALP to multiply two 16 bit binary numbers. 8. ALP to find the sum of the first 10 integer numbers. 9. Write a program in C for the ARM processor to read data from the 8-bit on-board DIP switch and display the value on the 8 LEDs 10. Write a program in C for the ARM processor to use the built-in DAC to generate the follow- ing waveforms - square, ramp, triangle, and sine 11. Write a program in C for the ARM processor to rotate the stepper motor in both directions. 12. Establish serial communication between the ARM kit and the PC and do the following: (i) Send a character from the ARM kit to the serial terminal on the PC (ii) Send a character from the PC to the ARM Kit and display it on the LED (iii) Send a character from the PC to the ARM Kit. The program on the ARM processor should add 2 to it and send it back to the PC 35
  • 47.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Course Code 23EC4PCPCS Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisities: Signals and Systems Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply various concepts of theorems and Transforms for comput- ing parameters of Communication systems 1 2 CO2 Analyze performance of different types of Analog modulation Techniques for a given set of parameters 2 2 CO3 Design Analog Communication subsystems for given set of spec- ifications 3 2 CO4 Simulate and conduct experiments on different types of Analog communication subsystems 4, 5 2 CO5 Involve in independent/team learning, Communicate effectively and engage in life-long learning. 9, 10, 12 2 UNIT – I Amplitude Modulation: Introduction to communication system, Channel: Types, Characteristics, and Modelling. Modulation Techniques: Need for modulation, Types of Modulation (AM, FM, PM, PAM, PWM, PPM). Amplitude modulation Time domain and frequency domain description, single tone modulation, power relations in amplitude modulation waves; Generation of amplitude modulation wave using, square law and switching modulators; Detection of amplitude modulation waves using square law and envelope detectors. UNIT – II Double Side Band Suppressed Carrier & SSB Modulation: Double side band modulation: Time domain and frequency domain description; Generation of DSBSC waves using Ring modulators; Coherent detection; Costas loop; Quadrature Carrier Mul- tiplexing. 36
  • 48.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Single Side Band Modulation: Time & Frequency domain description, Generation of SSB-SC frequency discrimination method; Phase discrimination method; Vestigial side band modulation: Time & Frequency description, generation; Envelope detection; Comparison of AM techniques; Applications of AM systems. UNIT – III Angle Modulation: Single tone frequency modulation, Spectrum analysis of sinusoidal frequency modulation wave, narrow band frequency modulation, wide band frequency modulation, trans- mission bandwidth of frequency modulation wave, phase modulation, comparison of frequency modulation and phase modulation; Generation of frequency modulation waves, direct frequency modulation and indirect frequency modulation, Zero Crossing Detector, FDM, Frequency Trans- lation. Comparison of FM & AM. UNIT – IV Noise performance of Analog modulation schemes: Noise sources, Types, Receiver characteris- tics: Sensitivity, Selectivity, Image Frequency Rejection Ratio, Choice of intermediate frequency, fidelity, Signal to Noise Ratio, Receiver model, Noise figure, Noise in AM, DSB & SSB System, Noise in Angle Modulation Systems, Threshold effect in Angle Modulation System, Pre-emphasis & De-emphasis. UNIT – V Introduction to Digital Communication: Introduction, Sampling theorem, Quadrature Sampling of Band pass signals, Practical aspects of sampling and signal recovery, PAM, TDM. Text Books: 1. “Communication Systems”, Simon Haykin and Moher, 5th Edition, 2010, Wiley. 2. “An Introduction to Analog and Digial Communications”, Simon Haykin, 2008, Wiley. Reference Books: 1. “Communication Systems Engineering”, John G. Proakis and Masoud Salehi, (2/e), 2015, Pearson. 2. “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, K. Sam Shanmugam, Wiley, 1994. MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105143/ 2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102059/1 37
  • 49.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering List of Lab Experiments 1. Conduction of Second Order filters – LPF, HPF, BPF, BEF 2. Class C tuned amplifier 3. Generation and detection of AM 4. Generation and detection of DSBSC waves 5. FM Wave generation 6. Conduction on Frequency Mixer 7. Generation and Detection of PAM, PWM, PPM 8. Verification of sampling theorem 38
  • 50.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES Course Code 23MA4AEUHV Credits 1 L – T – P 0:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Conduct self-exploration and distinguish between values and skills, happiness and accumulation of physical facilities, the self and the body, Intention and Competence of an individual 1, 12 – CO2 Analyse the value of harmonious relationship based on trust and re- spect in personal and professional life 2, 9 – CO3 Examine the role of a human being in ensuring harmony in society and nature 2, 10 – CO4 Apply the understanding of ethics in life and profession 1, 8 – UNIT – I Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education 1. Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I 2. Self-Exploration – what is it? Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experien- tial Validation- as the process for self-exploration 3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity – A look at basic Human Aspirations 4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility – the basic requirements for fulfil- ment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority 5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly – A critical appraisal of the current sce- nario 6. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at vari- ous levels Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate accep- tance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking. 39
  • 51.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – II Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself! 1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’ 2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility 3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer) 4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’ 5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail 6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health. Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate between prosperity and accu- mulation. Discuss program for ensuring health v/s dealing with disease. UNIT – III Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society – Harmony in Human-Human Relation- ship 1. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal val- ues in relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of relationship 2. Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence 3. Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship 4. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Resolu- tion, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals 5. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order- from family to world family. Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from students’ lives. UNIT – IV Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Coexistence: Un- derstanding the harmony in the Nature. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence. UNIT – V Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics 1. Natural acceptance of human values 2. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct 40
  • 52.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions eg. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc. Text Books: 1. “Human Values and Professional Ethics”, R. R. Gaur and G. P. Bagaria, 2010, Excel Books, New Delhi. Reference Material: 1. “Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya”, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999. 2. “Human Values”, A.N. Tripathi, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2004. 3. “The Story of Stuff”, Annie Leonard. 4. “The Story of My Experiments with Truth”, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi 5. “Small is Beautiful”, E. F. Schumacher 6. “Slow is Beautiful”, Cecile Andrews 7. “Economy of Permanence”, J. C. Kumarappa 8. “Bharat Mein Angreji Raj”, Pandit Sunderlal 9. “Rediscovering India”, Dharampal 10. “Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule”, Mohandas K. Gandhi 11. “India Wins Freedom”, Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad 12. “Vivekananda”, Romain Rolland (English) 41
  • 53.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title APPLIED PYTHON PROGRAMMING LAB Course Code 23EC4AEAPL Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand Python libraries, OOP Concepts in Python Programming – – CO2 Apply different mathematical concepts: Probability and Statistics, Laplace, Fourier and z-Transforms using python IDE platform (Jupyter notebook, pycharm, etc.) 1 2 CO3 Implement real-time applications in signal analysis and control sys- tems 2, 3 2 List of Experiments • Basics of Python and Python Modules 1. Program to find the best of two test average marks out of three test’s marks accepted from the user. 2. Program to generate a Fibonacci sequence up to specified length. 3. Develop a program to check whether a given number/character is Palindrome or not. 4. Develop a program to convert Decimal to binary, Octal and Hexa-decimal and vice- versa using functions and Loops. • OOPS Concepts in Python Programming: Classes, Objects and Inheritance 5. Declare a base class to calculate Resistance from voltage and current and extend the class to calculate inductance and capacitance with varying voltage and current values with respect to time. 6. By using the concept of inheritance, write a program to find the area of triangle, circle and rectangle. • Application to Field Theory 7. Demonstration of electric field lines due to a point charge 8. Standing waves animation 42
  • 54.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering • Application to signals and systems and control systems 9. Develop a Program for Sine Wave Generation. 10. Program to display pole – zero plot for a given transfer function. 11. Program to solve a given 2nd order difference equation using Z transform. 12. Program to solve a given 2nd order differential equation using Laplace transform. 13. Program to display Bode plot for a given second order system. 14. Program to display Nyquist plot for a given second order system. Reference Books: 1. “Python Cookbook”, David Beazley and Brian K. Jones, 3rd Edition, 2013, O’Reilly Media Inc. 2. “Python: The Complete Reference”, Martin C. Brown, 4th Edition, 2018, McGraw-Hill. 43
  • 55.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS – II (For lateral entry students) Course Code 22MA4BSMAT Credits 0 L – T – P 2:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the concepts of linear algebra and numerical methods 1 – CO2 Apply the concepts of integral calculus 1 – UNIT – I NUMERICAL METHODS – 1: Elementary row transformation of a matrix, Rank of a matrix. Consistency and Solution of system of linear equations; Gauss-elimination method and Approximate solution by Gauss-Seidel method. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors. UNIT – II NUMERICAL METHODS – 2: Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Regula-Falsi and Newton-Raphson methods (only formulae). Problems. Finite differences, Interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation formula (without proof). Problems. Numerical integration: Simpson’s (1/3)rd and (3/8)th rules (without proof): Problems. UNIT – III NUMERICAL METHODS – 3: Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE’s): Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations of first order and first degree: Taylor’s se- ries method, Modified Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth-order, Milne’s predictor- corrector formula (No derivations of formulae). Problems. 44
  • 56.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV INTEGRAL CALCULUS: Multiple Integrals: Evaluation of double integrals, evaluation of double integrals by change of order of integration, changing into polar coordinates. Evaluation of triple integrals. Problems. UNIT – V BETA-GAMMA FUNCTIONS AND VECTOR INTEGRATION: Beta and Gamma functions: Definitions, properties, the relation between Beta and Gamma func- tions. Vector Integration: Line integral, Green’s theorem and Stokes’ theorem. Text Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. S. Grewal, 44th edition, 2018, Khanna Publishers. 2. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Erwin Kreyszig, 10th edition (reprint), 2016, John Wiley & Sons. Reference Books: 1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, B. V. Ramana, 11th Edition, 2007, McGraw-Hill Edu- cation. 2. “Engineering Mathematics”, Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, 3rd reprint, 2016, Oxford University Press. 3. “A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics”, N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, Laxmi Publica- tions. 4. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, C. Ray Wylie and Louis C. Barrett, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 5. “Engineering Mathematics for Semester I and II”, Gupta C. B., Sing S. R. and Mukesh Kumar, 2015, McGraw-Hill Education (India). 6. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, H. K. Dass and Er. Rajnish Verma, 2014, S. Chand Publication. 7. “Calculus”, James Stewart, 7th edition, 4th reprint, 2019, Cengage Publications. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111 2. http://www.class-central.com/subject/math (MOOCs) 3. http://academicearth.org/ 4. VTU e-Shikshana Program 5. VTU EDUSAT Program 45
  • 57.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH (For lateral entry students) Course Code 23MA3HSENG / Credits 0 L – T – P 1:0:0 23MA4HSENG CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Communicate effectively and creatively in both non-verbal and ver- bal forms in various multi-disciplinary activities. 10 – CO2 Upgrade organizational skills/traits, team spirit/working in liaison and thus boost professional etiquette and ethics. 9, 10 – CO3 Write effective technical reports, dissertation and project documents and make effective oral and written presentations. 9, 10 – CO4 Enhance employability via training in writing correct and effective Applications/Resumes. 10 – CO5 Perform well against Domestic and International Industry Standards via group discussions and Power Point Presentations. 9, 10 – CO6 Strengthen basic grammar components/structures and overcome mistakes/wrong pronunciation and thereby, encourage speak- ing/writing in flawless English. 10 – UNIT – I COMMUNICATION: • Introduction – Role and Importance of English in the Corporate World. • Communication – Importance of technical communication-levels, flow of organizational communication • Effective Presentation strategies: non-verbal communication aspects, Preparing Power Point Presentation • Public Speaking • Listening –Types, traits and importance of listening 46
  • 58.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering • Telephone Etiquette • Interviews-types and preparation. • Interpersonal Communication Skills –Group Discussion Additional Reference: • Communication: Organizational communication, Communication cycle, Barriers • Language as a tool of communication, characteristics of language • Non-verbal communication • Power point presentations • Traits of a good listener, barriers • Interviews: questions frequently asked • Business Meetings/Conferences: Spoken • Effective reading skills UNIT – II Technical Writing / Speaking: Specific Focus: • Letter Writing – Job Applications, E-mails and other Official Letters • Writing a résumé • Writing reports and dissertation / thesis-structure and significance • Description of Graphics – kinds, construction, use and application (in scientific texts) and Interpretation Additional Reference: • Paragraph Writing, Expansion of ideas – Précis Writing • Business Letters: Significance, purpose, structure, layout, types and samples • Curriculum Vitae / résumé / bio-data–different formats • Technical Reports: objectives, characteristics and categories • Manuscript format, prefatory parts and main text • Interpretation of the diagrams and graphs in paragraphs • Structure of a Research dissertation/thesis. UNIT – III Grammar: Basics and Structures: • Parts of Speech-in brief • Transformation of Sentences, Active and Passive Voice, Direct and Indirect Speech. • Subject-Verb Agreement Additional Reference: • Nouns, Pronouns, Tenses, Articles and Prepositions. Adjectives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, Interjection • Degrees of comparison • Punctuation • Types of sentences • Simple-compound and complex sentences 47
  • 59.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering • Rules governing Active-Passive voice and Direct-Indirect Speech • Singular and plural nouns and verbs. UNIT – IV Vocabulary: • Correct pronunciation of important words • Identifying errors in sentences – often mispronounced and misspelt words • Difference between American and British English, • Indianism – Mother tongue influence • Using Idioms and phrases – words commonly misused and confused • Analogy of Comparison • Corporate/conventional idioms. Additional Reference: • IPA script chart to read sounds-vowels and consonants • Spellings chart • Words often mispronounced • Homophones and homonyms • American English – evolution, expressions and slangs • How American English has influenced corporate world • Indianized expressions in English • Phrasal verbs and proverbs. Text Books: 1. “Practice and Perfect” – a workbook issued by the Department of Mathematics and Human- ities, B.M.S. College of Engineering. 2. Additional Reference Source prepared by the Faculty of English issued by the Department of Mathematics and Humanities, B.M.S. College of Engineering. Reference Books: 1. “IELTS Preparation and Practice”, Wendy Sahanaya and Terry Hughes, Oxford University Press, 2007. 2. “Technical Communication: Principles and Practice”, Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha Sharma. 3. “English for Presentations”, Marion Grussendorf, Oxford Uuniversity Press, 2015. 4. “Making Sense of English”, M.Yadugiri, Viva Publications. 5. “Advanced English Grammar”, Thomson and Martinet, Cambridge University Press. 48
  • 60.
  • 61.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title FUNDAMENTALS OF VLSI Course Code 23EC5PCFOV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Basic concepts of MOSFETs Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of CMOS technology and Digital System Design in the context of VLSI circuits and subsystems. 1 3 CO2 Analyze CMOS circuits and subsystems to obtain the desired performance parameters. 2, 5, 9, 10 3 CO3 Design CMOS based combinational and sequential circuits for given specifications. 3, 5, 9, 10 3 UNIT – I MOS Transistor: Long Channel I-V characteristics, C-V Characteristics, Simple MOS Capaci- tance Models, Detailed MOS Gate Capacitance Model, Non ideal I-V Effects. CMOS Logic: Inverter, NAND Gate, NOR Gate, CMOS Compound Gates. VLSI design flows. UNIT – II CMOS Processing Technology: CMOS Technologies, CMOS Inverter Fabrication and Layout, Layout Design Rules, Gate Layouts and Stick Diagrams. CMOS Process enhancements. Manu- facturing Issues. UNIT – III Static CMOS Inverter: DC Characteristics, Beta Ratio Effect, Noise Margin, Pass Transistor DC Characteristics, Circuit design using Pass Transistors and Transmission Gates, Tristate buffer, Multiplexers. Sequential MOS logic circuitry: SR Latch Circuitry, Clocked latch and Flip Flop Circuitry (SR and JK), CMOS D-Latch and Edge Triggered Flip-Flop. 50
  • 62.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Sequencing Static Circuits: Sequencing Methods, Max-Delay Constraints, Min-Delay Constraints, Time Borrowing, Clock Skew. Array Sub system: SRAM: SRAM Cells, Row Circuitry, Column Circuitry. DRAM: Subarray Architectures, Column Circuitry, Embedded DRAM. UNIT – V Silicon Debug Principles, Manufacturing Test Principles: Fault Models, Observability, Controlla- bility, Repeatability, Fault Coverage, ATPG, Delay Fault Testing, Design for Testability: Ad Hoc Testing, Scan Design, BIST, IDDQ Testing, Design for Manufacturability, Boundary Scan. Text Books: 1. “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Neil H. E. Weste and David Harris, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 0-321-54774-8. 2. “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, Tata McGrawHill, 3rd Edition, ISBN: 0-7923-7246-8. Reference Books: 1. “Basic VLSI Design”, Douglas. A. Pucknell and Kamaran Eshraghian, PHI, 3rd Edition, 2010, ISBN: 0-321-26977-2. 2. “Introduction to VLSI Circuits & Systems”, John P. Uyemura, Wiley India Edition. E books and online course materials: 1. http://swarm.cs.pub.ro/˜mbarbulescu/SMPA/CMOS-VLSI-design.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101058/ 51
  • 63.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MICROWAVE THEORY AND ANTENNA Course Code 23EC5PCMTA Credits 4 L – T – P 3:1:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the concepts and properties of Electromagnetism to obtain parameters of microwave devices and antennas 1 1 CO2 Analyze different types of microwave devices and antennas for various applications 2 1 CO3 Present Case study / Seminar on Advanced topics on 3,5,9,10 microwave devices and Antenna Design as an individual/team 3, 5, 9, 10 1 UNIT – I Introduction to Microwave Theory: Frequency Band, Applications, Merits and Demerits of Mi- crowave Theory, Transmission Line Equations, Characteristic and Input impedances, Reflection and Transmission coefficients, Standing waves and SWR, Mismatch losses in Transmission lines. UNIT – II Microwave Network theory: Introduction to Microwave theory, S matrix representation of Multi- Port Networks, Symmetrical Z and Y-Parameters for reciprocal Networks. Microwave Passive Devices: Waveguide multiport junctions - E plane and H plane Tees, Magic Tee, 2-hole Directional coupler, Isolator and Circulator. UNIT – III Fundamentals of Antennas: Principle of antenna, fields from oscillating dipole, antenna field zones, basic antenna parameters, patterns, beam area, Radiation intensity, beam efficiency, direc- tivity and gain, antenna aperture, effective height and radio communication link (Friis formula). UNIT – IV Short electric dipole, fields of a short dipole, radiation resistance of short electric dipole, radiation resistance of half wave dipole, Loop antenna: Introduction, small loop, far field patterns of small loop, far field patterns of circular Loop, radiation resistance and directivity of loop antenna. Point 52
  • 64.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Source and Arrays: Point source, Types of Arrays (Broad side, End fire, Extended End fire), pattern multiplication. UNIT – V Types of Antennas: Thin linear antenna, Yagi-Uda antenna, Horn antenna, parabolic reflectors, Micro strip rectangular patch antenna. Steps to design an antenna in a commercial industry stan- dard software. Textbooks: 1. “Microwave Engineering”, Annapurna Das, Sisir K Das, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2015. 2. “Radio Frequency and Microwave Electronics”, Matthew M Radmanesh, Pearson, 2015. 3. “Antennas and Wave Propagation”, John D Kraus, Ronald J Marhetka, Ahmad S Khan, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017. Reference Books: 1. “Antenna, Theory, Analysis & Design”, Constantine A Balanis, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2016. Online Course Material: 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee91/preview 2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/101/108101112/ 3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee20/preview 4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee63/preview 5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117107035 53
  • 65.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Course Code 23EC5PCDSP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Signals and systems Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of signal processing to solve Engineering problems on Discrete Fourier Transform and Filters. 1 1 CO2 Analyze frequency domain characteristics of a signal and Filter performance for a given specification. 2 1 CO3 Design and realize Analog and Digital Filter algorithms. 3 1 CO4 Use modern tools to carry out analysis on Signals using Discrete Fourier Transform, and to simulate filters for chosen applica- tions. 4, 5, 9, 10 1, 3 UNIT – I Introduction to DSP, Frequency-domain Sampling, DFT, IDFT, DFT as a Linear Transformation (Matrix formulation), Properties of DFT: Periodicity, Linearity, Circular Time shifting, Circu- lar Frequency Shifting, Circular Time Reversal, Conjugation and Conjugate Symmetry (Symme- try properties), Duality, Circular Convolution (Multiplication of two DFTs), Circular correlation, Multiplication (or Modulation) property, Parseval’s Relation. UNIT – II Use of DFT in linear filtering, linear convolution of two finite duration sequences, overlap adds and save methods. Relation between DFT and other transforms. Direct computation of DFT. Necessity for efficient computation of DFT. Radix2 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithm for DFT computation. Decimation in time algorithm, decimation in frequency algorithms. Radix2FFT algorithm for computation of Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT). UNIT – III Introduction to IIR filters, Pole zero placement method for simple IIR Filters, Impulse invariant & Bilinear Transformations, Design of analog Butterworth and Chebyshev filters, Design of Digital 54
  • 66.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Butterworth and Chebyshev filters. Introduction to realization of digital systems, Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) systems: parallel form, cascade form. UNIT – IV Introduction to FIR filters, Frequency response of ideal digital low pass filter, high pass filter, Frequency sampling technique of designing FIR filters, Windowing design of FIR filters using Rectangular, Triangular & Hamming windows. Realization of Finite Impulse Response (FIR) systems: Direct Form, Linear Phase Form. UNIT – V Application of digital filters in noise cancellation; Limitations of Linear filters, Random noise cancellation, Adaptive filters, LMS Algorithm, Applications. Decimation by a factor D, Interpola- tion by a factor I, Sampling conversion by a Rational factor I/D. Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing. Textbooks: 1. “Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms and Applications,” John G. Proakis, Dimitris K Manolakis, Pearson education/PHI (4th Edition). 2. “Digital Signal Processing,” Tarun Kumar Rawat, Oxford University Press (16 December 2014). Reference Books: 1. “Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing,” Lonnie Ludeman, John Wiley & Sons; Wiley International 1st Edition, 1988. 2. “Discrete-Time Signal Processing,” Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, John R. Buck, Prentice-Hall Signal Processing Series, 2nd Edition, 1999. 3. “Understanding Digital Signal Processing,” Richard G. Lyons, Prentice Hall, March 25, 2nd Edition 2004. 4. “Digital Signal Processing: Fundamentals and Applications,” Li Tan, Academic Press, 1st edition 2007. 5. “Schaum’s Outline of Digital Signal Processing,” Monson Hayes, McGraw-Hill, 1st edition, 1998. E-books: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/102/117102060/ MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc17/SEM1/noc17-ee05/ 55
  • 67.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DIGITAL COMMUNICATION THEORY Course Code 23EC5PCDCT Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Knowledge of Digital Signal Processing, Principles of communications systems Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of various signal processing and coding techniques for digital communication systems. 1 1 CO2 Analyse the performance and design constraints of techniques learnt in the digital communication system. 2 1 CO3 Design and analyse digital modulation, spread spectrum and coding for Optimum receivers. 3 1 CO4 Conduct hardware experiments and use modern tools to simulate experiments on digital texhniques used in DCS 4, 5, 9, 10 1 UNIT – I Introduction to Block diagram of DCS with basic signal processing operations, Communication channel, Pulse code modulation, Uniform quantization and its SQNR, Robust quantization – A- and µ-law companding, Differential PCM TR and RX, TDM-PCM, T1 and E1 digital Hierarchy. Line codes, ISI in band-limited channels, Zero-ISI condition - the Nyquist criterion, Solution for zero ISI - practical raised cosine filters. UNIT – II Optimum Receiver structures - correlator type receivers, Matched filter type receivers, Digital Modulations - Generation and detection of BASK, BPSK, and BFSK, Signal space constellations, Generation and detection of QPSK, waveforms and its Signal space constellation, Generation and detection of DPSK, waveforms, Probability of bit error expressions and Performance analysis of all the schemes in terms of probability of bit error, BW, and Power. 56
  • 68.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III Introduction to spread spectrum - Need for Spread Spectrum Modulation, PN sequence and its properties, Direct sequence SS system - DS/BPSK Transmitter & Receiver, Processing gain, Jam- ming margin, Frequency hop SS system - FH-FSK transmitter and Receiver, Fast and slow hop, Application of DS SS and FHSS, Introduction to OFDM. UNIT – IV Introduction to Information theory - Measurement of Information, Entropy and information rate, Communication channels, Shannon‘s Channel Capacity theorem and its trade-off Source coding - definition Various Properties of source codes, Shannon-Fano encoding algorithm, Huffman‘s coding algorithm, efficiency and variance computation. UNIT – V Introduction to Channel coding: Need for channel coding, Shannon‘s coding theorem. Linear Block codes – rate, encoding procedure. Error detecting and correcting capability. Syndrome calculation for error detection. Convolutional encoder representation, impulse response, transform domain representation, tree, trellis and state representation. Textbooks: 1. “Digital Communications”, Simon Haykin, John Wiley, 2003. 2. “Digital communications”, Bernard Sklar, Pearson education, 2007. Reference Books: 1. “Modern Analog and Digital Communications”, Lathi and Ding, Oxford Press. 2. “Concepts of Information theory and coding”, P. S. Satyanarayana, DYNARAM, 2005. MOOCs: 1. NPTEL lecture series by Prof. Bikas Kumar Dey, IIT Bombay. 2. NPTEL lecture series on Digital Communications, IIT Madras. LIST OF LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS Sl. No. Title of the Experiment PART A (Hardware Experiments) 1. Generation and detection of BASK for given specifications 2. Generation and detection of BFSK for given specifications 3. Generation and detection of BPSK for given specifications 4. Experimental Study of directivity, gain of microstrip dipole and Yagi uda patch an- tennas. 5. Experimental Study of directivity, gain of array antenna. 57
  • 69.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Sl. No. Title of the Experiment PART B (Simulation Experiments on MATLAB/Python Platform) 6. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE 1 – PCM, DPCM 7. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE II – Different Modulations 8. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE III – Spread spectrum 9. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE IV – Source coding 10. Simulation of techniques learnt in MODULE V – Channel coding 11. Simulation of end-to-end Communication system with BER plots (in AWGN) 12. Simulation of OFDM Part C (Demonstration Experiments) 13. Study of different modulations and demodulation on SDR platform 14. Study of various optical losses in optical fiber communication 58
  • 70.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Course Code 23CV5HSEVS Credits 1 L – T – P 1:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Identify and discuss the components and impacts of human activities on environment, conservation and on protection of natural resources 1, 6, 7 – CO2 Identify and establish relationship between social, economic and ethical values from environmental perspectives. 1, 6, 7 – UNIT – I Introduction to Environment: Definition, About the Earth: Atmosphere, Hydrosphere, Litho- sphere and Biosphere, Structure of Atmosphere, Internal structure of the Earth Ecosystem, Bal- anced ecosystem, types of Ecosystem Effects of Human activities on Environment. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). UNIT – II Natural Resources: Water resources, its availability, Mineral resources, Forest resources. UNIT – III Energy resources: Conventional and non-conventional energy resources. Hydroelectric, Wind power, solar, Biogas, Fossil fuel-based energy resources – Coal, Oil & Gas, Nuclear power, Hy- drogen as an alternate future sources of energy. UNIT – IV Environmental pollution: Effects and control of pollutions i). Water pollution, ii). Land pollu- tion, iii).Noise pollution. UNIT – V Current environmental issues & importance: Population growth effects & Control, Climatic changes, Global warming. Acid rain Ozone layer depletion & effects, Environmental protection; Role of Government, initiatives by Non-Govt. Organizations. 59
  • 71.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Text Books: 1. Dr. Geetha Balakrishanan and K. G. Lakshminarayana Bhatta, “Environmental studies”, S M Publications, 5th Edition, 2017. 2. N. S. Subramanyam and A.V.S.S. Sambamurthy, “Ecology”, Alpha Science International Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2006. 3. Dr. J. P. Sharma, “Environmental studies”, Laxmi Publications, Third Edition, 2009. 4. Smriti Srivastava, “Environment and Ecology”, S K Kataria & Sons, 2023. Reference Books: 1. Benny Joseph, “Environmental Studies”, Mc Graw Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2017. 2. Dr. D. L. Manjunath, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson Education India, 3rd Impression, 2009. 60
  • 72.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title IMAGE PROCESSING Course Code 23EC5PE1IP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Digital Signal Processing Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply enhancement and restoration techniques to 2D-images in spatial and frequency domain for required visualization. 1 1 CO2 Analyze, process, and represent an image using various techniques in different domains. 2 1 CO3 Interpret images in various data formats by applying image transforma- tion or processing techniques for different applications. 4 1 UNIT – I Introduction: Fundamental Steps in Digital Image Processing, Components of an Image Pro- cessing System, Sampling and Quantization, Representing Digital Images (Data structure), Some Basic Relationships Between Pixels – Neighbors and Connectivity of pixels in image, Applications of Image Processing: Medical imaging, Robot vision, Character recognition, Remote Sensing. Colour Image Processing: Colour Fundamentals, Colour Models, Pseudo-colour Image Process- ing. UNIT – II Image Enhancement: Spatial Domain: Some Basic Gray Level Transformations, Histogram Pro- cessing, Enhancement using Arithmetic/Logic Operations, Basics of Spatial Filtering, Smoothing Spatial Filters, Sharpening Spatial Filters. Frequency Domain: Preliminary Concepts, Filtering in the Frequency Domain, Image Smoothing and Image Sharpening using Frequency Domain Filters. UNIT – III Restoration: Noise models, Restoration in the Presence of Noise Only using Spatial Filtering and Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations, Estimating the Degradation 61
  • 73.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Function, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean Square Error (Wiener) Filtering, Constrained Least Squares Filtering. UNIT – IV Morphological Analysis: Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and Dilation, Opening and Closing, The Hit-or-Miss Transforms, Some Basic Morphological Algorithms. Representation and Description: Representation, Boundary descriptors. UNIT – V Image Segmentation: Introduction, Detection of isolated points, Line detection, Edge detection, Edge linking, Region-based segmentation – Region growing, Split and merge technique, Local processing, Regional processing, Hough transform, Segmentation using Threshold. Text Books: 1. “Digital Image Processing”, Rafael C G., Woods R E. and Eddins S L, Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 2008. Reference Books: 1. “Image Processing, Analysis and Machine Vision”, Milan Sonka, Thomson Press India Ltd., 4th Edition. 2. “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Anil K. Jain, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India. 3. “Digital Image Processing”, S. Sridhar, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2016. E-Books and Online Course Materials: 1. https://bookboon.com/en/digital-image-processing-part-one-ebook 2. https://pakuni.info/download/digital-image-processing-by-jayaraman-p df-book-free-download/ MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/digital 2. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-digital-image-processing-1 4005 NOTE: This course content will be supplemented by practical experimentation in a simulator environment for clear understanding. 62
  • 74.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 Course Title SATELLITE COMMUNICATION Course Code 23EC5PE1SC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Communication Theory, Signals and Systems Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply various concepts of mathematics and communication principles to Satellite communication. 1 1 CO2 Analyze the performance of various Satellite sub-systems for given pa- rameters. 2 1 CO3 Design the satellite subsystems for the given specifications. 3 1 UNIT – I SATELLITE ORBITS: Kepler’s Laws, Newton’s law, orbital parameters, orbital perturbations, station keeping, geostationary and non-geostationary orbits – Look Angle Determination, Lim- its of visibility, eclipse-Sub-satellite point – Sun transit outage-Launching Procedures - launch vehicles and propulsion. UNIT – II SPACE SEGMENT: Spacecraft Technology- Structure, Primary power, Attitude and Orbit control, Thermal control and Propulsion, communication Payload and supporting subsystems, Telemetry, Tracking and command-Transponders-The Antenna Subsystem. UNIT – III SATELLITE LINK DESIGN: Basic link analysis, Interference analysis, Rain-induced attenuation and interference, Ionospheric characteristics, Link Design with and without frequency reuse. UNIT – IV MODULATION AND MULTIPLEXING: Voice, Data, Video, Analog – digital transmission sys- tem, Digital video Broadcast, multiple access: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, DAMA Assignment Methods, compression – encryption, Coding Schemes. 63
  • 75.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V SATELLITE APPLICATIONS: INTELSAT Series, INSAT, VSAT, Mobile satellite services: GSM, GPS, INMARSAT, LEO, MEO, Satellite Navigational System. GPS Position Location Principles, Differential GPS, Direct Broadcast satellites (DBS/DTH). Text Books: 1. Dennis Roddy, “Satellite Communication”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill International, 2006. 2. Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostain and Jeremy Allnutt, “Satellite Communication”, 2nd Edi- tion, Wiley Publications, 2002. Reference Books: 1. Wilbur L. Pritchard, Hendri G. Suyderhoud and Robert A. Nelson, “Satellite Communica- tion Systems Engineering”, Prentice Hall/Pearson, 2007. 2. N. Agarwal, “Design of Geosynchronous Space Craft”, Prentice Hall, 1986. 3. Bruce R. Elbert, “The Satellite Communication Applications Handbook”, Artech House, Boston, London, 1997. 4. Tri T. Ha, “Digital Satellite Communication”, 2nd edition, 1990. 5. Emanuel Fthenakis, “Manual of Satellite Communications”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984. 6. Robert G. Winch, “Telecommunication Transmission Systems”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1983. 7. Brian Ackroyd, “World Satellite Communication and Earth Station Design”, BSP profes- sional Books, 1990. 8. G.B. Bleazard, “Introducing Satellite Communications”, NCC Publication, 1985. 9. M. Richharia, “Satellite Communication Systems - Design Principles”, Macmillan, 2003. E-Books: 1. https://pce-fet.com/common/library/books/31/711_%5BLouis_J._Ippolito_ Jr.%5D_Satellite_Communications_S(b-ok.org).pdf MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=satellite 64
  • 76.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INTRODUCTION TO AI Course Code 23EC5PE1AI Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Knowledge of Calculus and Probability & Statistics Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the difference between cognitive and artificial intelligence – – CO2 Apply the characteristics and architectures of various expert systems that differentiate it from the conventional systems. 1 2 CO3 Analyze knowledge of genetic algorithms and swarm intelligence with their principles and procedures. 2 2 UNIT – I Artificial Intelligence: History and Applications Introduction, Intelligence, Artificial Intelligence, Progress of Artificial Intelligence, Modeling, Simulation and AI, Intelligent Systems. UNIT – II Artificial Intelligence as Representation and Search The Predicate Calculus: Introduction, the propositional Calculus, the predicate calculus, Using Inference rules to produce predicate calculus expressions, Application: A logic-based financial Advisor. Structure and Strategies for State Space Search: Introduction, Graph Theory, Strategies for State Space Search, Using the state space to represent reasoning with predicate calculus. UNIT – III Heuristic Search and Stochastic Methods Heuristic Search: Introduction, Hill Climbing and Dynamic Programming, the best fit search al- gorithm, admissibility, monotonicity, and Informedness, Using Heuristics in Games, Complexity Issues. Stochastic Methods: Introduction, the elements of counting, elements of probability theory, appli- cations of stochastic methodology, Bayes theorem, Recursion-based search. 65
  • 77.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Expert Systems Introduction, expert systems, features, Characteristics, Architecture, Basic Activities, Advantages, Difference between Expert systems and conventional methods. Stages in development of an expert system, Building of a rule-based expert system, Machine learning expert system, Probability based expert system. UNIT – V Introduction to Genetic Algorithm and Swarm Intelligence Introduction, Genetic Algorithms, Procedure of Genetic Algorithms. Introduction to swarm intelligence, Importance of ant colony paradigm, Ant colony systems, De- velopment of ant colony system. Text Books: 1. “Artificial Intelligence, Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”, George F Luger, Fifth edition, Pearson Education. 2. “Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems”, N P Padhy, 2017, Oxford Publication. Reference Books: 1. “Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach”, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2014. 2. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Dan W Patterson, Pearson, 2015. E Books: 1. https://people.engr.tamu.edu/guni/csce421/files/AI_Russell_Norvig.pdf 2. https://people.engr.tamu.edu/guni/csce421/files/AI_Russell_Norvig.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_cs92/preview 66
  • 78.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ADVANCED DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN Course Code 23EC5PE1AD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Fundamentals of VLSI and Concepts of Digital System Design using Verilog Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the concepts of Digital System design to create digital building blocks using Verilog. 1 3 CO2 Analyze the RTL for timing violations and Synthesize the RTL to gen- erate gate-level netlist. 2 3 CO3 Design RTL using basic building blocks along with design optimiza- tions. 3, 5 3 UNIT – I Logic Design and Challenges in VLSI Industry: Moore’s law, Technology Scaling, Die size growth, Frequency, Power dissipation, Power density. Challenges in digital design, Design met- rics, and Cost of Integrated circuits. Digital Combinational & Sequential circuits, Modules, Nets, Values, Comments, arrays in Verilog. Expressions, Operators, Operands, Arrays, memories, Strings, Delays, parameterized designs. Procedural blocks, Blocking and Non-Blocking Assign- ment, looping, flow Control, Task, Function. Basic test bench generation and Simulation, Verilog modeling of combinational and sequential logic. UNIT – II Principles of RTL Design: Verilog Coding Concepts, Verilog coding guidelines: Combinational, Sequential, FSM. General Guidelines, Synthesizable Verilog Constructs, Sensitivity List, Verilog Events, RTL Design Challenges. UNIT – III RTL Timing Concepts: Introduction to timing concepts. Setup and hold times. Setup and hold time equalities and inequalities, timing paths. Static timing delay calculation for basic flip-flop & sequential circuits. 67
  • 79.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Synthesis, Libraries, and Technology Mapping: Introduction to synthesis, logical synthesis of basic combinational and sequential circuits. Synthesis Methodologies, Pre and post synthesis mismatch, Translation, mapping, and optimization. Overview of Libraries, design constraints, importance of wire load models. UNIT – V Design of Architectural building blocks using FSMs and Clock Domain Crossing: FSM De- sign – overlapping and non-overlapping Mealy and Moore state machine design. Clock Domain Crossing design techniques. Text Books: 1. “Digital Design”, Morris Mano M, 4th Edition. 2. “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Samir Palnitkar, 2nd Edition. 3. “Verilog HDL Synthesis A Practical Primer”, J. Bhasker. 4. “Fundamentals of Digital Circuits”, A. Anand Kumar, 2nd Edition. 5. “Principles of VLSI RTL Design: A Practical Guide”, Sanjay Churiwala, Sapan Garg, 2011. 6. Cliff Cummings: White paper (Clock Domain Crossing) Reference Websites: 1. www.asic-world.com 2. http://www.vlsi-expert.com/2011/03/static-timing-analysis-sta-basic -timing.html Online material: 1. Seer Academy recordings E-Books: 1. https://www.freebookcentre.net/Electronics/Logic-Design-Books.html MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106092/ 68
  • 80.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INFORMATION THEORY FOR CYBER-SECURITY Course Code 23EC5PE1IC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: None. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of Information security concepts to demon- strate the techniques for Information security, Information Security Policies, Standards and Indian Cyber Law. 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyse the encryption algorithms for their strengths and weak- nesses. 2 1, 2 CO3 Design and Implement basic algorithms in cryptography which is ultimately used in developing a secure information system. 3 1, 2 CO4 Involve in Independent learning on contemporary issues in Infor- mation Security System, Cyber security and its mechanisms, com- municate effectively and prepare a report. 5, 9, 10 1, 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Information System: Introduction, Types, Developments of Information Systems, Introduction to information Security, Need for Information Security, Threats to Information Sys- tems, Information Assurance. UNIT – II Developing Secure Information System: Secure Information System Development, Application Development Security, Information Security Governance and Risk Management, Security Archi- tecture and Design, Security Issues in Hardware, Data Storage and Downloadable Devices, Phys- ical Security of IT Assets, Backup Security Measures. UNIT – III Information Security Policies, Standards and Cyber Law: Security Policies, Policy Review Pro- cess, Information Security Standards, Cyber Law in India, Intellectual Property Law, Semicon- ductor Law, Software Licenses. 69
  • 81.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Cyber Security, Classification, Tools and Methods Used in Cyber Crime: Introduction to Cy- ber Security, Cyber Security Risk Analysis, Classifications of Cybercrimes, how Criminals Plan Them: How Criminals Plan the Attacks, Cyber Stalking, Botnets. Proxy, Servers and Anonymiz- ers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Key loggers and Spywares, Trojan Horses and Backdoors, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow. UNIT – V Cybercrimes and Cybersecurity: The Legal Perspectives Introduction, Cybercrime and the Legal Landscape around the world, need for Cyber laws (Indian Context), Indian IT Act, Challenges to Indian Law and Cybercrime Scenario in India, Consequences of not addressing the weakness in the IT ACT, Digital Signatures and the Indian IT Act, Amendments to the Indian IT Act, Cyber-crime and Punishment. Text Books: 1. “Cyber Security Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal Perspec- tives”, Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure. 2. “Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice”, William Stallings, Pearson. 3. “Cyber Security”, Dr. Krishan Kumar Goyal and Prof. Amith Garg, University Science Press. Reference Books: 1. “Security in Computing, Fourth Edition”, Charles P. Pfleeger, Pearson Education. 2. “Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice”, Wenbo Mao, Prentice Hall. 3. “Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards”, William Stallings, Prentice Hall. E-Books: 1. https://wcu.edu.az/uploads/files/Cyber%20Security%20Essentials%20(%2 0PDFDrive%20).pdf 2. https://library.iiitd.edu.in/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumbe r=174182 70
  • 82.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INTRODUCTION TO AR/VR Course Code 23EC5PE1VR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: None Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the basics of Virtual Reality and the technology involved. – – CO2 Apply the potential factors involved in implementing concepts of Vir- tual Reality. 1 1 CO3 Analyse VR Hardware and Software implementation and factors in- volved in rendering the process. 2 1 UNIT – I Introduction, Fundamentals of Virtual Reality: What is Virtual Reality?, Virtual Reality as an Im- mersive Technology, Reality-Virtuality Continuum, Working Principle, Uses and Benefits, History of Virtual Reality, Application Domains. UNIT – II Virtual Reality Hardware and Software: Introduction, Field of View, Degrees of Freedom, Stere- oscopy, Hardware: Input Devices, Output Devices, Virtual Reality Displays, Tracking - Magnetic, Electromagnetic, Ultrasonic, and Inertial, and Optical. Software: Platforms – Development and Deployment, VR Scripting, VRML, X3D, Web VR. UNIT – III Creating a Virtual Reality Experience Design: Illusions of Presence, Perceptual Modalities. Health Effect: Motion Sickness, Eye Strain, Seizures, After-effects, Factors Affecting Health. Design Guidelines: Hardware, System Calibration, Latency Reduction, General Design, Motion Design, Interaction Design, Usage, Measuring Sickness. 71
  • 83.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Factors involved in Implementation of VR-Rendering: Virtual Environments, Object Modeling, Geometric Transformation, Perspective Views, 3D Clipping, Stereoscopic Vision, Rendering, Tex- ture Mapping, 360 degree Images and Videos. Wayfinding – Landmark, Signs and Maps. Interaction: Interacting with Virtual Objects, Direct and Indirect Interactions, Modes of Interactions. UNIT – V VR used for Training Industry Case Studies: Transforming radiography training, VR for employ- ees to practice presentation skills, Reality-based welding simulator: Significance, virtual training, and industrial correlation. Text Books: 1. “The VR Book: Human-Centered Design for Virtual Reality”, Jason Jerald (ACM Books). 2. “Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications”, Alan B. Craig, Morgan Kaufmann, 2013. Reference Books: 1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet., “Virtual Reality Technology”, Second Edition, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2003/2006. E-Books and Online Course Material: 1. https://www.queppelin.com/ebooks/ MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-virtual-reality 72
  • 84.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title OPERATING SYSTEMS Course Code 23EC5PE1OS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Understanding of Microprocessor / Microcontroller Architecture, Understanding of Memory and I/O system, Basic understanding of System Software. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of different classes and structure of operating system for system security and protection. 1 2 CO2 Analyze process scheduling, synchronization, memory manage- ment and I/O management of operating systems. 1, 2 2 CO3 Present a case study on the advanced features of modern operating systems. 5, 9, 10 2 UNIT – I Introduction and overview of Operating Systems: Computing environment and nature of compu- tations, Operating System and its Operation, Classes of operating systems: Multi-programming systems, Time-sharing systems; Different Structures of an operating system, Virtual machine op- erating systems, Kernel-based operating systems. UNIT – II Process management: Processes and threads: Processes and Program, implementing processes: Process States and State transitions, Process Context & Process control Block, Context Save, Scheduling & Dispatching, Threads, POSIX Threads, Processes and Threads creation in Linux with Programming. UNIT – III Process Synchronization: Race conditions, Critical sections, Control Synchronization and Indivis- ible operations, Deadlock condition, Process Synchronization Scheduling: Scheduling Concepts, Non-preemptive and Preemptive Scheduling Policies, Real-Time Scheduling: EDF, RMS, Pro- gram Examples. 73
  • 85.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Memory management: Memory allocation to a process, Heap Management: Reuse of Memory, Contiguous memory allocation, Non-contiguous memory allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Vir- tual Memory concept, Demand Paging and Page Replacement examples. UNIT – V File System and I/O Management: Overview of file processing, Files and file operations, Interface between file systems and IOCS, Layers of Input-output control system, Overview of IO organiza- tion, I/O devices, Device level I/O. Text Books: 1. “Operating Systems: A Concept based Approach” by D. M. Dhamdhare, TMH. 2. “Modern Operating Systems” by Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Herbert Boss, 4th Edition. Reference Books: 1. “Operating Systems Concepts” by Silberschatz and Galvin, John Wiley, 7th Edition, 2001. 2. “Operating System – Internals and Design Systems” by William Stallings, Pearson Educa- tion, 4th Edition, 2006. E-Books: 1. http://www.freebookcentre.net/ComputerScience-Books-Download/Operatin g-System-Concepts MOOCs: 1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/operating-systems 2. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/operating-systems-saylororg 74
  • 86.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title IOT AND ITS APPLICATIONS Course Code 23EC5PE1IT Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: • Knowledge of microprocessor and controller hardware • Knowledge of C and C++, and Python (can pick up during the course) • Networking concepts and technologies Objectives of the course: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of various IoT aspects (sensors, actuators, processing, technologies) and characteristics to evolve solutions related to applications and architectures. 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyze, compare, and Identify Technologies, Protocols (includ- ing adaptations), Analytic Techniques, and review Risk Manage- ment methods. 2 1, 2 CO3 Design Solutions encompassing systems, hardware, and soft- ware aspects for various categories of problems with IoT in con- text. 3 1, 2 CO4 Research various domains of IoT application and provide anal- ysis, interpret data where available, and provide recommenda- tions. 4, 6, 9, 10 1, 2 UNIT – I Fundamentals of IoT: What is IoT, Genesis of IoT, IoT and Digitization, IoT Impact: Connected Roadways, Connected Factories, Connected Buildings, IoT Challenges, IoT Network Architecture and Design, A simplified IOT Architecture, Core IOT Functional Stack, Data Management and Compute Stack, Smart Objects: The “Things” in IoT, Sensors, Actuators, and Smart Objects. 75
  • 87.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – II IoT Protocols: Sensor Networks, WSNs, Communication Protocols for WSNs, Connecting Smart Objects, Communications Criteria, IoT Access Technologies with considerations of layers, topol- ogy, and security, competitive technologies: IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.15.4g, IEEE 802.15.4e, IEEE 1901.2a, IEEE 802.11ah, LoRaWAN and competitive technologies, NB-IoT, other LTE vari- ations, and competitive technologies. UNIT – III IP and Application Protocols: IP as the IoT Network Layer, The Business Case for IP, The need for Optimization, Optimizing IP for IoT, Profiles and Compliances, Application Protocols for IoT, The Transport Layer, IoT Application Transport Methods: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System (SCADA), Common Object Access Protocol (CoAP), Message Queuing and Telemetry Transport (MQTT). UNIT – IV Design and Development: IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - Arduino UNO: Introduction to Arduino, Arduino UNO, Installing the Software, Fundamentals of Arduino Programming. IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - Raspberry Pi: Introduction to Raspberry Pi, About the Rasp- berry Pi Board: Hardware Layout, Operating Systems on Raspberry Pi, Configuring Raspberry Pi, Programming Raspberry Pi with Python, Wireless Temperature Monitoring System Using Pi, DS18B20 Temperature Sensor, Connecting Raspberry Pi via SSH, Accessing Temperature from DS18B20 sensors, Remote access to Raspberry Pi. UNIT – V Applications: Smart and Connected Cities, An IoT Strategy for Smarter Cities, Smart City IoT Architecture, Smart City Security Architecture, Smart City Use-Case Examples. Transportation and Transports, Transportation Challenges, IoT Use Cases for Transportation (Connected Cars, Connected Fleets, Infrastructure and Mass Transit), An IoT Architecture for Transportation. Text Books: 1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Robert Barton, Jerome Henry, “IoT Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of Things”, 1st Edition, Pearson Education (Cisco Press Indian Reprint). (ISBN: 978-9386873743) 2. Srinivasa K G, “Internet of Things”, CENGAGE Learning India, 2017 Reference Books: 1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on Approach)”, 1st Edition, VPT, 2014. (ISBN: 978-8173719547). 2. Raj Kamal, “Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles”, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017. (ISBN: 978-9352605224). Online Resources: 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=co2MLqkJVXs 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9znRbMTimvc 76
  • 88.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering E-books: 1. http://alvarestech.com/temp/Industry4.0/2019/Dimitrios%20Serpanos,Mar ilyn%20Wolf%20(auth.)%20-%20%20Internet-of-Things%20(IoT)%20Systems_% 20Architectures,%20Algorithms,%20Methodologies-Springer%20Internatio nal%20Publishing%20(2018).pdf 2. https://www.oreilly.com/design/free/files/designing-for-the-interne t-of-things.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/ 2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/internet-of-things NOTE: The course can be supplemented by project-based learning. 77
  • 89.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ Course Code 23EC5PE1OP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Logical thinking, Basic Programming Skills, C programming Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply C++ constructs and object oriented programming con- cepts to solve given problem statements 1 2 CO2 Design solutions to problems using generic programming ef- ficient memory strategies and exception handling concepts 3 2 CO3 Analyse the given real-time problem/s and develop complete solution/s after carefully selecting one or more of OOP tech- nique/s 2, 3, 5, 9, 10 2 UNIT – I Migration from C to C++ – Shortcomings of C and need for object-oriented programming, refer- ence variables, structures, enum with their importance, manipulators, macros, functions – pass by: value, address, and reference, importance of default values in creating applications. UNIT – II Classes and objects: Class definition and declaration, member functions, static data members and member functions, Constructors, parameterized constructors, constructors with default values and its importance in applications, multiple constructors in a class and their working, copy constructor, dynamic constructors - realization and relevance, destructors, arrays of objects, pass and return of objects, Function overloading, friend functions. UNIT – III Operator overloading: Overloading unary and binary operators, overloading using friend functions and its usage, rules for overloading. Inheritance: Single and multiple inheritances, public, private and protected inheritance. Pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to derived classes, virtual functions, run-time polymorphism. 78
  • 90.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Inheritance: understand the need with real-time examples, types: single, multiple, hybrid, hier- archical, modes of inheritance: private, protected and public modes and its significance on data access with real-world examples. UNIT – IV Templates and exceptions: Need for templates in real-life applications, developing container classes with and without template functions, non-member function templates: importance and realization, overloading template functions, member function templates and non-type template arguments. Exception handling: Basics, throwing and catching mechanisms. UNIT – V IO streams: Managing console I/O operations: C++ streams, C++ stream classes, I/O operations, managing O/P with manipulators to realize solutions to given problems. Files: Need for file systems, classes for file stream operations, opening and closing a file, detecting end of file, more about open(): file modes, writing data onto file through any UI. Text Books: 1. “Object-Oriented Programming with C++”, E Balagurusamy, TMH Publications, 4th Edi- tion. 2. “Object-Oriented Programming in Turbo C++”, Robert Lafore, GALGOTIA Publications. Reference Books: 1. “Let Us C++”, Yashvanth P. Kanetkar, BPB Publications. 2. “Programming With C++: Schaum’s series”, TMH Publications. E-Books: 1. “Object-Oriented Programming with C++”, E Balagurusamy, TMH Publications, 4th Edi- tion. 2. “Object-Oriented Programming in Turbo C++”, Robert Lafore, GALGOTIA Publications. Online Resources: 1. https://www.w3schools.com/cpp/cpp_oop.asp 2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/object-oriented-programming-in-cpp/ 3. Video lectures on BMSCE Studio. MOOCs: 1. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/object-oriented-programming-edx NOTE: Header files and exception handlers will be developed as a part of the course. Also, applications will be developed as services using a modular approach to enrich the learning. 79
  • 91.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND FINANCE Course Code 23ES5HSPMF Credits 2 L – T – P 2:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Personality Development Course, Soft-skills Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of project management principles and to study the current market trends 1 – CO2 Implement project management methodologies ethically for suc- cessful project completion 2, 8, 9 – CO3 Identify the investment opportunities and to formulate the projects 11 – CO4 Choose projects which benefit the society and organization and apply project phases and document them for future reference 6, 10, 12 – UNIT – I Concepts of Project Management: Concepts of project, Categories of project, Project life cycle phases, Project management concepts, Tools and techniques for project management, The project manager, Need, Roles and responsibilities of project manager. Project Leadership and Ethics: Introduction to project leadership, ethics in projects, Multicultural and virtual projects. UNIT – II Establishing the Project: Scope, Time, Cost, and performance goals, Feasibility report, Financing Arrangements, Preparation of cost estimates, Finalization of project implementation schedule, Evaluation of the project profitability, Fixing the Zero date. UNIT – III Organizing Human Resources and Contracting: Delegation, Project manager’s authority, Project organization, Contract, Contract Planning, Tendering and Selection of Contractor, Team building. 80
  • 92.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Organizing Systems and Procedures for Project Implementation: Working of Systems, Work break down structure, Planning, Scheduling and Monitoring, Critical Path Method, Gantt Chart/Time Chart, PERT, Project diary. UNIT – V Financing of Projects: Capital structure, Menu of financing, Internal accruals, Equity capital, Pref- erence capital, Debentures (or bonds), Methods of offering term loans, working capital advances, Miscellaneous sources, Raising venture capital, Project financing structures, financial closure, fi- nancial institutions. Text Books: 1. “Project Management”, S Choudhury, Tata McGRAW Hill Publishing Company Limited. 2. “Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation and Review”, Dr. Prasanna Chandra McGRAW Hill Publishing Company Limited. 3. “Project Management Institute: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge”, PMBOK Guide (Sixth Edition), Sept 2017. Reference Books: 1. “Fundamentals of Project Management”, Dr.Vijay Kanabar. 2. “Project Management”, David I Cleland, Mcgraw Hill International edition. 3. “Project Management”, Gopalakrishnan, Mcmillan India Ltd. 4. “Project Management”, Harry Maylor, Pearson Publication. E-Books: 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5d16JwWwjKo 2. NPTEL lecture on Introduction to Project Management by Prof. Arun Kanda https://ww w.youtube.com/watch?v=5pwc2DYlKQU 81
  • 93.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MINI PROJECT Course Code 23EC5PWMPR Credits 2 L – T – P 0:0:2 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Formulate the research problem by synthesizing insights from a comprehensive literature review. 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 3 CO2 Investigate contemporary tools for project implementation. 5 1, 2, 3 CO3 Ability to produce a thorough report outlining the project and its outcomes, with the potential for publication. 3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3 CO4 Make effective communication by presentation of the work as an individual or a member of a team. 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3 CO5 Develop sustainable system with scope for enhancement and continue life-long learning. 12 1, 2, 3 82
  • 94.
  • 95.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS Course Code 23EC6PCWCN Credits 3 L – T – P 3-0-0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Acquire the Knowledge of Architecture, Techniques and algorithms in wireless communication systems - - CO2 Apply the knowledge of cellular concepts, propagation mechanisms to the wireless communication and networks 1 1 CO3 Analyze the propagation models and Call flow scenarios in various mobile networks. 2, 5 1 UNIT – I Introduction to Wireless Communication System, Introduction to wireless networks-Wi-Fi, Blue tooth, Mobile IP. Multiple access schemes-FDMA, TDMA and CDMA, Overview of 2G GSM System Architecture, GSM Call flow and handover in GSM. UNIT – II Cellular concepts: Frequency reuse, channel assignment strategies, handoff, interference and system capacity, power control. Improving capacity in cellular system, Radio network Coverage planning (case study). UNIT – III Mobile Radio propagation: Introduction to radio wave propagation, the three basic mechanism- Reflection, Diffraction, Scattering, shadowing, fading and refraction. Propagation Models: Free Space Propagation Model, Okumura Hata Model, Walfisch Ikegami Model, Knife Edge Model, Ray Tracing Model (qualitative analysis only), Link Budget calcula- tions (case study). 84
  • 96.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Long Term Evolution (4G): Introduction to Long Term Evolution (4G)- LTE Architecture, Radio Spectrum, Frame Structure, Resource Blocks, OFDMA Principle with block diagram, Physical channels, UL Transmission, DL transmission. UNIT – V 5G Mobile Technology: Introduction, 5G applications and requirements,5G use Cases and Sys- tem Concept, 5G architecture, 5G Spectrum, 5G Enabling Technologies - Device to Device and Machine to Machine communication, mm-wave communications, massive MIMO, Multi RAT, Carrier aggregation, relaying, Small cell networks (only concepts). Text Books: 1. “Wireless Communication Principles and Practice”, Theodore S Rappaport, PHI, 2002. 2. “LTE:From Theory to Practice”, Stefania Sesia and Issam Toufik, Second Edition, Wiley, 2011. 3. “5G Mobile and Wireless Communication Technology”, Afif Osseiran and Jose F Monser- rat, Cambridge University Press, 2016. Reference Books: 1. “Wireless Communications and Networks: Principles and Practice”, William Stallings, Sec- ond Edition, Pearson. E-Books: 1. https://www.amazon.in/Wireless-Communications-Principles-Practice-2e/ dp/8131731863 2. https://www.amazon.in/Introduction-LTE-LTE-Advanced-Mobile-Communica tionsebook/dp/B00KBRNO32 MOOCs: 1. Wireles communication for everybody https://www.coursera.org/learn/wireles s-communications 2. Introduction to Wireless and Cellular Communications by Prof. R. David Koilpillai, IIT Madras https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ee61/preview 3. Wireless Communications by Dr. Ranjan Bose, Department of Electrical Engineering, IIT Delhi. (NPTEL lectures) 85
  • 97.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title COMPUTER COMMUNICATION NETWORKS Course Code 23EC6PCCCN Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of networking and concepts of TCP/IP protocol stack to deliver packets across Multiple Networks (links). 1 2 CO2 Analyze the issues of routing and congestion mechanism for independent and internetworking networks for wired and wire- less links. 2 2 CO3 Design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and routing ad- dresses to fulfill networking requirements. 3 2 CO4 Create Network for given specification and conduct experi- ments within a simulated networking environment. 4, 5 2 CO5 Involve in independent learning on contemporary issues in net- working technologies, communicate effectively and prepare a report. 7, 9, 10, 12 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Data Communication, Networks, Protocols and Standards, Network Models, TCP/IP Protocol Suite: Layered Architecture, Layers in TCP/IP suite, The OSI Model: OSI Versus TCP/IP, Transmission Media, Switching, Telephone Network and Digital Subscriber Line Cable TV Network, Cable TV for data transmission. UNIT – II Data Link Layer: Data link Control-Framing, Flow and Error Control, Protocols: Stop and Wait Protocol, Go-Back-N Protocol, Selective Repeat Protocol. HDLC, PPP Protocol, Error detection and correction: Cyclic Codes and Check Sum. 86
  • 98.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III Medium Access: Random Access: ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/ CA, Controlled Ac- cess, Channelization, Wired LANs:Ethernet Protocol, Standard Ethernet. Introduction to wireless LAN: Architectural Comparison, Characteristics, Access Control, Connecting devices, backbone networks and Virtual LANS. UNIT – IV Network Layer: Logical Addressing, Internet Protocol, Address Mapping, Packet Switching:Datagram Approach, Virtual Circuit Approach, IPV4 Addresses: Address Space, Classful Addressing, Class- less Addressing Delivery, Forwarding and Routing, Unicast Routing: Introduction, Routing Al- gorithms: Distance Vector Routing, Link State Routing, Path vector routing. Multicast Distance Vector Routing. UNIT – V Transport layer: Services, Connectionless and Connection oriented Protocols, User Datagram Pro- tocol: User Datagram, UDP Services, UDP Applications, Transmission Control Protocol: TCP Services, TCP Features, Segment, Connection, State Transition diagram, Windows in TCP, Flow control, Error control, Congestion control and Quality of Service. Text Books: 1. “Data Communication and Networking”, B Forouzan, 4th Ed, TMH, 2006. 2. “Computer Networks”, Andrew S.Tanenbaum, 4th, EEE. 3. “Computer Communication and Networks”, J Frauzon. 4. “Data and computer communication”, W. Stallings, PHI. Reference Books: 1. “Computer Networks”, James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross: Pearson education, 2nd Edition, 2003. 2. “Introduction to Data communication and Networking”, Wayne Tomasi: Pearson education 2007. 3. “An Engineering Approach on Computer Networking”, S. Keshav, Addison Wesley. 4. “Introduction to Data Communications and Networking”, Wayne Tomasi, Pearson. 5. “Computer Networks”, A.S. Tanenbaum, PHI. E-Books: 1. https://www.phindia.com/Books/BookDetail/9788120349070/data-communica tions-and-computer-networks-singh 2. https://www.phindia.com/Books/BookDetail/9788120348646/data-communica tions-and-computer-networks-gupta Online Resources: 1. http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=106105081 2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2278/Data-Communication 87
  • 99.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering LIST OF LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS Part-A – Programming in C/C++ 1. Write a program to demonstrate Framing (Bit and Byte stuffing & destuffing). 2. Write a program to generate CRC code for checking error. 3. To study the Basic Networking Commands on Command Prompt: arp, ipconfig, hostname, tracert, route, ping etc. 4. Write a program to simulate Shortest Path Routing Algorithm using i) Dijkstra’s Algorithm ii) Distance Vector Routing Algorithm. 5. Write a program to demonstrate Stop and Wait Protocol and Sliding Window Protocol. 6. Write a program for congestion control using leaky bucket algorithm. 7. Write a program to encrypt and decrypt a given message using substitution cypher method. Part-B – Tool: Qualnet V9.3 8. Create a Network and analyze the performance of a Network for different topologies and compare performance of the Network for Varying Network Size and topology/traffic change. 9. Configure and Analyze the throughput, packet delivery for an Ethernet LAN. 10. Construct a point to point network and determine the packets dropped in Network and Com- ment on its Performance. 11. Apply a multicast protocol and analyze the performance of Network for a Multicast traffic scenario. Compare Multicast and Multiple unicast traffic. 12. Simulate and Analyze the performance of Wireless Ad hoc Network for Stationary and Mobile Nodes. 13. Model a LAN Network connected by a Switch and Analyze the Subnet Performance. 14. Configure a router to connect two subnets and analyze the performance of Connecting De- vice. 15. Compare the performance of RIP and OSPF Routing Algorithms and analyze packet deliv- ery, end to end delay and throughput. 16. Simulate and Analyze wireless infrastructure network. 17. Scrutiny of Traffic between wired and wireless network. 88
  • 100.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MIXED SIGNAL DESIGN Course Code 23EC6PCMSD Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Analog Electronic Circuits, Linear Integrated Circuits, Fundamentals of VLSI Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of basic CMOS technology to analog in- tegrated circuits 1 3 CO2 Analyze circuits featuring CMOS-based amplifiers, as well as Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converters (DAC) and obtain the respective performance param- eters. 2 3 CO3 Design analog CMOS integrated circuits and mixed signal cir- cuits 3 3 CO4 Conduct experiments on Analog and mixed signal CMOS cir- cuits using modern EDA tools 4, 5, 9, 10 3 UNIT – I Review of Common-Source Stage and Source Follower, Cascode Stage. Differential Amplifiers: Basic Differential Pair: Qualitative Analysis, Quantitative Analysis, Com- mon-Mode Response, Differential Pair with MOS loads. UNIT – II Basic Current Mirrors, Cascode Current Mirrors. Active Current Mirrors: Large-Signal and Small- Signal Analyses in Differential mode and Common-mode. UNIT – III Operational Amplifiers: General Considerations, One-Stage Op Amps, Two-Stage Op Amps, Gain Boosting. 89
  • 101.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Switched-Capacitor Circuits: General Considerations, Sampling Switches, Switched Capacitor Amplifier Design. Sample-and-Hold Characteristics, Digital-to-Analog Converter specifications, Analog-to-Digital Converter specifications, Mixed-Signal layout issues. UNIT – V DAC Architectures: R-2R ladder DAC, Charge Scaling DACs, Pipeline DAC. ADC Architectures: Integrating ADCs, Pipeline ADC, Successive Approximation ADC. Text Books: 1. “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Behzad Razavi, McGraw Hill Edition, 2002, ISBN: 0-07-238032-2. 2. “CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”, R. Jacob Baker, 3rd Edition, IEEE Press, 2010, ISBN: 978-0-470-88132-3. Reference Books: 1. “Analog Design Essentials”, Willy M. C. Sansen, Springer, 2006. ISBN-10 0-387-25747-0. 2. “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, Gray, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer, 5th Edition, 2010, John Wiley & Sons. E-Books: 1. http://www.designinganalogchips.com/_count/designinganalogchips.pdf 2. https://github.com/bmurmann/Book-on-MOS-stages/raw/main/book/Analysis %20and%20Design%20of%20Elementary%20MOS%20Amplifier%20Stages.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106030/ 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106034/ 90
  • 102.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering LABORATORY EXPERIMENT LIST Sl. No. Title of the Experiment Conduction using Cadence tools 1. Plot the V-I Characteristics of NMOS and PMOS transistors (ID versus VGS and ID versus VDS). 2. Draw the schematic of a CMOS inverter and obtain the DC characteristics. Also perform the transient analysis. 3. Connect three inverters back to back to make a ring oscillator. Find the period of oscillation and determine the delay of the inverter. 4. Draw the layout of CMOS inverter and verify DRC, LVS. Determine the impact of RC extraction on the delay of inverter. 5. Simulate basic and cascode current mirrors. 6. Common Source amplifier with resistor and MOS loads: Transient, DC and AC anal- yses 7. Source follower: Transient, DC and AC analyses 8. Differential Input, Single-ended output operational transconductance amplifier (OTA): Transient, DC and AC analyses. Find the CMRR. 9. Fully Differential amplifier: Transient, DC and AC analyses. Find the CMRR. 10. 2-stage OpAmp: Transient, DC and AC analyses. Find the CMRR. 11. Design R-2R ladder DAC using the OpAmp designed above and measure the DNL and INL of the DAC. 12. One open-ended experiment 91
  • 103.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title COMPUTER VISION Course Code 23EC6PE2CV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply various segmentation, feature extraction, and representation techniques for a given pattern analysis problem. 1 1, 3 CO2 Analyze basic methods of computer vision related to multi-scale rep- resentation, edge detection and detection of other primitives, stereo, motion and object recognition. 2 1, 3 CO3 Design 3D visualization models to process 3D objects for a specific visualization task. 3 1, 3 UNIT – I Pattern Analysis: Clustering: K-Means, Classification: Discriminant Function, Supervised, Un- supervised, Semi-supervised; Classifiers: Bayes, KNN, ANN models. Comparison of all three models for best classifiers with examples. UNIT – II Feature extraction: Edges detection techniques- Canny, LOG, DOG and comparison study; Line detectors (Hough Transform), Corner detectors Harris and Hessian Affine, Orientation Histogram, SIFT, SURF, HOG, GLOH. UNIT – III Shape representation and segmentation: Deformable curves and surfaces, contour based and re- gion based techniques, Snakes and active contours, Level set representations, Fourier and wavelet descriptors. UNIT – IV 3D Image Visualization: Sources of 3D Data sets, Slicing the Data set, Arbitrary section planes, Volumetric display, Stereo Viewing, Ray tracing, Reflection, Surfaces, Multiply connected sur- faces, Image processing in 3D, Measurements on 3D images. 92
  • 104.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Modern Trends: Health care and security Biometrics – fingerprint, face, iris, digital signature; su- per resolution, Introduction to Augmented Reality , mixed reality, virtual reality and autonomous vehicles. Text Books: 1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer-Verlag Lon- don limited, 2011. 2. D. A. Forsyth and J. Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education, 2003. Reference Books: 1. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, “Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision”, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004. 2. K. Fukunaga, “Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition”, Second Edition, Academic Press, Morgan Kaufmann, 1990. 3. R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Addison-Wesley, 1992. E-Books: 1. http://szeliski.org/Book/drafts/SzeliskiBook_20100903_draft.pdf 2. https://www.amazon.in/Computer-Vision-Image-Processing-Virender-ebook /dp/B01GBMS78W MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=computer%20vision 2. https://www.classcentral.com/subject/computer-vision 3. https://www.edx.org/course/computer-vision-and-image-analysis-2 4. https://digitaldefynd.com/best-computer-vision-courses/ 93
  • 105.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 Autonomous College under VTU Course Title RADAR SYSTEM Course Code 23EC6PE2RS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Communication Theory and Signals & Systems Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of mathematics and communication principles to compute the parameters of the Radar system. 1 1 CO2 Analyze the performance of different types of Radar subsystems for given applications/specifications. 2 1 CO3 Design the Radar subsystems for a given set of specifications. 3 1 UNIT – I Basics of Radar, Simple form of Radar Equation, Signal to Noise Ratio, Envelope Detector, Radar Cross Section of Targets, Transmitter Power, Pulse repetition frequency and Range Ambiguities, System Losses. UNIT – II CW and Frequency Modulated Radar: Doppler Effect, CW Radar, FM-CW Radar, Airborne Doppler Navigation, Multiple-Frequency CW Radar. UNIT – III MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar: Delay line cancellers, Pulse Doppler RADAR, Tracking Radar: Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobbing Mono Pulse Tracking RADAR, Matched Filter Receiver, correlation detection, Detector characteristics, Radar Receivers, Phased Array Antennas. UNIT – IV Detection of Radar Signals in Noise: Matched Filter Receivers, correlation detection, Detection Criteria and Detector characteristics, Performance of the Radar Operator, Automatic Detection. 94
  • 106.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Stealth Technology: Introduction, Principles, Stealth Technology for Application to Military air- craft, counters to Stealth: Bi Static RADARS, Advanced IR Detectors. Text Books: 1. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, TMH Special Indian Edition, 2nd Edi- tion, 2007. 2. Vivek Kapur, “Stealth Technology and its effect on Aerial Warfare”, Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses (IDSA), New Delhi. Reference Books: 1. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2001. 2. Byron Edde, “Radar Principals, Technology, Applications”, Pearson Education, 2004. 3. Peyton Z. Peebles, Jr. “Radar Principles”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 1998. 4. Emanuel Fthenakis, “Manual of Satellite Communications”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984. 5. Robert G. Winch, “Telecommunication Transmission Systems”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1983. 6. Brian Ackroyd, “World Satellite Communication and Earth Station Design”, BSP profes- sional Books, 1990. 7. G.B. Bleazard, “Introducing Satellite Communications”, NCC Publication, 1985. 8. M. Richharia, “Satellite Communication Systems - Design Principles”, Macmillan, 2003. E-Resources: 1. IET Digital Library: Principles of Modern Radar: Basic principles (theiet.org) https: //www.phindia.com/Books/BookDetail/9788120348646/data-communication s-and-computer-networks-gupta 2. IET Digital Library: Radar Principles for the Non-Specialist (theiet.org) 3. The beginnings of stealth technology — IEEE Journals & Magazine — IEEE Xplore http s://doi.org/10.1109/7.259548 4. Effect of Componential Camouflage on Aircraft’s IR Multiband Susceptibility — IEEE Journals & Magazine — IEEE Xplore https://doi.org/10.1109/TAES.2022.32 00025 5. “Principles and Techniques of Modern Radar Systems”: Online Course Video Lectures, IIT Kharagpur (freevideolectures.com) 6. Simulation Tools: CST, HFSS MOOCs: 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_ee133/preview 95
  • 107.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MACHINE LEARNING Course Code 23EC6PE2ML Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Knowledge of Linear Algebra, Calculus, Probability & Statistics and Basic Pro- gramming. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of mathematics and programming to structure datasets and algorithms to build machine learning models. 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyze dataset features for different use cases and performance mea- sures to evaluate the models. 2 1, 2 CO3 Design and develop application models using supervised and unsuper- vised machine learning algorithms. 3 1, 2 UNIT – I Python for ML: Data types: list, tuple, dictionary; writing functions, conditional and looping statements, Python libraries for ML, Data Preprocessing: EDA using Numpy and Pandas, Data visualization with Matplotlib. Introduction: Artificial intelligence & Machine Learning, ML Types: Supervised, Unsupervised, Semi-supervised and Reinforcement learning, Challenges of ML, Problems ML can solve. UNIT – II Regression: Simple & Multiple Linear regression, Gradient descent and regression model, Poly- nomial regression, regularization: L1 & L2, standardization and normalization, Model fitting, bias-variance trade off, Cross validation and performance evaluation, Evaluation Metrics: MAE, MSE, RMSE, RAE, RSE, R2-score, usecase & model building. UNIT – III Classification: kNN classifier- algorithm flow and distance measures, kNN variants: k-radius and kD tree, Support vector machine, Building classifier using kNN and SVC. Decision tree: Construction of decision tree, node splitting criteria: gini, chi-square, entropy and 96
  • 108.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering information gain; tree pruning and hyper-parameters, confusion matrix and classification report, AUC & ROC, Matplotlib annotations to visualize a tree, concept of ensembling, techniques: Bag- ging and Boosting, Random Forest. UNIT – IV Classifying with probabilistic models: Naive Baye’s algorithm, Variants of Naı̈ve Baye’s, Logis- tic Regression Algorithms, logit and sigmoid functions, Training and testing the classifier model, Performance measures: Log loss, Jaccard Index & Accuracy score. UNIT – V Unsupervised Learning: Types of Unsupervised Learning, Challenges in Unsupervised Learn- ing, Pre-processing and Scaling, Applying Data Transformation, K-Means Clustering, Case Study: Recommender system, Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning. Text Books: 1. “Introduction to Machine Learning”, Ethem Alpaydin, PHI Learning, 3rd edition 2015. 2. “Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data Scientists”, Andreas C Muller & Sarah Guido, O‘Reilly Publication, 2019. Reference Books: 1. “Machine Learning”, Tom M. Mitchell, McGraw-Hill Edition 1, 2013. 2. “Machine Learning in Action”, Peter Harrington, dreamtech press Indian Edition, 2017. 3. “Hands-on Machine Learning with ScikitLearn & Tensorflow”, Aurélien Géron, O’Reilly Publication, 2017. E-Books: 1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/machine-learning-with-python-cookbook-pract ical-solutions-from-preprocessing-to-deep-learning-d176361144.html MOOCs: 1. https://www.simplilearn.com/artificial-intelligence-masters-program-t raining-course 97
  • 109.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title SYSTEM VERILOG AND VERIFICATION Course Code 23EC6PE2SV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Digital Design Fundamentals, ASIC Design Flow, HDL Programming. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the principles of verification, OOPs concepts of System Verilog, Layered test bench architecture and its components. – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of System Verilog to build a basic verification environment. 1 3 CO3 Analyze a given design and come up with suitable test cases to achieve 100% coverage. 2 3 CO4 Develop a full System Verilog layered test bench for a given design with a suitable verification plan. 3, 5 3 UNIT – I Verification Concepts: Concepts of verification, Importance of verification, Stimulus v/s Verifi- cation, Functional Verification. Test-bench Generation, Functional Verification Approaches, Typical Verification Flow. Stimulus generation, direct testing, Coverage: Code and Functional coverage, coverage plan. UNIT – II System Verilog – 1: System Verilog constructs – Data types: two-state data, strings, arrays: queues, dynamic and associative arrays, enumerated types. Program blocks, module, interfaces, clocking blocks, modports. UNIT – III System Verilog – 2: SV Classes: Language evolution, Classes and objects, Class Variables and Methods, Class instantiation, Inheritance, and encapsulation, Polymorphism. Randomization: Directed Vs Random Testing, Constraint Driven Randomization, Virtual Inter- face. 98
  • 110.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV System Verilog – 3: Assertions: Introduction to Assertion-based verification, Immediate and concurrent assertions. Understanding properties and sequences, System Verilog Assertions in design process. UNIT – V Coverage Driven Verification: Types of coverage, Cover Group, Cover Point, Cross Coverage, Concepts of Binning and event sampling. Layered test bench Architecture. Bug- rate, Simple functional coverage examples, Analyzing Coverage Data, Measuring Coverage Statistics During Simulation. Text Books: 1. “Writing Testbenches Using SystemVerilog” by Janick Bergeron 2. “SystemVerilog for Verification” by Chris Spear 3. “Verification Methodology Manual for SystemVerilog” by Janick Bergeron, Eduard Cerny, Alan Hunter, and Andy Nightingale Reference Websites: 1. www.asic-world.com 2. www.testbench.in 3. http://www.vlsi-expert.com/2011/03/static-timing-analysis-sta-basic -timing.html Online Material: 1. Seer Academy recordings E-Books: 1. “System Verilog for Verification: A guide to learning the test bench language Features” by Chris Spear MOOCs: 1. https://verificationexcellence.in/online-courses/ 99
  • 111.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DATA ENCRYPTION AND COMPRESSION Course Code 23EC6PE2DE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) OBJECTIVES: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the various Data Encryption Techniques and Com- pression Techniques – – CO2 Apply the various Data Encryption Techniques and Compression Techniques 1 1 CO3 Analyze the Data Encryption Techniques and Compression Tech- niques 2 1 CO4 Involve in independent learning on contemporary issues on var- ious Data Encryption Techniques and Compression Techniques, Communicate effectively and prepare a report. 9, 10, 12 1, 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Security: Need for security, Security approaches, Principles of security, Types of attacks. Encryption Techniques: Plaintext, Cipher text, Substitution and Transposition techniques, Encryption and Decryption, Types of attacks, Key range and Size. UNIT – II Symmetric and Asymmetric Key Cryptography: Algorithm types and Modes, DES, IDEA, Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis, RSA, Diffie Hellmann Key Exchange, Digital signature Authentication basics, Passwords, Authentication tokens, Certificate-based and Biometric authen- tication, Firewall UNIT – III Confidentiality using conventional encryption: Traffic confidentiality, key distribution, random number generation, Introduction to graph, ring and field, prime and relative prime numbers, mod- ular arithmetic, Fermat’s and Euler’s theorem, primality testing, Euclid’s Algorithm, Chinese Re- mainder theorem, discrete algorithms. 100
  • 112.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Need for data compression, Fundamental concept of data compression and coding, Communica- tion model, Compression ratio, Requirements of data compression, Classification. Methods of Data Compression: Data compression - Lossless and Lossy UNIT – V Entropy encoding: Repetitive character encoding, Run length encoding, Zero/Blank encoding; Statistical encoding - Huffman, Arithmetic and Lempel-Ziv coding; Source encoding - Vector quantization (Simple vector quantization and with error term); Differential encoding - Predic- tive coding, Differential pulse code modulation, Delta modulation, Adaptive differential pulse code modulation; Transform-based coding: Discrete cosine transform and JPEG standards; Frac- tal compression Text Books: 1. “Cryptography and Network Security”, B. Forouzan, McGraw-Hill. 2. “The Data Compression Book”, Nelson, BPB. 3. “Cryptography and Network Security”, Atul Kahate, TMH. 4. “Introduction to Cryptography with coding theory”, Wade Trappe and Lawrence C. Wash- ington, Pearson. Reference Books: 1. W. Mao, “Modern Cryptography – Theory and Practice,” Pearson Education. 2. Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Security in computing”, Prentice Hall of India. E-Books: 1. http://pustaka.unp.ac.id/file/abstrak_kki/EBOOKS/Keamanan%20Informasi %20dan%20Jaringan%20-%20F.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/in/articles/data-encryption-standard 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105162 101
  • 113.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DATA STRUCTURES USING C++ Course Code 23EC6PE2DS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Basic logical thinking, C/C++ Programming. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply appropriate programming concepts to realize various data structures based on the understanding of various methods of realizing them. 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyze the suitability of a given data structure for a given application and realize solutions. 2 1, 2 CO3 Develop and demonstrate time and memory efficient data structure/s for given application/s. 1, 2, 5, 9, 10 1, 2 UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Revision of OOP concepts: Templates, operator overloading, inheritance, Data Representation methods, Linear lists, Formula-based representation and linked representa- tion, Analysis of different representation methods, Exercises on list manipulation. UNIT – II ARRAYS AND MATRICES: Arrays, Overloading operators to add features, Realize 1D, 2D...nD arrays, Inherit classes to add features to existing basic classes Importance of mapping functions, Visualizing n-D matrices, Realization of matrices, perform matrix operations, Special matrices: Diagonal, triangular, tridiagonal, sparse matrices and their importance, space and time implication of realizing special matrices. UNIT – III STACKS and QUEUES (linear and circular): The abstract data type, Formula-based represen- tation, Linked representation, Applications: Parenthesis match, Tower of Hanoi, machine shop scheduling (conversion and evaluation of prefix, postfix expressions). 102
  • 114.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV BINARY TREES: Representation methods, Properties, Tree operations, Binary tree traversal meth- ods and algorithms, Expression trees. Binary search trees: Concept of dictionary, BST: representation, insertion and deletion (pseudo codes). UNIT – V Heaps – Min and Max heaps: representation, insertion and deletion, Heap sort, Machine schedul- ing, Huffman codes, AVL trees: representation, insertion and deletion. (All concepts through algorithms). Text Books: 1. “Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in C++” by Sartaj Sahni, McGraw Hill, 2000. 2. “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++” by Mark Allan Weiss, Pearson, 2013. Reference Book: 1. “Data Structures Using C And C++” by Y. Langsam, M. Augenstein And A. M. Tenenbaum, Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., Edition 2, 2006. E-Books: 1. Scilab Textbook Companion for “Data Structures Using C And C++” by Y. Langsam, M. Augenstein And A. M. Tenenbaum, Created by Dharmesh Majethiya, NIT Tiruchirappalli, 2013. MOOCs: 1. “Data Structures and Algorithms” - https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/102/106102 064/ 2. “Programming Data Structures and Algorithms” - https://nptel.ac.in/courses/10 6/106/106106133/ NOTE: Header files and exception handlers will be developed as part of the course. Also, appli- cations will be developed as services using a modular approach to enrich the learning. 103
  • 115.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MULTI-CORE COMPUTING Course Code 23EC6PE2MC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Knowledge of Processor Architecture, Operating System and Basic Programming. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the knowledge of computer architecture to understand the concepts of multicore architecture. 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyze multithreading, virtualization techniques and heteroge- neous multi-core processors to evaluate the performance of mul- ticore architecture. 2 1, 2 CO3 Present a case study highlighting the state-of-the-art advance- ments in Multicore Architecture 9, 10, 12 1, 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Multi-Core Architecture, Motivation for Concurrency in Software, Parallel Com- puting Platforms, Parallel Computing in Microprocessors, Differentiating Multi-Core Architec- tures from Hyper-Threading Technology, Multi-threading on Single-Core versus Multi-Core Plat- forms, Understanding Performance. UNIT – II System Overview of Threading: Defining Threads, System View of Threads, Threading above the Operating System, Threads inside the OS, Threads inside the Hardware, Application Programming Models and Threading, Virtual Environment: VMs and Platforms, Runtime Virtualization, System Virtualization, memory hierarchy for multicore. UNIT – III Software Multi-threading: Threading APIs, Creating Threads, Managing Threads, Thread Pools, Thread Synchronization, POSIX Threads, Creating Threads, Managing Threads, Thread Synchro- nization, Signaling. 104
  • 116.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Threading on Intel Multi-Core Processors Hardware-based Threading, Hyper-Threading Tech- nology, Difference between Multiprocessor and Hyper-Threading Technology, Hyper-Threading Technology Architecture, Multi-Core Processors, Architectural Details, Comparison between Mul- tiprocessors and Multi-Core Processors. UNIT – V Introduction to Heterogeneous Multi-Core Processors Introduction to Many cores Programming, GPU Hardware, Alternatives to CUDA, OpenCL, Direct Compute CPU alternatives, Directives and libraries, Understanding Parallelism with GPUs. Text Books: 1. “Multicore Programming” by Shameem A and Jason, Intel Press, 2006. 2. “Programming Massively Parallel Processors: A Hands-on Approach” by David B. Kirk and Wenmei W. Hwu, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010. Reference Books: 1. “CUDA Programming: A Developer’s Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs” by Shane Cook, Morgan Kaufmann. 2. “Multicore Computing: Algorithms, Architectures, and Applications” by Sanguthevar Ra- jasekaran et al., 2013. E Books: 1. “Multicore Computing” - https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-441 9-0263-4 MOOCs: 1. Multicore computer architecture course - https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/no c23_cs113/preview 105
  • 117.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS Course Code 23EC6PE2WN Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Wireless Communication Technology, Electromagnetic spectrum, and Fundamental Networking Concepts. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply knowledge and explain common wireless sensor node architectures and planning. 1 1 CO2 Analyze protocols developed for ad hoc and sensor networks. 2 1 CO3 Design and operate sensor networks under various environmen- tal conditions. 3 1 CO4 Demonstrate the knowledge of routing protocols developed for WSN. 4, 5 1 CO5 Involve in independent learning on contemporary issues in sen- sor networks, communicate effectively, and prepare a report. 7, 9, 10, 12 1 UNIT – I Introduction: Fundamentals of wireless communication technology, the electromagnetic spec- trum, radio propagation, characteristics of wireless channels, modulation techniques, multiple ac- cess techniques, wireless LANs, PANs, WANs, and MANs, Wireless Internet. UNIT – II Introduction to ad hoc/sensor networks: Key definitions of ad hoc/sensor networks, unique constraints and challenges, advantages of ad-hoc/sensor network, driving applications, issues in ad hoc wireless networks, issues in the design of sensor networks, sensor network architecture, data dissemination and gathering. 106
  • 118.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III MAC Protocols: Issues in designing MAC protocols for ad hoc wireless networks, design goals, classification of MAC protocols, MAC protocols for sensor network, location discovery, quality, other issues, S-MAC, IEEE 802.15.4. UNIT – IV Routing Protocols: Issues in designing a routing protocol, classification of routing protocols, table-driven, on-demand, hybrid, flooding, hierarchical, and power-aware routing protocols. UNIT – V QoS and Energy Management: Issues and Challenges in providing QoS, classifications, MAC, network layer solutions, QoS frameworks, need for energy management, classification, battery, transmission power, and system power management schemes. Text Books: 1. C. Siva Ram Murthy and B. S. Manoj, “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks”, Pearson Education, 2008. 2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols And Architectures for Wireless Sensor Net- works”, John Wiley, 2005. 3. Feng Zhao and Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks - An Information Processing Approach”, Elsevier, 2007. Reference Books: 1. Feng Zhao and Leonides Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks”, Elsevier publication - 2004. 2. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2003. 3. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, Pearson Education – 2004. 4. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli & Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks - Technology, Protocols, And Applications”, John Wiley, 2007. 5. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003. E-Books: 1. https://mrajacse.wordpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/wireless-s ensor-networks.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105160/ 107
  • 119.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DESIGN OF VIRTUAL REALITY Course Code 23EC6PE2VR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply the concepts of VR to Explore the research venues in Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR & VR). 1 1 CO2 Analyze the basic concepts in visual computation, interactive techniques of virtual reality, and applications of VR in the digital environment. 2 1 CO3 Design the frameworks for computer-human interaction for VR applications. 3 1 CO4 Present and Explore Frameworks of Software Development Tools in VR. 4, 5, 9, 10 1 UNIT – I Concepts and Components of Virtual Reality – Primary Features and Present Development on Virtual Reality - Multiple Models of Input and Output Interface in Virtual Reality: Input - Tracker - Sensor - Digital Glove - Movement Capture - Video-based Input - 3D Menus & 3D Scanner – Output - Visual / Auditory / Haptic Devices. UNIT – II Visual Computation in Virtual Reality: Fundamentals of Computer Graphics - Software and Hard- ware Technology on Stereoscopic Display - Advanced Techniques in CG: Management of Large Scale Environments & Real-Time Rendering. UNIT – III Interactive Techniques in Virtual Reality: Body Track - Hand Gesture - 3D Manus - Object Grasp, Development Tools and Frameworks in Virtual Reality: Frameworks of Software Development Tools in VR. X3D Standard; Vega - MultiGen - Virtools. 108
  • 120.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Human-Centered Interaction- Intuitiveness, Norman’s Principles of Interaction Design, Direct vs. Indirect Interaction, The Cycle of Interaction, The Human Hands VR Interaction Concepts- In- teraction Fidelity, Proprioceptive and Egocentric Interaction, Reference Frames, Speech and Ges- tures, Modes and Flow, Multimodal Interaction (Ch-25/26-TB-3). UNIT – V Application of VR in Digital Entertainment: VR Technology in Film & TV Production - VR Technology in Physical Exercises and Games - Demonstration of Digital Entertainment by VR. Text Books: 1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet., “Virtual Reality Technology”, Second Edition, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2003/2006. 2. Alan B. Craig, “Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2013. 3. Jason Jerald, “The VR Book-Human centered Design for Virtual reality”, ACM publica- tions. Reference Books: 1. Alan Craig, William Sherman and Jeffrey Will, “Developing Virtual Reality Applications, Foundations of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009. E-Books: 1. Alan Craig, William Sherman and Jeffrey Will, “Developing Virtual Reality Applications, Foundations of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009. MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/3d-interaction-design-virtual-reality 109
  • 121.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title APPLIED ELECTRONICS Course Code 23EC6OE1AE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the basic concepts of electronic eevices and components – – CO2 Apply basic electronic device knowledge for different applications 1 1 CO3 Analyze fundamental electronic devices and their characteristics 2 1 UNIT – I Devices and basic circuits: Diodes, Clipping and Clamping, Rectification, Power-supply filter- ing, Zener diode regulator, BJT, JFET Structure and operation, biasing, basic logic design with transistors and diodes (TTL and CMOS). UNIT – II Basics of MOSFET, structures, characteristics, scaling, VLSI device structures, Complemen- tary MOSFET operation, nanoscale CMOS, finFET. UNIT – III Analog to Digital Conversion: Basic principles, Methods, specifications and Digital Conver- sion to Analog conversion Methods, specifications. Data Acquisition systems: Introduction, principles of multiplexing, Sample and Hold circuit, mul- tichannel data logging system. UNIT – IV Microcomputers and microprocessors: Architecture, Peripherals and Interfacing, Microcon- trollers, Applications. Memory systems: Parameters, Classification and basic function of memory devices, Addressing and data buses, ROMs, RAM. 110
  • 122.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Integrated Devices and circuits: Advantages and Limitations of ICs, scale of integration, classi- fication, comparisons of different ICs, Digital integrated circuits, semiconductors used in fabri- cation of ICs, IC design and manufacturing, material preparation, crystal growing, wafer fabri- cation, oxidation, etching, diffusion, ion implantation, photo mask generation, photolithogra- phy, epitaxy, metallization and interconnect. Text Books: 1. Santiram Kal, “Basic Electronics: Devices, Circuits and IT fundamentals”, PHI, 2012. 2. R. S. Sedha, “Applied Electronics”, S Chand Publishers, 2022. 3. N. Arora, “MOSFET models for VLSI circuit simulation”, Springer, 2012. Reference Books: 1. Millman’s “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Special Indian Edition, 4/e, McGraw Hill, 2015. MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/electronics 111
  • 123.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS Course Code 23EC6OE1IR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: • Knowledge of basic statics and dynamics. • Basic programming using C/C++ or Python. • Linear Algebra. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Apply fundamental concepts of Robotics, sensors, actuators and components for developing Robotic Systems and Appli- cations. 1 2 CO2 Analyze Robotic Systems using mathematics and engineering science for implementing systems. 2 2 CO3 Design solutions (subsystems or systems) for building Robotic System meeting the specifications for applications. 3 2 CO4 Investigate methods and approaches for building controlled, semi-autonomous, and autonomous robotic systems. 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Robotics: History, Robots, Robot Usage, Industrial Robots and Their Applications: Robot Subsystems, Classification of Robots, Industrial Applications. Actuators and Grippers: Electric Actuators, Hydraulic Actuators, Pneumatic Actuators, Selection of Motors, Grippers. UNIT – II Elements of Robotics – Sensors: Sensors, Vision and Signal Conditioning: Sensor Classification, Internal Sensors, External Sensors, Vision, Signal Conditioning, Sensor Selection. 112
  • 124.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III Transformations & Position Analysis: Robot Architecture, Pose of a Rigid Body, Coordinate Transformation, Denavit and Hartenberg (DH) Parameters, A Variant of DH Parameters, DH Parametrization of Euler angles. Forward Position Analysis, Inverse Position Analysis. UNIT – IV Aerial Robots: Types of UAV, Airplane, Control Surfaces, Rotary Wings, Motors and Propellers, Battery, Additional Equipment, Flight Control: Introduction, Architecture, Autopilot, Sensors Dedicated to the Flight controller, Sense And Avoid Technologies, Camera And Video, Radio Communications, Ground Control System, First Person View (FPV), Data Fusion. UNIT – V Robotic Operating System (ROS): ROS Architecture, Environment, Nodes, ROS Topics, Mes- sages, Publisher, Subscriber, ROS Services and Actions, Simulation and Debugging Tools, Plot- ting and Data Visualization, Unified Robotic Description Format (URDF). Text Books: 1. “Introduction to Robotics”, S K Saha, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd Edition, 2014. 2. “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, John J. Craig, Third Edition, Pearson Education Inc., 2009. 3. “Robot Operating System for Absolute Beginners”, Lentin Joseph, Apress, 2018. 4. “Effective Robotics Programming with ROS”, Anil Mahtani, Luis Sánchez, Enrique Fernán- dez and Aaron Martinez, 3rd edition, Packt Publishing Ltd. 5. “A First Course in Aerial Robots and Drones”, Yasmina Bestaoui Sebbane, CRC Press, 2022. Reference Books: 1. “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis Systems and Applications”, Saeed B Nikku, PHI Learn- ing Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001. 2. “Learning Robotics using Python”, Lentin Joseph, 2nd Edition, PACKT Publishing, 2015. E-Books: 1. https://new.abb.com/products/ 2. https://link.springer.com/ MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105053 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113102080 113
  • 125.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR Course Code 23ES6AERMI Credits 2 L – T – P 2:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities to obtain Intellectual Property Rights like Patents, Copyright & Trade- marks 8 – CO2 Understand the impact of Patents, Copyright & Trademarks and demonstrate the knowledge for the societal and environmental con- text 7 – CO3 Demonstrate the ability to choose methods appropriate to research objectives 12 – CO4 Work in multiple teams to effectively communicate IP 9, 10 – CO5 Use IPRs to access societal, health, safety & cultural issues 6 – UNIT – I Meaning and sources of research problem, Objectives and Characteristics of research – Errors in selecting research problem, Research methods v/s Methodology - Types of research-Criteria of good research – Developing a research plan. UNIT – II Investigations of a research problem - Selecting the problem - Necessity of defining the prob- lem – Data collections-analysis- Importance of literature review in defining a problem -Survey of literature -Necessary instrumentations. UNIT – III How to write paper-conference articles-poster preparation, thesis report writing, inclusion of ref- erences, journal reviewing process, journal selection process, filling about journal template, devel- oping effective research proposal-plagiarism-research ethics. 114
  • 126.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Origin and meaning of the term patent, Objective of a patent law, principles underlying the patent law in India, the legislative provisions regulating patents, Non–patentable inventions. Procedure for obtaining patent, Provisional and complete specification, Rights conferred on a patentee, Transfer of patent, Infringement of patents, Action for Infringement, Geographical indi- cations. UNIT – V Copy Right: Introduction, Ownership of copy right, Rights conferred by copy right, Terms of copy right, License of copy right, Infringement of copy right, Remedies against infringement of copy right. Trade Marks: Introduction, Statutory authorities, Procedure of registration of trademarks, Rights conferred by registration of trademarks, Licensing in trade mark, Infringement of trade mark and action against infringement. Reference Books: 1. Garg, B.L., Karadia, R., Agarwal, F. and Agarwal, U.K., “An introduction to Research Methodology”, RBSA Publishers, 2002 2. Kothari, C.R., “Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques”, New Age International, 1990. 3. Anderson, T. W., “An Introduction to Multivariate Statistical Analysis”, Wiley Eastern Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Sinha, S.C. and Dhiman, A.K., “Research Methodology”, Ess Ess Publications, 2002. 5. Subbarau N.R., “Handbook of Intellectual property law and practice”, S. Viswanathan Print- ers and Publishing Private Limited, 1998. 6. Dr. T. Ramakrishna, “Basic Principles and Acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights”, CIPRA, NSLIU, 2005. 7. Dr. B. L. Wadehhra, “Intellectual Property Law Handbook”, Universal Law Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002. 115
  • 127.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ADVANCED SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB Course Code 23EC6AEASP Credits 1 L – T – P 0:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Simulate the concepts of DFT and Digital filters in spectral analysis 4, 5, 9, 10, 12 1, 3 CO2 Simulate the adaptive signal processing in various applica- tions CO3 Analyse performance of different digital Filters in spectral analysis List of Experiments • Digital Filtering and Spectral Analysis 1. Demonstration of digital filters and validate it for given signal 2. Demonstration of Frequency domain Spectral analysis of given signal using DFT 3. Demonstration of Frequency domain Spectral analysis of given signal with noise • Adaptive Signal Processing 4. Demonstration of Adaptive filter for noise cancellation 5. Demonstration of Notch filter for interference cancellation 6. Demonstration of channel equalization 7. Demonstration of system identification 8. DPCM of speech signals 9. DTMF signal generation 10. Echo cancellation • Open-ended Experiments 11. Study of processing of any biomedical signals (ECG, EEG) 12. Application on any signal processing to be designed as project using python with ML/DL concepts 116
  • 128.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering 13. Real time capture and Processing of audio signals (speech) 14. Real time capture of signals from camera and processing Reference Books: 1. “Python for Signal Processing”, José Unpingco, Springer. 2. “Think DSP: Digital Signal Processing in Python”, Allen B. Downey, Franklin W. Olin College of Engineering, Green tea press. 117
  • 129.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title PROJECT WORK – 1 Course Code 23EC6PWPJ1 Credits 2 L – T – P 0:0:2 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Formulate the research problem by synthesizing insights from a comprehensive literature review. 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 3 CO2 Investigate contemporary tools for project implementation. 5 1, 2, 3 CO3 Produce a thorough report outlining the project and its out- comes, with the potential for publication. 3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3 CO4 Make effective communication by presentation of the work as an individual or a member of a team. 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3 CO5 Develop sustainable system with scope for enhancement and continue life-long learning. 12 1, 2, 3 118
  • 130.
  • 131.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN Course Code 23EC7PCESD Credits 4 L – T – P 3:0:1 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Objectives: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the basic concepts of Embedded Systems Design - - CO2 Apply the functioning and features of processors, memory, and I/O systems in developing embedded systems 1 1, 2 CO3 Analyze the embedded OS functionality and device drivers used in multitasking embedded applications 2 1, 2 CO4 Design embedded applications using given specifications and con- cepts of communication protocols and modules 3 1, 2 CO5 Demonstrate practical experiments on developing embedded systems 4, 5 1, 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Embedded System: Introduction, Classification, Applications, Typical Embed- ded System: Core of the Embedded System, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface, Embedded Firmware, Other system components, PCB and Passive components, Char- acteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems. UNIT – II Embedded I/O & Memory: Different approaches of I/O operation: Polling, Interrupt, DMA, Interrupt & DMA Controllers, Memory controller, Communication Protocols features & function- ing: I2C, SPI, USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth. UNIT – III Embedded Firmware Development: Embedded Firmware Design Approaches, Embedded Firmware Development Languages. Embedded System Development Environment: The Integrated Develop- ment Environment (IDE), Types of Files Generated on Cross-compilation, Disassembler/Decompiler, Simulators, Emulators, and Debugging. 120
  • 132.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV ARM CORTEX M3 Processor: Introduction, Architecture, LPC1768 Microcontroller: Introduc- tion, Architectural Overview, Specifications of LPC1768, Programming in Embedded C. Exam- ples with GPIO, UART, I2C, CAN, SPI, and various sensors. UNIT – V Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) based Embedded System Design: Operating System Ba- sics, Types of OS, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Schedul- ing, Threads, Processes and Scheduling: Task Communication, Task Synchronization, Writing Device Drivers, How to Choose an RTOS. Textbooks: 1. Introduction to Embedded Systems, Shibu K V, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Lim- ited, 2009 2. Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction, Frank Vahid & Tony Givargis, Wiley Publication, 2006 3. ARM CORTEX M3 Data Sheet Reference Books: 1. Embedded Systems – A contemporary Design Tool, James K Peckol, John Weily, 2008 2. Computer Organization & Embedded System, Carl Hamacher, Naraig Manjikian, McGraw Hill Publication 2014 E-Books: 1. https://electrovolt.ir/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Programming-with-S tm32-Getting-Started-with-the-Nucleo.pdf 2. http://www.multimedialab.be/doc/erg/2018-2019/Raspberry_Pi/Raspberry _Pi_The_Complete_Manual_8th_Ed_2016.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/embedded-systems 2. https://www.edx.org/course/embedded-systems-shape-the-world-microcont roller-i 121
  • 133.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Laboratory Experiment List: Sl. No. Title of the Experiments 1. Conduction using Hardware: Interfacing an I/P device to LPC1768 and displaying the character/number entered through an O/P device 2. Interfacing DTH Sensor to LPC1768 & reading the temp, humidity on a suitable O/P device (monitor) 3. Interfacing an ultrasonic distance measurement device to LPC 1768 & display the distance when it is triggered 4. Interfacing a LDR sensor to LPC 1768 to measure the LIGHT intensity 5. Interfacing a Gas sensor to LPC 1768 to measure the Gas level and to display the value 6. Interfacing CAN to LPC 1768 to Communicate 7. Implement a cloud database to monitor the temp of a room (using WiFi/Ethernet) 122
  • 134.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Course Code 23EC7PCECS Credits 2 L – T – P 2:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the impact of Electronics and communication Engineer- ing for the sustainable development 7 1, 2, 3 CO2 Apply the concepts of Electronics and Communication Engineering to solve societal issues 1 1, 2, 3 CO3 Identify and analyze the performance of the Electronic system for specific societal issues 2 1, 2, 3 CO4 Develop a process that meets specified needs with appropriate con- siderations for the environment 3 1, 2, 3 UNIT – I Agriculture: A Review of Applications for Sensor Networks in Smart Agriculture, Wireless sen- sor networks with dynamic nodes for water and crop health management. UNIT – II Environment: Scaling Smart Environments, Localization of a wireless sensor network for envi- ronment monitoring using likelihood Estimation with negative Constraints, Reconfigurable Intel- ligent Space, and the mobile module for Flexible Smart Space. UNIT – III Energy: Sensor Networks for Energy Sustainability in Buildings, Wireless Sensor and Actor Networks for monitoring and Controlling Energy use in Smart grid, Mobile monitoring application to support sustainable behavior change toward healthy lifestyle. 123
  • 135.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Healthcare: Sensor networks in healthcare, Use of Body Sensor networks in Clinical settings and Medical Research. UNIT – V Transportation: Social sensor networks for Transportation Management in smart cities, Applying RFID Techniques for the Next generation automotive services. Reference Book: 1. “Sensor Networks for Sustainable Development”, Mohammad Ilyas, Sami S. Alwakeel, Mohammed M. Alwakeel, el-Hadi M. Aggoune, June 25, 2014 by CRC Press, Reference - 568 Pages - 239 B/W Illustrations, ISBN 9781466582064 - CAT# K18915. 124
  • 136.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title SPEECH PROCESSING Course Code 23EC7PE3SP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Model speech production system and discuss the fundamentals of speech. - - CO2 Apply time domain and frequency domain algorithms on speech to find, enhance, and modify speech parameters. 1 2 CO3 Analyze an appropriate processing technique for speech recognition, synthesis, and speaker identification systems. 2 2 UNIT – I Fundamentals of Human Speech Production: The Process of Speech Production, Short-Time Fourier representation of Speech, The Acoustic Theory of Speech production, Digital Models for Sampled Speech Signals. UNIT – II Time-Domain Methods for Speech Processing: Introduction to Short-Time Analysis of Speech, Short-Time Energy and Short-Time Magnitude, Short-Time Zero-Crossing Rate, The Short-Time Autocorrelation Function. UNIT – III Frequency Domain Representations: Discrete-Time Fourier Analysis, Short-Time Fourier Anal- ysis, Overlap Addition (OLA) and Filter Bank Summation (FBS) Method of Synthesis, Time- Decimated Filter Banks. UNIT – IV Linear Predictive Analysis of Speech Signals: Basic Principles of Linear Predictive Analysis, Computation of the Gain for the Model, Frequency Domain Interpretations of Linear Predictive Analysis, Solution of the LPC Equations, The Prediction Error Signal. 125
  • 137.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Recent Advancements in Speech Processing with Deep Learning: Basics of deep learning, data-driven approaches to modeling speech, transformation of representations for linear discrim- ination, deep learning approaches for Text-To-Speech (TTS) synthesis, Speech-To-Text (STT) or automatic speech recognition (ASR) systems. Text Books: 1. “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”, L R Rabiner and R W Schafer, Pearson Education Asia, 2004. 2. “Theory and Applications of Digital Speech Processing”, Rabiner and Schafer, Pearson Education 2011. Reference Books: 1. “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”, Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang, Pear- son Education, 2003. 2. “Speech and Language Processing – An Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Com- putational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”, Daniel Jurafsky and James H Martin, Pear- son Prentice Hall, 2009. Online Material: 1. https://speech.zone/courses/speech-processing/ 2. https://www.ee.iitb.ac.in/˜pcpandey/notes/pcp/pcp_notes_speech_proce ssing_jan08.doc 3. https://old.amu.ac.in/emp/studym/99992324.pdf 4. https://sites.google.com/site/samahghanem/lecture-notes-in-speech-sig nal-processing 5. https://www.studocu.com/en-gb/document/university-of-sheffield/speec h-processing/speech-processing-notes-l1-10/6881951 E-Books: 1. https://www.gale.com/ebooks/9781599041346 2. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9781118142882 MOOCs: 1. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/speech-recognition-systems/ Note: The Course will be supplemented by hands-on lab sessions using MATLAB 126
  • 138.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title OPTICAL COMMUNICATION Course Code 23EC7PE3OC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Basic understanding of communication systems Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the concept of devices and circuits in optical communi- cation systems. – – CO2 Apply the principle of various theorems to obtain the parameters of optical communication system. 1 2 CO3 Analyze the performance parameters of optical communication sys- tems for the given specifications. 2 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Optical Fibers: Overview of Optical Fiber Communication, Optical Fiber Waveg- uides, Different Modes: Single, Multi-mode, Skew Rays, Cut-off Wavelength, Mode Field Diam- eter, Optical Fiber Manufacturing. UNIT – II Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fiber: Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers, Attenuation, Absorption, Scattering Losses, Bending Loss, Dispersion, Intra-modal Dispersion, Inter-modal Dispersion. UNIT – III Optical Sources and Detectors: Introduction to Optical Sources and Detectors, LEDs, Laser Diodes, Photodetectors, Photo Detector Noise, Response Time, Double Hetero-junction Structure, Comparison of Photodetectors. UNIT – IV Optical Receivers: Introduction, Amplifiers, Noise Sources, Noise, State of the Art Optical Re- ceivers. 127
  • 139.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers: Performance Characteristics, Gain Clamping, Quantum Dots, Link Budget Analysis. UNIT – V Optical Amplifiers and Networks: Basic Applications, Amplification Mechanisms, Semicon- ductor Optical Amplifiers, WDM Networks, Introduction: WDM Network Applications– DWDM and CWDM Networks. Text Books: 1. P. Chakrabarti, “Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2016 (Units I, II, III) 2. Gred Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Lim- ited, Fifth Edition, Reprint 2013 (Units I, IV, V) Reference Books: 1. John M. Senior, “Optical Fiber Communication”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2007 2. Rajiv Ramaswami, “Optical Networks”, Second Edition, Elsevier, 2004 3. J. Gower, “Optical Communication Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001 4. Govind P. Agrawal, “Fiber-optic Communication Systems”, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2004 128
  • 140.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title PHYSICAL DESIGN Course Code 23EC7PE3PD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Register-Transfer-Level (RTL) Design and Synthesis in ASIC Flow Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Understand the advanced concepts of modern VLSI system design including standard cells, cell libraries, IPs etc. – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of physical design flow for partitioning, floor- planning, placement problems and timing constraints 1 3 CO3 Analyze the given scenario to obtain the desired optimal solution for partitioning, floor planning, placement and timing closure 2 3 UNIT – I Electronic Design Automation (EDA): VLSI Design Flow, VLSI Design Styles, Physical Design Optimizations, EDA Terminology. Libraries: Standard Cells, Transistor Sizing, I/O Pads, Input File formats for Physical Design, Delay models for library characterization. UNIT – II System Partitioning: Terminology, Optimization Goals, Partitioning Algorithms: Kernighan-Lin, Extensions of Kernighan-Lin, Fiduccia-Mattheyses, Multilevel Partitioning, System Partitioning onto Multiple FPGAs. UNIT – III Floorplanning: Optimization Goals, Terminology, Simulated Annealing Algorithm, Macro Place- ment, Pin Assignment, Power and Ground Routing. Placement: Optimization Objectives, Algorithms: Force-directed Placement, Simulated Anneal- ing (Timberwolf), Legalized and Detailed Placement. 129
  • 141.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Clock Tree Synthesis: Basic Concepts in Clock Networks, Modern Clock Tree Synthesis: H-tree, Method of Means and Medians, Clock Tree Buffering. Timing Closure: Introduction, Static Timing Analysis. UNIT – V Routing: Goals of Routing, Routing Prerequisites, Routing Constraints, Global Routing, Track Assignment, Detail Routing, Design Rule Check (DRC), Layout versus Schematic (LVS), Com- monly faced LVS issues, Static and Dynamic IR drop analyses, Methods to reduce IR drop, Electro-migration (EM), Methods to fix EM. Text Books: 1. “Physical Design Essentials: An ASIC Design Implementation Perspective”, Khosrow Gol- shan, Springer Science+Business Media, 2007. 2. “VLSI Physical Design: From Graph Partitioning to Timing Closure”, Andrew B. Kahng, Jens Lienig, Igor L. Markov and Jin Hu, Springer Science+Business Media, 2011. Reference Books: 1. “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, Naveed A. Sherwani, Springer. 2. “An Introduction to VLSI Physical Design”, Majid Sarrafzadeh and C. K. Wong, McGraw Hill International Edition 1995. 3. “Physical Design and Automation of VLSI systems”, Preas M. Lorenzatti, The Benjamin Cummins Publishers, 1998. E-Books: 1. “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, Naveed A. Sherwani, Springer. MOOCs: 1. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/106105161/L01.html NOTE: The Course will be supplemented by hands-on lab sessions using Cadence/Synopsys EDA tools. 130
  • 142.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title 3D MODELLING FOR VIRTUAL RELAITY Course Code 23EC7PE3VR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the concepts of geometric modeling and virtual environments. 1 1 CO2 Analyse the virtual hardware and software by using appropriate tools 2 1 CO3 Develop virtual reality applications for different domains. 3 1 UNIT – I Virtual Reality Environment: Overview of Optical Fiber Communication, Optical Fiber Waveg- uides, Different Modes: Single, Multi-mode, Skew Rays, Cut-off Wavelength, Mode Field Diam- eter, Optical Fiber Manufacturing. UNIT – II Geometric Modelling: Geometric Modelling: Introduction, From 2D to 3D, 3D Space Curves, 3D Boundary Representation, Geometrical Transformations, VR Systems. UNIT – III Virtual Environment: Animating the Virtual Environment, Challenges & Opportunities, Creat- ing Interactive Elements, Optimizing Graphics & High-performance Devices, Creation of 3D art, Simulation Environment. UNIT – IV VR Hardware and Software: Human Factors considerations in VR, VR Hardware requirements, Choosing a Headset, Headsets, VR Software- Supported 3D Modeling File Types for VR, Software requirements specification for VR Construction Training System. UNIT – V Strategies for Designing and Developing 3D User Interfaces: Designing for Humans, Inventing 3D User Interfaces, Feedback in 3D User Interfaces, Constraints, Two-Handed Control, Designing for Different User Groups. 131
  • 143.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Text Books: 1. John Vince, “Virtual Reality Systems”, Pearson Education Asia, 2007 2. Anand R., “Augmented and Virtual Reality”, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi 3. Adams, “Visualizations of Virtual Reality”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000 4. Joseph LaViola Jr., “3D User Interfaces: Theory and Practice”, Second Edition, Addison- Wesley Professional, 2017 Reference Books: 1. www.vresources.org 2. www.vrac.iastate.edu 3. www.w3.org/MarkUp/VRM 4. https://www.e-education.psu.edu/geogvr/node/80016 E-resource: 1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106013/ MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/3d-models-virtual-reality 132
  • 144.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title STEGANOGRAPHY AND DIGITAL WATERMARKING Course Code 23EC7PE3SW Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the principles and concepts of steganography and digital watermarking. - - CO2 Apply perceptual models and robust watermarking approaches. 1 1 CO3 Analyze different watermarking models and message coding tech- niques. 2 1 UNIT – I Introduction: Information Hiding, Steganography and Watermarking, History of Watermarking, Importance of Digital Watermarking, Applications, Properties, Evaluating Watermarking Systems, Watermarking Models & Message Coding. UNIT – II Watermarking with Side Information: Informed Embedding as an optimization Problem, Op- timizing with respect to a detection statistic and an estimate of robustness, Dirty paper codes, Informed Coding, Structured Dirty-Paper Codes, Analyzing Errors. UNIT – III Perceptual Models: Evaluating Perceptual Impact, General Form of a Perceptual Model, Two examples of Perpetual Models, perpetually adaptive watermarking, Robust Watermarking Ap- proaches, Robustness to volumetric distortions. UNIT – IV Watermark Security & Authentication: Security Requirements: restricting water mark oper- ations, public and private watermarking, Categories of attack, Watermark Security and Cryp- tography: analogy between watermarking and cryptography, preventing unauthorized detection, embedding and removal, Attacks, Authentication Techniques. 133
  • 145.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Steganography: Steganography Communication, channel, Building blocks, Information Theo- retic Foundations, Practical Methods, Minimizing the embedding impact, Steganalysis: steganal- ysis scenarios, significant algorithms. Text Books: 1. Ingemar J. Cox et al., “Digital Watermarking and Steganography”, Morgan Kaufmann Pub- lishers, New York, 2008 2. Ingemar J. Cox et al., “Digital Watermarking”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, New York, 2003 Reference Books: 1. Michael Arnold et al., “Techniques and Applications of Digital Watermarking and Content Protection”, Artech House, London, 2003 2. Juergen Seits, “Digital Watermarking for Digital Media”, IDEA Group Publisher, New York, 2005 3. Peter Wayner, “Disappearing Cryptography – Information Hiding: Steganography & Wa- termarking”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, New York, 2002 134
  • 146.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DATA ANALYTICS AND SECURITY IN IOT Course Code 23EC7PE3DA Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Database Analytics and Security – – CO2 Apply database analytics and Security for IoT applications 1 1 CO3 Analyze IoT system using database analytics and Security for given specifications 2 1 UNIT – I Introduction to Technological Developments: Defining IoT Analytics and Challenges- Defining IoT analytics, IoT analytics challenges, Business value concerns, IoT Devices and Networking Protocols – IoT devices, Networking basics, IoT networking connectivity protocols, analyzing data, IoT Analytics for the Cloud Building elastic analytics, Designing for scale, Cloud security and analytics, The AWS, Microsoft Azure, The Thing Worx overview. UNIT – II Introduction to Big Data: Introduction to Bigdata Platform, Traits of Big data, Challenges of Conventional Systems, Web Data, Evolution of Analytic Scalability, Analysis vs Reporting, Sta- tistical Concepts: Sampling Distributions, Re-Sampling, Statistical Inference, Prediction Error. UNIT – III Cloud Analytics Environment: The AWS Cloud Formation, The AWS Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), terminate and clean up the Environment, data processing for analytics, big data technology to storage, Apache Spark for data processing, handling change, Exploring, and visualizing data, Techniques to understand data quality, R and R Studio. UNIT – IV Societal Impact of Multimedia Big Data: Multimedia Social Big Data Mining, Process Model, SWOT Analysis, Techniques for Social Big Data Analytics, Advertisement Prediction, MMBD Sharing on Data Analytics Plat form, Legal/Regulatory Issues. 135
  • 147.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Application Environments: Big Data Computing for IoT Applications-Precision Agriculture, Machine Learning in Improving Learning Environment, Network-Based Applications of Multime- dia Big Data Computing, Recent Trends in IoT-Based Analytics and Big Data, Future Directions and Challenges of Internet of Things. Text Books: 1. Andrew Minteer, “Analytics for the Internet of Things (IoT): Intelligent analytics for your intelligent devices”, Packt Publishing, first edition, July 2017. 2. Sudeep Tanwar, Sudhanshu Tyagi, Neeraj Kumar, “Multimedia Big Data Computing for IoT Applications: Concepts, Paradigms and Solutions”, Springer, 2020. Reference Books: 1. John Soldatos, “Building Blocks for IoT Analytics”, River Publishers Series In Signal, Im- age and Speech Processing, 2017. 2. Nilanjan Dey, Aboul Ella Hassanien, Chintan Bhatt, Amira S. Ashour, Suresh Chandra Sat- apathy, “Internet of Things and Big Data Analytics Toward Next-Generation Intelligence”, Springer International Publishing, 2018. 3. Stackowiak, R., Licht, A., Mantha, V., Nagode, L., “Big Data and The Internet of Things Enterprise Information Architecture for A New Age”, A press, 2015. 4. Bart Baesens, “Analytics in a Big Data World: The Essential Guide to Data Science and its Applications”, Wiley publications, 2014. 136
  • 148.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title FIRMWARE DESIGN Course Code 23EC7PE3FD Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the knowledge of basic hardware and microcontroller pro- gramming to develop embedded firmware. 1 3 CO2 Analyze firmware design patterns and develop firmware for inter- rupts, timers, and communication protocols. 2 3 CO3 Present a case study analyzing literature on advanced topics in em- bedded firmware design. 9, 10 3 UNIT – I Introduction to Embedded Firmware Design: Definition and Scope of Embedded Firmware, Firmware Development Process Overview, Challenges in Embedded Systems, Reading Datasheets and Technical Documents, Embedded Software Development Tools and Debugging Techniques, Microcontroller Programming using C. UNIT – II Interrupts and Communication Protocols: Importance of Interrupts, Timer Modules and Appli- cations, Implementing Interrupt-Driven Systems, Serial Communication Overview (UART, SPI, I2C), Implementing Communication Protocols in Firmware, Interfacing with Sensors and Actua- tors. UNIT – III Wireless Communication in Embedded Systems: Wireless Communication Protocols (e.g., Bluetooth, Wi-Fi), Implementing Wireless Communication in Firmware, IoT Concepts and Ap- plications. UNIT – IV Firmware Design Patterns: Code Organization and Modularization, Memory Management and Optimization Techniques, Power Management in Embedded Systems, Security Considerations, Firmware Updates and Version Control. 137
  • 149.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Emerging Trends in Embedded Firmware Design: Edge Computing Impact on Firmware De- sign, Machine Learning at the Edge, Future Directions in Embedded Systems and Firmware De- sign. Text Books: 1. Arnold S. Berger, “Embedded Systems Design: An Introduction to Processes, Tools, and Techniques”, CMP Books, 2002. 2. Michael Barr, “Programming Embedded Systems: With C and GNU Development Tools”, O’Reilly, 2nd Edition. 3. “The Firmware Handbook: The Definitive Guide to Embedded Firmware Design and Ap- plications”, Elsevier, 2004. Reference Books: 1. Vincent Himpe, “Serial Communication: UART, SPI, and I2C” 2. Elecia White, “Making Embedded Systems: Design Patterns for Great Software”, O’Reilly, 2011. E-Books: 1. https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/making-embedded-systems/9781098 151539/ MOOCs: 1. https://www.udemy.com/course/firmware-engineering/ 138
  • 150.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title JAVA SCRIPTING Course Code 23EC7PE3JS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply HTML and JavaScript constructs for given applications. 1 2 CO2 Design static and interactive web pages for an application. 3 2 CO3 Use appropriate software and design web pages. 5 2 UNIT – I HTML for Web Design: HTML elements, nesting of HTML elements, HTML attributes, some HTML elements: section elements, text content, forms, images, links, comments in HTML, using HTML entities, create a HTML document. UNIT – II Introduction to JavaScript: The World Wide Web, extending HTML, CGI, JavaScript in a browser, Client-side JavaScript, applications of Java Script. Writing a JavaScript: Choosing a text editor, choosing a browser, JS structure, JS and HTML – page layout, command blocks. UNIT – III JavaScript Basics: Data Types, variables, literals, expressions, using JavaScript operators, loops, Arrays, array methods, functions. UNIT – IV Events in JavaScript: Events, global event attributes, window event attributes, Handlers, event handlers for forms, common form events, other form events. UNIT – V Creating Interactive Forms, Basic elements of webforms, form objects and properties, validating forms, form elements, dynamic form elements, using tables, using arrays. 139
  • 151.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Reference Books: 1. Yehuda Shiran & Tomar Shiran, “Learn Advanced JavaScript Programming”, BPB Publica- tions. 2. Arman Danesh, “JavaScript Interactive Course”, Techmedia. Online Resources: 1. Programming in Java - IIT Kharagpur – Lecture 25 Javascript – Part :1 2. Lecture Series on Internet Technologies by Prof. I. Sengupta, Department of Computer Science Engineering, IIT Kharagpur. Lecture 26 http://nptel.iitm.ac.in 3. Introduction to Web Development with HTML, CSS, JavaScript by IBM at Coursera 140
  • 152.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DEEP LEARNING Course Code 23EC7PE3DL Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply mathematics and programming skills to structure datasets and algorithms for building deep learning models. 1 2 CO2 Analyze activation functions and optimization techniques for feed- forward and backpropagation in model training. 2 2 CO3 Design and develop application models using deep neural networks, feature engineering, and cross-validation techniques. 3, 5 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Deep Learning: Review of Machine Learning, Introduction to Deep Learning, Mathematics Behind Machine Learning (Linear Algebra, Statistics), Machine Learning Principles (Regression, Classification, Clustering), Introduction to Python Libraries (TensorFlow, Keras). UNIT – II Neural Networks: Biological Neuron, Perceptron, Multilayer Perceptron, Feed-Forward Net- works with Sigmoid Activation, Backpropagation Learning with SGD, Activation Functions (Lin- ear, Sigmoid, Tanh, Softmax, ReLU), Loss Functions for Regression & Classification. UNIT – III Optimization and Model Training: Optimization Algorithms, Hyperparameters (Learning Rate, Regularization, Momentum, Sparsity), Fully Connected Neural Network, Model Training & Eval- uation, Use Cases and Model Building. UNIT – IV Architectures of Deep Networks: Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) Architecture Overview (Input Layers, Convolutional Layers, Pooling Layers, Fully Connected Layers), Applications of CNN, Variants of CNN Architecture, Model Building using CNN on Complex Image Data. 141
  • 153.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Sequential Data and Recurrent Neural Networks (RNN): Recurrent Neural Network (RNN) Architecture, Training RNN with Text Data, LSTM Network, Training LSTM Network, Autoen- coder, Generative Networks, Chatbots, Applications of RNN & LSTM, Use Cases & Model Build- ing. Text Books: 1. Josh Patterson & Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practitioner’s Approach”, O’Reilly Publications, 2019. 2. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Manning Publications, 1st Edition, Man- ning Publications, 2017. Reference Books: 1. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly Publications, 2016-17. 2. Aurélien Géron, “Hands-on Machine Learning with ScikitLearn & TensorFlow”, O’Reilly Publications, 2017. E-Books: 1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/machine-learning-with-python-cookbook-pract ical-solutions-from-preprocessing-to-deep-learning-d176361144.html MOOCs: 1. https://www.simplilearn.com/artificial-intelligence-masters-program-t raining-course 142
  • 154.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title POWER ELECTRONICS Course Code 23EC7OE2PE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply basic circuit theory concepts to solve power electronics cir- cuits 1 1 CO2 Identify and Analyze power electronic circuits for a given application and draw valid conclusions with suitable assumptions 2 1 CO3 Design solutions to meet the given specifications of a power convert- ers and basic triggering circuits. 3 1 UNIT – I Introduction to Power Electronics: Introduction, Applications, Advantages and disadvantages of power electronics, Classification of Power semiconductor devices (Diode, SCR, MOSFET & IGBT), Types of power electronics circuits or converters, Control Characteristics, Peripheral ef- fects. UNIT – II Introduction to Thyristors: Two-transistor model, Turn-on Methods, Dynamic Turn-on and turn- off characteristics, Gate characteristics, Gate trigger circuits, di/dt and dv/dt protection. Principle of Commutation techniques, Natural commutation, Forced Commutation: Self Commutation. UNIT – III Controlled Rectifiers: Introduction, Principle of phase-controlled converter operation, Single- phase semi-converters, Single-phase fully controlled converters, Dual converters (No derivation for all converters with RL load). Design examples. UNIT – IV DC-DC Converters: Introduction, principle of step-down (buck) and step-up (boost) choppers (R- load only), performance parameters. Switched-mode regulators: buck regulator, boost regulator, Buck boost regulator. 143
  • 155.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Inverters: Introduction, Principle of operation, Performance parameters, Single-phase bridge in- verter (VSI), current source inverter (CSI), Variable DC link inverter, Introduction to multilevel inverters. Text Books: 1. M. H. Rashid, “Power Electronics”, 2nd Edition, PHI / Pearson publisher, 2004. 2. M. D. Singh and Kanchandani K.B., “Power Electronics”, TMH publisher, 2nd Edition, 2007. 3. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins, “Power Electronics”, 3rd Edition, Wiley Publication, 2002. 4. P. S. Bimbhra, “Power Electronics”, Khanna Publications, 2012. 144
  • 156.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title SIGNAL PROCESSING Course Code 23EC7OE2SP Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the concepts of signal processing and its applications in various domains. - - CO2 Apply the concepts of various theorem to understand the basics of signals, systems and signal processing. 1 1 CO3 Analyse the operation of signals on various systems for the given set of specifications 2 1 UNIT – I Signals: Definition of Signals, Classification of Signals, Basic Operations on Signals, Operations Performed on the Independent and Dependent Variable, Precedence Rule, Elementary Signals. UNIT – II Systems: Definition of Systems, System Viewed as Interconnection of Operations, Properties of Systems, Difference equation representation for LTI systems and solution of difference equations. UNIT – III Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT), Properties of DTFT (No Derivations), z-Transform, Properties of z-Transform (No Derivations), Unilateral z-transform and solution of difference equations. Comparisons of different Transforms. UNIT – IV Introduction to multimedia, information representation, multimedia networks, multimedia appli- cations, Application and networking terminology, network QoS and application QoS, Digitization principles, Text, images, audio and video. 145
  • 157.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Introduction to Biomedical Signals: The nature of Biomedical Signals, Examples of Biomedical Signals, Objectives and difficulties in biomedical analysis. Electrocardiography: Basic electro- cardiography, ECG leads systems, ECG signal characteristics. Signal Conversion: Simple signal conversion systems, Conversion requirements for biomedical signals, Signal conversion circuit. Text Books: 1. “Signals and Systems”, Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, 2nd Edition, 2008, John Wiley & Sons. 2. “Biomedical Digital Signal Processing”, Willis J. Tompkins, PHI 2001. 3. “Biomedical Signal Processing Principles and Techniques”, D C Reddy, McGraw-Hill pub- lications, 2005. 4. “Multimedia Communications”, Fred Halsall, Pearson education, 2001. 146
  • 158.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND SENSORS Course Code 23EC7OE2EM Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply concepts of physics and chemistry to identify the application of materials in various engineering domains 1 1 CO2 Analyse the various material preparation and characterization tech- niques available and hence infer on the selection of a method to suit requirements 2 1 CO3 Conduct survey on recent application of materials and write a re- port/survey paper while following professional ethics 9, 10 1 UNIT – I Introduction: Classification of engineering materials, levels of structure, structure-property re- lationships in materials, units, constants and conversion factors, basic thermodynamic functions, statistical nature of entropy, kinetics of thermally activated processes, Novel materials for sensing applications. UNIT – II Materials: Silicon as sensing element, Plastics, thermoplastics, Metals, Glasses, Ceramics. Material Deposition: Thermal Evaporation, e-beam evaporation, sputtering spin coating CVD techniques. UNIT – III Material Characterization: XRD, SEM, AFM, TEM, Van der Paul method of resistance mea- surement. Sensor Applications: Strain gauge, Tactile sensor as a switch, Mercury Pressure sensor, Displace- ment sensor (LVDT), Temperature sensor (thermocouple). 147
  • 159.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Optical properties: Basic concepts, Absorption process, Tauc relation to calculate band gap of materials, Refractive index. Applications of optical properties: photoconductivity, fluorescence and luminescence. UNIT – V Electrical properties: Electrical conduction, conductivity, conduction in terms of band and atomic bonding models, electron mobility, electrical resistivity of metals, electrical characteristics of com- mercial alloys, semi-conductivity, temp dependence of carrier concentration, factors that affect carrier mobility, Hall effect. Text Books: 1. “Elementary Solid State Physics: Principles and Applications”, Omar Ali, 6th Edition, PEARSON. 2. “Material Science and Engineering: A First Course”, V. Raghavan, 6th edition, PHI. 3. “Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and Applications”, Jacob Fraden, Springer Publications, Third Edition. Reference Books: 1. “Material Science and Engineering”, William D. Callister, 2nd edition, Wiley. 2. “Sensors Handbook”, Sabrie Soloman, Mc Graw Hill publication, Second Edition. MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105053 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113102080 148
  • 160.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title ROBOTIC SYSTEMS AND CONTROL Course Code 23EC7OE2RS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply fundamentals of Robotics, components, and systems for applications. 1 2 CO2 Analyze mathematical and engineering concepts used in Robotics systems. 2 2 CO3 Demonstrate design skills for building industrial Robotic System meeting the specifications for a particular application. 3 2 CO4 Investigate autonomous robotic systems for specific applications. 4, 9, 10 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Robotics & Transformations: Robot Usage, Industrial Robots and Their Appli- cations, Robot Subsystems Robot Architecture, Pose of a Rigid Body, Degree Of Freedom, Co- ordinate Transformation and the associated matrix manipulations, Denavit and Hartenberg (DH) Parameters and their computations for various industrial Robot Configurations. UNIT – II Kinematics of Industrial Robots: Forward Position Analysis and computations, Inverse Position Analysis and considerations, Velocity Analysis and considerations, Jacobian Matrix, Link Veloc- ities, Jacobian Computation using the Jacobian Matrix, Forward Velocity Analyses and Inverse Velocity Analyses, Acceleration Analysis for Industrial Robots and the considerations. UNIT – III Robot Motion, Odometry, and Control: Distance, Time, Velocity, and Acceleration, Segments to Continuous Motion, Navigation by Odometry, Linear Odometry, Errors in Odometry – a brief discussion, Wheel Encoders, Control Models (Open Loop, Closed loop, Period of CA, On-Off Control, Proportional (P) Controller, Proportional Integral (PI) Controller, Proportional-Integral- Derivative (PID) Controller). 149
  • 161.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Local Navigation and Localization: Obstacle Avoidance (Wall, wall with direction, pledge), Fol- lowing a Line with a Code, Ants Searching for a Food Source, A Probabilistic Model of the Ants’ Behavior, A Finite State Machine for the Path Finding Algorithm. Localization-Introduction, Landmarks, Determining Position from Objects Whose Position Is Known, Global Positioning System, Probabilistic Localization, Uncertainty in Motion. UNIT – V Mapping and Mapping-Based Navigation: Discrete & Continuous Maps, The Content of Cells of a Grid Map, Creating Map by Exploration: The Frontier Algorithm, Mapping Using Knowl- edge of Environment, Numerical Example, Formalization of SLAM. Mapping-Based Navigation- Introduction, Dijkstra’s Algorithm for Grid Map & Continuous Map, Path Planning with the A* Algorithm, Path Following and Obstacle Avoidance. Text Books: 1. S K Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd Edition, 2014. 2. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, Third Edition, Pearson Education Inc, 2009. 3. Mordechai Ben-Ari and Francesco Mondada, “InterElements of Robotics”, 2018. Reference Books: 1. Saeed B Nikku, “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis Systems and Applications”, PHI Learn- ing Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001. E-Books: 1. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.703.5185&rep =rep1&type=pdf 2. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-19-1983-1 MOOCs: 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_de11/preview 2. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/robotics 150
  • 162.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title PROJECT WORK – 2 Course Code 23EC7PWPJ2 Credits 2 L – T – P 0:0:8 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Formulate the research problem by synthesizing insights from a comprehensive literature review. 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 3 CO2 Investigate contemporary tools for project implementation. 5 1, 2, 3 CO3 Produce a thorough report outlining the project and its out- comes, with the potential for publication. 3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3 CO4 Make effective communication by presentation of the work as an individual or a member of a team. 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3 CO5 Develop sustainable system with scope for enhancement and continue life-long learning. 12 1, 2, 3 151
  • 163.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INDIAN KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS Course Code 25MA7HSIKL Credits 1 L – T – P 1:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Provide an overview of the concept of the Indian Knowledge System and its importance. 1 – CO2 Appreciate the need and importance of protecting traditional knowl- edge. 1 – CO3 Recognize the relevance of Traditional knowledge in different do- mains. 1 – UNIT – I Introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems (IKS): Overview, Vedic Corpus, Philosophy, Char- acter scope and importance, traditional knowledge vis-a-vis indigenous knowledge, traditional knowledge vs. western knowledge. UNIT – II Traditional Knowledge in Humanities and Sciences: Linguistics, Number and measurements – Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Art, Astronomy, Astrology, Crafts and Trade in India and Engineering and Technology. UNIT – III Traditional Knowledge in Professional domain: Town planning and architecture – Construction, Health, wellness and Psychology-Medicine, Agriculture, Governance and public administration, United Nations Sustainable development goals. 152
  • 164.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering Reference Books: 1. “Introduction to Indian Knowledge System – Concepts and Applications”, B. Mahadevan, Vinayak Rajat Bhat, Nagendra Pavana R N, 2022, PHI Learning Private Ltd, ISBN-978-93- 91818-21-0. 2. “Traditional Knowledge System in India”, Amit Jha, 2009, Atlantic Publishers and Distrib- utors (P) Ltd., ISBN-13: 978-8126912230. 3. “Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India”, Kapil Kapoor, Avadesh Kumar Singh, Vol. 1, 2005, DK Print World (P) Ltd., ISBN 81-246-0334. E-Resources: 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM 2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106003/ 3. https://www.iitkgp.ac.in/department/KS (Centre of Excellence for Indian Knowl- edge System, IIT Kharagpur) 4. https://www.wipo.int/pressroom/en/briefs/tk_ip.html 5. https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/ditcted10_en.pdf 6. http://nbaindia.org/uploaded/docs/traditionalknowledge_190707.pdf 7. https://unfoundation.org/what-we-do/issues/sustainable-development-g oals/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMInp-Jtb_p8gIVTeN3Ch27LAmPEAAYASAAEgIm1vD_BwE 153
  • 165.
  • 166.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION Course Code 23EC8PE4MC Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the basic communication knowledge on multimedia with ap- plications 1 2 CO2 Analyze various data compression techniques and algorithms for au- dio and video systems 2 2 CO3 Explore different multimedia concepts applied to the internet 6 2 UNIT – I Information Representation: Multimedia information representation: Introduction, Digitization Principles, Representation of Text, Images, Audio & Video; Multimedia applications: Media com- position, Media communication, Media entertainment. UNIT – II Compression Techniques: Various Compression Principles; Text Compression: Static Huffman Coding, Dynamic Huffman Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Lempel-ziv Coding; Image Compression: Graphics Interchange Format, Tagged Image File Format, Digitized Document, Digitized Pictures, JPEG2000. UNIT – III Audio Compression: Adaptive differential PCM, Code excited LPC, MPEG audio coders, Dolby audio coders; Video Compression: Basic principles, Video compression standard h.263, MPEG-4. Embedded Wavelet coding: Zero tree approach, SPIHT algorithm, EBCOT algorithm. UNIT – IV Internetworking: QoS: Admission Control, Integrated & Differentiated Services, RSVP; Internet Applications: DNS, Name Structure and Administration, DNS Resource Records; Electronic Mail Message Structure, Content Transfer, Basic Concept of Internet Telephony, World Wide Web. 155
  • 167.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Broadband Internet: Broadband ATM Networks, Entertainment Networks, High-Speed Modems; Multimedia over Wireless Channel, Digital Broadcast, Media Streaming, Content-based Media Access. Text Books: 1. F. Halsall, “Multimedia communications: Applications, Networks, protocols and standards”, Pearson Education Ltd., 2001. 2. R. Steinmetz and K. Nahrstedt, “Multimedia: Computing, Communications & Applica- tions”, Pearson Education Inc., 1995. Reference Books: 1. K. R. Rao, Zoran S. Bojkovic and Dragorad A. Milovanovic, “Multimedia Communication Systems”, Pearson education, 2004. 2. John Billamil and Louis Molina, “Multimedia: An Introduction”, PHI, 2002. 3. Jens-Rainer Ohm “Multimedia Communication Technology”, C Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg, 2004. MOOCs: 1. NPTEL Multimedia Communication Systems: www.nptel.ac.in/courses/117105083 156
  • 168.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title NEXT GENERATION NETWORKS Course Code 23EC8PE4NG Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Acquire the Knowledge of network Architecture, Energy and Power management Techniques in Next generation networks – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of Traffic Engineering, Software Defined Ra- dio and Green Communication networks to Next generation mobile networks 1 1 CO3 Analyze the Energy saving and power management scenarios in in Green Radio and next generation networks 2 1 UNIT – I Introduction to Wireless Networks and Standards: Evolution from 2G to 5G- key technologies, challenges and performance comparison. Traffic Engineering - Network traffic load and parame- ters, grade of service and blocking probability, Call blocking and Traffic computation using Erlang B. UNIT – II Terrestrial microwave long haul, mobile radio systems: Data services in next generation com- munication services and non-terrestrial digital microwave communication services, Synchronous digital hierarchy. UNIT – III Introduction to Network Virtualization and SDN: Introduction to Virtualization, Virtual Ma- chine, virtual networks, architecture, NFV functionality, network virtualization, modern network- ing approaches to virtualization, Software Defined Networks - background, application, SDN data plane, SDN control plane and SDN application plane. 157
  • 169.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Green communications and networks: Energy-saving techniques, Power Management, spec- trum and load management in cellular wireless base stations, Power-management for base stations, Energy-efficient relaying for cooperative cellular wireless networks, Resource allocation for green communication in relay-based cellular networks, concept of Green Radio Test-Beds. UNIT – V 6G Key Trends: Self-organising networks and spectrum sharing, Wireless energy harvesting, wireless powered communication networks, applications in healthcare, wireless drones in agricul- ture, EVs, performance measure-outage probability and throughput. Spectrum sensing and shar- ing, resource allocation using NOMA, mmWave and MIMO. Introduction to Intelligent reflecting surfaces. Text Books: 1. Kao-Cheng Huang, Zhaocheng Wang, “Millimeter wave communication systems”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, 2011. 2. M. Vaezi, Z. Ding, and H. V. Poor, “Multiple Access techniques for 5G Wireless Networks and Beyond”, Springer Nature, Switzerland, 2019. 3. Binod Kumar Kanaujia, Neeta Singh, Sachin Kumar, “Rectenna: Wireless Energy Harvest- ing System”, Springer, 2021. 4. Ekram Hossain, Vijay K. Bhargava (Editor), Gerhard P. Fettweis (Editor), “Green Radio Communication Networks”, Cambridge University Press, 2012. 5. F. Richard Yu, Yu, Zhang and Victor C. M. Leung “Green Communications and Network- ing”, CRC press, 2012. 158
  • 170.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title REAL-TIME SYSTEMS Course Code 23EC8PE4RT Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the concepts of real time system for computer control. 1 2 CO2 Analyze hardware and software requirements and various design ap- proaches to develop real time systems. 2 2 CO3 Present a case study analyzing literature on advanced topics on real time system design. 9, 10 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Real Time Systems: Historical background, Elements of a Computer Control System, RTS–Definition, Classification of Real-time Systems, Time Constraints, Classification of Programs. UNIT – II Concepts of Computer Control: Sequence Control, Loop Control, Supervisory Control, Cen- tralized Computer Control, Hierarchical Systems. UNIT – III Hardware Requirements of Real Time Systems: Introduction, General Purpose Computer, Sin- gle Chip Microcomputers and Microcontrollers, Specialized Processors, Process-Related Inter- faces, Data Transfer Techniques, Communications, Standard Interface. UNIT – IV Operating Systems: Introduction, Real-Time Multi-Tasking OS, Scheduling Strategies, Prior- ity Structures, Task Management, Scheduler and Real-Time Clock Interrupt Handler, Memory Management, Code Sharing, Resource Control, Task Co-Operation and Communication, Mutual Exclusion. 159
  • 171.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Design of RTS: Preliminary Design. Single-Program Approach, Foreground/Background System. RTS Development Methodologies: Yow-don Methodology, Ward and Mellor Method, Hately and Pirbhai Method. Text Books: 1. “Real-Time Computer Control”, Stuart Bennet, 2nd Edition. Pearson Education, 2008. 2. “Real-Time Systems”, C.M. Krishna, Kang G Shin, McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1997. Reference Books: 1. “Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis”, Phillip. A. Laplante, second edition, PHI, 2005. 2. “Embedded Systems”, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw Hill, India, third edition, 2005. E-Books: 1. https://course.ece.cmu.edu/˜ece749/docs/RTSHandbook.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/real-time-systems 160
  • 172.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title APPLICATIONS OF AI Course Code 23EC8PE4AI Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the principles, perspectives and ethical considerations of AI in the current technological revolution. – – CO2 Analyze the utilities of AI in industrial automation, healthcare, busi- ness and education awareness. 2 1 CO3 Present a case study on emerging trends in AI and submit a technical report. 9, 10 1 UNIT – I Artificial Intelligence: History and Applications: Introduction, Intelligence, Artificial Intelli- gence, Progress of Artificial Intelligence, Modeling, Simulation and AI, Intelligent Systems. UNIT – II Artificial Intelligence as Representation and Search: The Predicate Calculus: Introduction, the propositional Calculus, the predicate calculus, Using Inference rules to produce predicate calculus expressions, Application: A logic based financial Advisor Structure and Strategies for State Space Search: Introduction, Graph Theory, Strategies for State Space Search, Using the state space to represent reasoning with predicate calculus. UNIT – III Heuristic Search and Stochastic Methods: Heuristic Search: Introduction, Hill Climbing and Dynamic Programming, the best fit search algorithm, admissibility, monotonicity and Informed- ness, Using Heuristics in Games, Complexity Issues Stochastic Methods: Introduction, the ele- ments of counting, elements of probability theory, applications of stochastic methodology, bayes theorem, Recursion-based search. 161
  • 173.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Expert Systems: Introduction, expert systems, features, Characteristics, Architecture, Basic Ac- tivities, Advantages, Difference between Expert systems and conventional methods, Stages in development of an expert system, building of a rule based expert system, Machine learning expert system, Probability based expert system. UNIT – V Introduction to Genetic Algorithm and Swarm Intelligence: Introduction, Genetic Algorithms, Procedure of Genetic Algorithms Introduction to swarm intelligence, importance of ant colony paradigm, ant colony systems, development of ant colony system. Text Books: 1. “Artificial Intelligence, Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”, George F Luger, Fifth edition, Pearson Education. 2. “Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems”, N P Padhy, Oxford Publication, 2017. Reference Books: 1. “Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach”, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2014. 2. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Dan W Patterson, Pearson, 2015. E-Books: 1. https://people.engr.tamu.edu/guni/csce421/files/AI_Russell_Norvig.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_cs92/preview 162
  • 174.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title DATABASE SECURITY AND ACCESS CONTROL Course Code 23EC8PE4DS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the fundamentals of database security and various access control techniques mechanisms introduced along with application ar- eas of access control techniques – – CO2 Apply database security and various access control techniques mech- anisms to understand the concepts for the given parameters 1 2 CO3 Analyse database security and various access control techniques mechanisms for the given applications 2 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Access Control: Purpose and fundamentals of access control, brief history, Poli- cies of Access Control, Models of Access Control, and Mechanisms, Discretionary Access Control (DAC), Non-Discretionary Access Control, Mandatory Access Control (MAC). Capabilities and Limitations of Access Control Mechanisms: Access Control List (ACL) and Limitations, Capa- bility List and Limitations. UNIT – II Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Core RBAC, Hierarchical RBAC, Statically Constrained RBAC, Dynamically Constrained RBAC, Limitations of RBAC. Comparing RBAC to DAC and MAC Access control policy. UNIT – III Biba’s integrity model, Clark-Wilson model, Domain type enforcement model, mapping the en- terprise view to the system view, Role hierarchies- inheritance schemes, hierarchy structures and inheritance forms, using SoD in real system Temporal Constraints in RBAC, MAC AND DAC. Integrating RBAC with enterprise IT infrastructures: RBAC for WFMSs, RBAC for UNIX and JAVA environments Case study: Multi-line Insurance Company. 163
  • 175.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Smart Card based Information Security: Smart card operating system fundamentals, design and implantation principles, memory organization, smart card files, file management, atomic op- eration, smart card data transmission ATR, PPS Security techniques- user identification, smart card security, quality assurance and testing, smart card life cycle-5 phases, smart card terminals. UNIT – V Recent trends in Database security and access control mechanisms. Case study of Role Based Ac- cess Control (RBAC) systems. Recent Trends related to data security management, vulnerabilities in different DBMS. Reference Books: 1. “Role Based Access Control”, David F. Ferraiolo, D. Richard Kuhn, Ramaswamy Chan- dramouli. 2. http://www.smartcard.co.uk/tutorials/sct-itsc.pdf : Smart Card Tutorial. 164
  • 176.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title APPLICATIONS OF MIXED REALITY Course Code 23EC8PE4MR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Distinguish between AR/VR/MR and evaluate the use cases – – CO2 Apply the Manipulation tasks and techniques to AR/VR systems 1 2 CO3 Analyze the wayfinding and MR strategies in AR/VR 2 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Extended Reality (AR/VR/MR): Definition and key differences between AR, VR, and MR, Applications and use cases of AR/VR/MR technologies, Historical overview and evolution of AR/VR/MR, Immersion and presence, Our senses and the role of it in XR. UNIT – II 3D Interaction Techniques – Manipulation: Introduction, Roadmap, 3D Manipulation Tasks, Canonical Manipulation Tasks, Application Specific Manipulation Tasks, Manipulation Tech- niques and Input Devices, Control Dimensions and Integrated Control in 3D Manipulation, Force versus Position Control, Device Placement and Form-Factor in 3D Manipulation. UNIT – III 3D Interaction techniques & Design Guidelines: Interaction Techniques for 3D Manipulation, Classifications of Manipulation Techniques, Interacting by Pointing, Direct Manipulation: Vir- tual Hand Techniques, World in-Miniature Combining Techniques, Non-isomorphic 3D Rotation, Desktop 3D Manipulation, Design Guidelines. UNIT – IV Wayfinding: Introduction, Theoretical Foundations, Wayfinding Tasks, Types of Spatial Knowl- edge, Egocentric and Exocentric Reference Frames, User-Centered Wayfinding Support, Field of View, Motion Cues Multisensory Output, Presence, Search Strategies, Environment Centered Wayfinding Support, Environment Design, Artificial Cues, Evaluating Wayfinding Aids, Design Guidelines. 165
  • 177.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Beyond Virtual - Mixed Reality: 3D User Interfaces for the Real World, Introduction, What Is Augmented Reality? Bringing Virtual Interfaces into the Real World, AR Interfaces as 3D Data Browsers, 3D Augmented Reality Interfaces, Augmented Surfaces and Tangible Interfaces, Tangible AR Interfaces, Design of Tangible AR, Time-Multiplexed Interaction in Tangible AR, Advantages and Disadvantages of Tangible AR, Agents in AR, Transitional AR-VR Interfaces. Text Books: 1. “3D User Interfaces: Theory and Practice”, Joseph LaViola Jr. 2. “Mixed Reality and Three-Dimensional Computer Graphics”, Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe Coiffet 3. “Virtual Reality Technology”, William R. Sherman, Alan B. Craig, 2nd Edition, 2006. Online References: 1. www.vrac.iastate.edu 2. www.w3.org/MarkUp/VRM 166
  • 178.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title LOW POWER VLSI Course Code 23EC8PE4LV Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Prerequisites: Fundamentals of VLSI Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the concept of power analysis at different levels of design ab- straction 1 3 CO2 Analyze power dissipation using mathematical and probabilistic ap- proach in digital logic cells 2 3 CO3 Design circuits for low power logic cells 3 3 UNIT – I CMOS Fabrication Technology, Robustness: Variability, Reliability, Scaling, Variation Sources and Impacts, Variation-Tolerant Design. Need for Low Power VLSI Chips. UNIT – II Sources of Power Dissipation, Dynamic Power, Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling, Static Power, Short-circuit Current, Power Gating, Energy-Delay Optimization, Parallelism, Pipelining, Flow Graph Transformation, Power Management Modes. UNIT – III Combinational Circuit Design: Static CMOS, Ratioed Circuits, Cascode Voltage Switch logic, Dynamic Circuits, Pass-Transistor Circuits, Circuit Pitfalls. UNIT – IV Transistor and Gate Sizing, Equivalent Pin Ordering, Signal Gating, Logic Encoding, State Ma- chine Encoding, Power Reduction in Clock Networks, CMOS Floating Node, Low Power Bus, Delay balancing. 167
  • 179.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Adiabatic Computation, Asynchronous Circuits. Battery-Aware Systems: Battery-Driven System Design, Energy-Aware Routing, Low-Power Software Approaches: Machine-Independent Soft- ware Optimizations. Text Books: 1. “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Neil H. E. Weste and David Harris, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 0-321-54774-8. 2. “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, Gary Yeap, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998. 3. “Low-Power VLSI Circuits and Systems”, Ajit Pal, Springer, 2015. ISBN 978-81-322- 1936-1. Reference Books: 1. “Low-Voltage Low-Power VLSI Subsystems”, Kiat-Seng Yeo and Kaushik Roy, McGraw- Hill, 2005. 2. “Low Power Digital CMOS Design”, Anantha P. Chandrakasan and Robert W. Brodersen, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1995. 3. “Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design”, Koushik Roy and Sharat C. Prasad, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2000. E-Books: 1. http://leda.elfak.ni.ac.rs/education/projektovanjeVLSI/predavanja/10% 20Low%20Power%20Design%20in%20VLSI.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105034/ 168
  • 180.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title 5G ENABLED IOT Course Code 23EC8PE45G Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the concepts, principles, and applications of IoT in the context of smart infrastructure – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of IoT technologies for various sustainable sys- tems. 1, 7 1, 2 CO3 Analyze the real-world case studies and successful implementations of IoT 2 1, 2 UNIT – I Introduction to IoT and Smart Infrastructure: Importance of IoT in transforming infrastruc- ture. Smart Infrastructure Overview: Introduction to smart infrastructure and its key components, Benefits, and challenges of implementing smart infrastructure, Case studies showcasing successful smart infrastructure projects. UNIT – II Cloud computing and data analytics in IoT for infrastructure: Edge computing: Real-time decision-making at the edge. Security and Privacy in IoT for Smart Infrastructure: Security chal- lenges and threats in IoT, Privacy considerations and data protection in smart infrastructure, best practices, and solutions for ensuring IoT security and privacy. UNIT – III 5G Enabled IoT Applications in Smart Cities: Introduction to Smart Cities: Role of IoT in transforming cities into smart cities, Benefits, and challenges of smart city implementations. IoT Applications in Smart City Infrastructure, Smart buildings, Smart grids. Case Studies of Smart City Implementations: Analysis of the IoT technologies and strategies implemented. 169
  • 181.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV 5G Enabled IoT Applications in Smart Buildings: Benefits of IoT in improving energy ef- ficiency and occupant comfort, Challenges, and considerations in implementing smart building technologies. IoT Technologies for Smart Buildings, Smart lighting and HVAC systems. Case Studies of Smart Building Implementations. UNIT – V 5G Enabled IoT Applications in Smart Transportation: Role of IoT in intelligent traffic man- agement and transportation systems; Challenges and opportunities in implementing smart trans- portation solutions. IoT Technologies for Smart Transportation.Case Studies of Smart Transporta- tion Implementations: Showcase of successful smart transportation projects. Text Books: 1. “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”, Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti. 2. “Building the Internet of Things: Implement New Business Models, Disrupt Competitors, Transform Your Industry”, MaciejKranz. 3. “Smart Cities: Big Data, Civic Hackers, and the Quest for a New Utopia”, Anthony M. Townsend, 2023. 4. “Internet of Things for Architects: Architecting IoT solutions by implementing sensors, communication infrastructure, edge computing, analytics, and security”, Perry Lea. Reference Books: 1. Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, RMD Sundaram, “Internet of Things”, John Wiley & Sons. 2. Cuno Pfister, “Getting Started with the Internet of Things”, Shroff Publisher/Maker Media. 3. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything”, 1 st Edition, Apress Publications. 4. Massimo Banzi, Michael Shiloh Make, “Getting Started with the Arduino”, Shroff Pub- lisher/Maker Media Publishers. Online Material: 1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/internet-of-things 170
  • 182.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title UI/UX DESIGN Course Code 23EC8PE4UX Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand and analyze the processes involved in creating front end and back end of applications using knowledge of aesthetics – – CO2 Apply concepts of design for back-end and front end design 1 2 CO3 Analyze the features available in various tools for creating optimized design 2, 5 2 UNIT – I Introduction: Basic broad concepts and contexts for user interfaces, basic principles of interaction theory, discuss the relationship between UI and UX, relationship between coding and designing. Roles of functionality and aesthetics in interface design, terminologies, fundamentals of graphic design in the context of interface design: language, shape, color, imagery, typography, and icons) UNIT – II Introduction to User Experiences: User interface design cycle: Requirement gathering, design, prototyping, evaluation. Case studies, user engagement ethics. UNIT – III Elementary Sketching and Wireframing: Manipulate form, color, type, and imagery to emphasize a desired user action, apply the look and feel of a mood board to a set of interface elements, design a cohesive set of interface elements demonstrating the palette of UI design skills, fundamentals of UI, heuristic, and interactive design. UNIT – IV Master a Design Tool: UI design and web design using Figma, Material Design, Adobe XD. Compare the technologies available, Develop an interactive UI. 171
  • 183.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Introduction to Backend Development: HTML: Front end and back end full-stack developer roles, websites and web browser, HTTP examples, Introduction to HTML, CSS and JavaScript, HTML document structure, HTML tags and elements, creating a basic webpage, add images to a web page, linking documents, HTML to work with data in tables. Reference Books: 1. “The Design of Everyday Things”, Don Norman, 2013. 2. “Learning Web Design: A Beginner’s Guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and Web Graph- ics”, Jennifer Robbin, Fourth Edition, O’REILLY. Links for Software: 1. Figma: https://www.figma.com/ 2. Adobe XD: https://www.adobe.com/uk/products/xd MOOCs: 1. Visual Elements of User Interface Design, California Institute of the Arts, Coursera 2. Introduction to Backend Development, Coursera 172
  • 184.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS Course Code 23EC8OE3AE Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the knowledge of engineering and science to analyze the per- formance of Electronic Engine Control, working of sensors and ac- tuators. 1 3 CO2 Analyze the Vehicle Level Electronic Control for Automotive Sub- systems. 2 3 CO3 Gain insight about building future automotive subsystems that con- tributes to the safety and health of the society using block diagram approach. 6 3 UNIT – I Automotive Fundamentals Overview: Evolution of Automotive Electronics, The Engine – En- gine Block, Cylinder Head, Four Stroke Cycle, Engine Control, Ignition System - Spark plug, High voltage circuit and distribution, Spark pulse generation, Ignition Timing, Starting system. UNIT – II Electronic Engine Control: Motivation for Electronic Engine Control, Exhaust Emissions, Fuel Economy, Concept of an Electronic Engine control system, Definition of Engine performance terms, Effect of Air/Fuel ratio, spark timing and EGR on performance, Electronic Fuel control system. UNIT – III Automotive Sensors and Actuators: Typical Electronic Engine Control System, Variables to be measured Airflow rate sensor, Strain Gauge MAP sensor, Engine Crankshaft Angular Position Sensor, Magnetic Reluctance Position Sensor, Hall Effect Position Sensor, Optical Crankshaft Po- sition Sensor, Throttle Angle Sensor, Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Exhaust Gas Oxygen, Knock Sensor. Automotive Actuators: Solenoid, Fuel Injector, EGR Actuator, Ignition Actuator. 173
  • 185.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Automotive Diagnostics and Safety Systems: Timing Light, Engine Analyzer, On-board diag- nostics, off board diagnostics, Air Bag systems, Antilock Brake System, Collision Avoidance Radar Warning Systems, Low tire pressure warning system, Advanced Cruise Control, Automatic driving Control. Overview of Automotive Network Protocols: CAN, LIN, MOST and Flex Ray. UNIT – V Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Configuration of Electric Vehicles, Performance of Elec- tric Vehicles, Concept of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Architecture of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Series Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Parallel hybrid electric drive trains. Energy storage for EV and HEV: Energy storage requirements, Battery parameters, Types of Batteries, Modelling of Battery, Fuel Cell basic principle and operation, Types of Fuel Cells, PEMFC and its operation. Text Books: 1. William B. Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, 6th Edition, SAMS/ Elsevier Publishing. 2. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design”, CRC Press, 2005. 3. Robert Bosch Gmbh (Ed.), “Bosch Automotive Electrics and Automotive Electronics Sys- tems and Components, Networking and Hybrid Drive”, 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2007. Reference Books: 1. “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, Ronald K. Jurgen, 2nd Edition. E-References: 1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/AutomotiveElectronicsHandbooke195167204.html 2. https://www.vlab.co.in/ E-Learning: 1. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/06ES34.html 2. https://www.coursera.org/course/circuits 174
  • 186.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title APPLICATIONS OF ROBOTICS Course Code 23EC8OE3AR Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Analyze and Apply fundamentals of Robotics, components and Sys- tems for applications 1 2 CO2 Analyze and Apply concepts used in Robotics systems 2 2 CO3 Develop Solutions for building Robotic Systems meeting the specifi- cations for a particular application 3 2 UNIT – I Introduction to Robotics: Robot Usage, Industrial Robots and Their Applications: Robot Sub- systems, Classification of Robots, Industrial Applications. Robot Architecture, Pose of a Rigid Body, DOF. Case Study: A Pick-and-place robot. UNIT – II Humanoid Robotics: Introduction, ASIMO and Humanoid Robot Research at Honda-Mobility, Creation of Mobile Entities that Embody New Value, Mobility Capabilities (bipedal walking, walking to running), Task Performing Capabilities, Communication Capabilities (voice, image and physical recognition), From Automatic to Autonomous (sensing, situation estimation, behav- ior generation, field experiments). UNIT – III Drone Robotics: Smart Agriculture Using UAV and Deep Learning, Introduction, Background Details, State-of-the-Art Literature Study: Plant, Smart Pest, and Herb Control use cases, Field Analysis and Yield Estimation, Discussion and Future Scope. IoT-Enabled Unmanned Aerial Vehicle: An Emerging Trend in Precision Farming, Introduction to IoT Enabled UAV, Drones in Precision Farming, Challenges & Future Scope. 175
  • 187.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – IV Medical Robotics: Introduction, Robots for Navigation, Movement Replication, Robots for Imag- ing, Rehabilitation and Prosthetics, Applications of Surgical Robotics: Radiosurgery, Orthopedic Surgery, Urologic Surgery and Robotic Imaging, Cardiac Surgery, Neurosurgery, Control Modes, Developing Lightweight Robot-Arm of Anthropomorphic Characteristics: State of the Art, In- dustrial Lightweight Robot-Arms, Bi-Manual Robotic Systems, Concept, Design and Control of Robot Arm, Case Study. UNIT – V Collaborative Robotics: Introduction, Collaborative Robots: The Cobot Big Challenges, Types of Collaborations with Humans, Interaction Implementations Modes with Cobots, Safety Guidelines for Cobots, Safety vs Performance, Design Considerations for Future Cobots: Weight Reduction, Sensitive Joints Design, all other aspects, Industrial Applications: Use Cases: Electronic Panels Assembly, Domestic Appliances Assembly, Food Products Packaging. Text Books: 1. “Introduction to Robotics”, S K Saha, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd Edition, 2014. 2. “Mechatronics, Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering”, William Bolton, Pearson 7th Edition, 2019. 3. “Humanoid Robotics: A Reference”, Ambarish Goswami and Prahlad Vadakkepat, Springer, Dordrecht, 2019. 4. “Internet of Things, Robotic and Drone Technology”, Edited by Nitin Goyal, Sharad Sharma, Arun Kumar Rana, Suman Lata Tripathi, CRC Press, 2022. 5. “Drone Technology Future Trends and Practical Applications”, Edited by Sachi Nandan Mohanty, J.V.R. Ravindra, G. Surya Narayana, Chinmaya Ranjan Pattnaik, Y. Mohamed Sirajudeen, Scrivener Publishing LLC, Wiley, 2023. 6. “Medical Robotics”, Achim Schweikard, Floris Ernst, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland, 2015. 7. “New Trends in Medical and Service Robots, Assistive, Surgical and Educational Robotics”, Hannes Bleuler, Mohamed Bouri, Francesco Mondada, Doina Pisla, Aleksandar Rodić, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland, 2016. 8. “Industrial Robots Design, Applications and Technology”, Edited by Isak Karabegovć and Lejla Banjanović-Mehmedović, Nova Science Publishers Inc., 2020. Reference Books: 1. “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis Systems and Applications”, Saeed B Nikku, PHI Learn- ing Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001. E-Books: 1. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.703.5185&rep =rep1&type=pdf MOOCs: 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_de11/preview 2. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/robotics 176
  • 188.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title IOT FOR STRUCTURES Course Code 23EC8OE3IS Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Apply the knowledge of various IoT aspects (sensors, actua- tors, processing, technologies) and characteristics to evolve so- lutions related to applications and architectures. 1 1, 2 CO2 Analyze, compare, and Identify Technologies and Protocols (including adaptations) 2 1, 2 CO3 Design Solutions encompassing systems, hardware, and soft- ware aspects for various categories of problems with IoT in context. 3 1, 2 CO4 Research various domains of IoT application and provide anal- ysis, interpret data where available, and provide recommenda- tions. 4, 6, 9, 10 1, 2 UNIT – I Fundamentals of IoT: What is IoT, Genesis of IoT, IoT and Digitization, IoT Impact, IoT Chal- lenges, IoT Network Architecture and Design, Smart Objects: The “Things” in IoT, Sensors, Actuators, and Smart Objects. UNIT – II IoT Protocols: Sensor Networks, WSNs, Communication Protocols for WSNs, Connecting Smart Objects, Communications Criteria, IoT Access Technologies with considerations of layers, topol- ogy, and security, competitive technologies: IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.15.4g, IEEE 802.15.4e, IEEE 1901.2a, IEEE 802.11ah, LoRaWAN and competitive technologies, NB-IoT, other LTE vari- ations, and competitive technologies. 177
  • 189.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – III IP and Application Protocols: IP as the IoT Network Layer, The Business Case for IP, the need for Optimization, Optimizing IP for IoT, Profiles and Compliances, Application Protocols for IoT, The Transport Layer, IoT Application Transport Methods. UNIT – IV IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - Arduino UNO: Introduction to Arduino, Installation and Fundamentals of Arduino Programming. IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - RaspberryPi: Introduction to RaspberryPi, Board Hardware Layout, OS, Configuring and Programming Rasp- berryPi with Python, Wireless Temperature Monitoring System Using Pi, DS18B20 Temperature Sensor, Connecting Raspberry Pi via SSH, Accessing Temperature from DS18B20 sensors, Re- mote access to RaspberryPi. UNIT – V Applications: Transportation, Transportation Challenges, IoT Use Cases for Transportation, An IoT Architecture for Transportation, Mining Today and Its Challenges, Challenges for IoT in Modern Mining, An IoT Strategy for Mining, An Architecture for IoT in Mining. Text Books: 1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Robert Barton, Jerome Henry, “IoT Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of Things”, 1st Edition, Pearson Education (Cisco Press Indian Reprint). (ISBN: 978-9386873743). 2. Srinivasa K G, “Internet of Things”, CENGAGE Leaning India, 2017. Reference Books: 1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”, 1st Edition, VPT, 2014. (ISBN: 978-8173719547). 2. Raj Kamal, “Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles”, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017. (ISBN: 978-9352605224). Online Resources: 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=co2MLqkJVXs 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9znRbMTimvc E-Books: 1. http://alvarestech.com/temp/Industry4.0/2019/Dimitrios%20Serpanos,Mar ilyn%20Wolf%20(auth.)%20-%20%20Internet-ofThings%20(IoT)%20Systems_% 20Architectures,%20Algorithms,%20Methodologies-Springer%20Internatio nal%20Publishing%20(2018).pdf 2. https://www.oreilly.com/design/free/files/designing-for-the-interne t-of-things.pdf MOOCs: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/ 2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/internet-of-things NOTE: The course can be supplemented by project based learning. 178
  • 190.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bangalore – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title MOBILE TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS Course Code 23EC8OE3MT Credits 3 L – T – P 3:0:0 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 100 Marks (50% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to Sl. No. Course Outcomes POs PSOs CO1 Understand the basics of wireless and Mobile Technology – – CO2 Apply the knowledge of Mobile Technology for various wireless net- works 1 1 CO3 Investigate Mobile based applications through literature survey and use cases 2, 5 1 UNIT – I Wired and Wireless communication-difference, Introduction to mobile communication, spectrum allocation, services, and range of operation. Mobile phone block description, WiFi, Bluetooth. UNIT – II Evolution of Mobile communication from 2G to 4G, Cellular Concepts, basic cellular GSM ar- chitecture, Frequency reuse, Channel assignment strategies, Capacity expansion methods, Call establishment, Mobile service providers. UNIT – III Migration towards 4G mobile technology, LTE features and applications, Features of 5G and its applications. Mobile IP architecture and its elements, Emerging Wireless networks (WLAN) and its components, wireless Sensor networks (block description). UNIT – IV Applications of mobile technology: M-commerce framework, Different players, lifecycle, Differ- ent Mobile commerce applications and services, content development and distribution, technolo- gies, standard bodies. 179
  • 191.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering UNIT – V Use of mobile technology in healthcare: devices and wearable technology. Agricultural appli- cations, mobile based financial transactions and payments, Entertainment and education services. Case studies on Rural Wireless Telemedicine System, digital currency and Financial Sustainability of Village, Applications of Mobile Technology in the Industrial scenario, Utilising Mobile Devices for Data Collection and Analysis Text Books: 1. “Wireless Communication”, Andreas F. Molish, Wiley, 2nd Edition. 2. “Mobile Commerce: Technology, Theory and Applications”, Brian Mennecke and Troy J. Strader, Idea Group Publishing. Reference Books: 1. “Wireless Communications: Principle and Practice”, Theodore S. Rappaport, Prentice Hall, 2005. E-Resource: 1. https://www.amazon.in/Wireless-Communications-Principles-Practice-2e/ dp/8131731863 2. https://www.amazon.com/Mobile-Commerce-Technology-Theory-Application s/dp/1591400449 MOOCs: 1. https://www-mooc--list-com.webpkgcache.com/doc/-/s/www.mooc-list.co m/tags/mobile-applications 2. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=smartphone%20emerging%20techn ologies 180
  • 192.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering B.M.S. College of Engineering, Bengaluru – 19 (Autonomous College under VTU) Course Title INTERNSHIP Course Code 23EC8SRINT Credits 6 L – T – P 0:0:6 CIE 50 Marks (100% weightage) SEE 50 Marks (100% weightage) Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will have the ability to: Sl. No. Course Outcomes PO PSO CO1 Develop awareness and apply conceptual domain knowledge to address global and contemporary issues in engineering and technology including project management and finance 1, 11 1, 2, 3 CO2 Identify the industrial problem with proper synthesis of in- formation analyse the specific needs and acquire appropriate skillset. 2, 4, 5 1, 2, 3 CO3 Propose sustainable solution/system for the betterment of the society 3, 6, 7 1, 2, 3 CO4 Engage in independent and lifelong learning follow profes- sional ethics and communicate effectively 8, 9, 10, 12 1, 2, 3 181
  • 193.
    Department of Electronicsand Communication Engineering NOTE: Each student has to earn 100 AICTE Activity Points during 1st to 8th semester. Lateral- entry students are required to earn 75 AICTE Activity Points during 3rd to 8th semester. 182
  • 194.
    BMS COLLEGE OFENGINEERING P.O. BOX NO. 1908, BULL TEMPLE ROAD, BANGALORE - 560019 Phone: +91-080-2662 2130-35 Fax: +91 080 2661 4357 Website: www.bmsce.ac.in